HomeMy WebLinkAbout380591 J 2 CONTRACTING - CONTRACT - BID - 5951 OAK STREET PLAZAr
SPECIFICATIONS
AND
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
Oak Street Plaza
BID NO. 5951
Citv of Fort
PURCHASING DIVISION
215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS
January 11, 2006 — 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK)
KK.
6-8 Foot Ornamental Tree
$
Each
LL.
5 Gallon Deciduous Shrub/Ornamental Grass
$
Each
MM.
1 Gallon Perennial/Ornamental Grass
$
Each
NN.
4-Inch Perennial/Omamental Grass
$
Each
00.
Annuals
$
Each
PP.
Sod
$
Square Foot
Miscellaneous
QQ.
Stucco Patching
$
Square Foot
RR.
Core Drilling
$
Each
SS.
Bus Stop
$
Each
TT.
Pop -Jet Nozzle with Drain
$
Each
UU.
String Light with LED Bulbs
$
Linear Foot
W.
Drinking Fountain
$
Each
9. PRICES
The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials,
transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit,
insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the
several kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items
in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without
affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the
deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of
the total Agreement Price.
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
Signature
Title
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:
Address
Telephone
Date
7/96 Section 00300 Page 3
1 20. General Requirements --Sections of Division I of
the Specificalions.
121. Hazardous Waste —The tern llwmrdtws Waste shall
have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid
Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6')03) ns amended
from time to time.
1.22.x. Laws and Regulations: Latu or Regulations --Arty
and all applicable laws. rulm regulations, ordinances,
codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies,
agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction
LvQul Halidays—shall be tlwse holidays ubscrved
by the City of Fort Collins.
123, Liens —Lions, charges, security interests or
eaxcumbrances upon real property or persoal property.
1.24. Milestone --A principal event specified in the
Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion
date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the
Work.
1.25. Notice ofAwanxi—A written notice by OWNER to
the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance
by ttw apparent successful bidder with the conditions
precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified,
OV NM will sign and deliver the Agreement.
1,26. Notice to Proceed -A written notice given by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER)
filring the date on which the Contract Tortes will
commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start
to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligation under the
Contract Docunmetts.
1.27. OWNER -The public body or authority,
crnpcxation, associatium firm or person with wham
CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for
wham the Work, is to be provided
1..28. Parfial Utiliz0on-Use by OWNER of a
substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to
Substantial Complation of all the Work
1.29 PCBs -Polychlorinated biphesryls.
1.3o, Petmleto-Petroleum, including crude oil or any
fraction thereof which is liquid at standard cmditirns of
temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and
14.7pounds per square inch absolute) such as oil,
petroleum, fuel oil; oil sludge, oil refuse, gaadino, kerosene
acid oil mixed wtth.other no ri-Haasrdous Wastes and crude
o il& "
1.31. Project -The total construction of which the Work
to be provided under the Contract Documents map be the
whose, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract
Documents,
132.g Radioactive Material -Source; special nuclear, or
byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of
EJCDCOENhT,&i coNDI norm i910-s om Mimi,
w1 Q"fY OF FORT OOLLI M MODIFICATIONS (FEV 420M)
1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq,) as amended from
time to time.
132b. Retrnlar Wonline Hours—Rmu lar working hours
are fined, a-5 7 to 6:�n_utdess otherwise
specified lain thetieneral Rewirenents.
133. Resident Project Representafive—The authorized
representative of ENIGINT-ER who may be assigned to the
site or any part thereof.
1.34. Stmrples—Physical examples of material&
equipment, or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the Work and which establish the
standards by which such portion of the work will be
judged.
135. Shop Drawings —Alt drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, schedules and other data or information
which are spe cificalIy prepared or assembled by or for
CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to
illustrate some portion of the Week.
1.36, Specifncarlons—Those portions of the Contract
Documents consis ing of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and
workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
1.37. Subcontractor --An individual, firm or corporation
having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the
Work at the site.
1.38. Su bstortial Completion —The Work (or a
specified part therea has progressed to the pops Where.
in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by
ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial
Corarletion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with
the doitract Documents, so that the Work (or specified
(tiro) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is
intended: or if no such certi&»de is issued when the
Wok is cones� and ready for fund payment as
c�idertced by VO NEER's written recommendation of
Sinai payment in acctrdanee with paragraph 14.13. The
terms "substantially complete" and substantially
completed" as applied to all' or part of the Work raer to
Substantial Completionthereof
1.39. Supplementary C4vt MMV-Thu rd of the
Contract Documents which amemis or SUPPI,emettts'these
General Conditions.
1,40. Supplier -A mam.6ctinrer, fabricator, supplia,
distributor. materiahnan Or venidrr Baying a direct contract
with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcottractor to
furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the
Work by CONfRAMA or arty Suboorivictor.
1.41. Undergromid Facilfries-All pipeline, conduits.
ducts cables, wires, martlnoles, vaults; tanks; tumids or
other such facilities or attachmetMs, and wneaeemcnts
containing such facilities which -have beets - installed
underground to furnish any of the lbHotwing services or
materials. electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum
products- telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal. traffic or other
control systems or water.
1 4^ thrir Price [Pori —Work to be paid for on the basis
of unit prices.
1.43. 11'wk—The entire conpleRd construction or the
various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be
furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes
and is the result of performing or furnishing labor .and
furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into
the construction. and performing or furnishing services and
furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract
Docwncrrts.
1.44. if'ork Clwnge Directive --A written directive to
CONTRACTOk issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended
by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision
in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen f
physical conditions under which e Work is to be
performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to
emergencies under. paragraph 6.23. A Work Change
Directive will not change the Contract price or the Contract
Times but is evidence that the parties oq>cct that the
change directed or documented by a Work Change
Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its
effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Tunes as
provided in paragraph 10.2.
1.45. fVnitten AmencMrent. A written amendment of the
Contract Documents, signed by OWNER And,
CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreetnept and normally dealing with the raincrrgavering
or nontechnical rather than - strictly construction -related
aspects of the Contract Documents
ARTICLE 2—PRELEW1INARY MATTERS
Delivery of Bonds:
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed
Agreements to OiVNER CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER sudt Bonds as CONTRACTOR may
be required to famish in accordance with paragraph 5-1.
Copies ofDocume W
2.2. OWNER shall fiunish to CONTRACTOR up to ten
copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary
Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably
necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies
will be Garnished, upon request, at the cost of reproductio m
Commencement of Contract Times; Notice Io Proceed*
2.3. The Contract Times will eminence to run on the
thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or,
E.Id,I>C GENERAL COND1TIOM 191" (19" EoGtlm)
V UTY OF FORT COLLIM MOMFiCAMONS (REP 4$7M
if a Notice to Proceed is given, at the day indicted in the
Notice to Proceed. A Noxicv to Proceed may be given to
any time within thirty days after the Effective Dale of the
Agreement---]n--r�—iwvmt—v: ill—the--4�3rttr+wb--Times
o:aarmrnse-ie-sun--{Nlrr--tManhhrsEattetlr.kttiapef-t}te-day
of Ridopeningor the thirtieth clay after the Effective Date
of the Agreement. whichever date isearlier.
Starting tare Work:
24. CONTRA("FOR shall start to perform the Work
on the date when the Contract Times commence to run.
but no Wark shall he done at the site prior to the date on
which the Contract IImes comment a to run
Befrrre Starting Construction:
2.5, Before undertaking each part of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
Corrimct Documents and thee{ and verity pertinent
figures shown thereon and all applicable Geld
measurements CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in
writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy which CON'rRAC1'OR may discover and
shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby; however, CON'TRACI'OR shall not be liable to
OWNER or ENGTNEER for failure to report arty conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known thereof.
2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to
ENGINEER for review:
2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating
the times (numbers of days or dates) fee staring and
completing the various stages of the Work, inchnding
any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents,
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and
Sample submittals which will list each required
submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and
processing such submittal.;
2.6.2.1 In no ose will a schedule be
act. _bie which allows less than 2t calendar
days for each review by Eneinoer.
2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of
the Work which will include quantities acid prices of
items aggregating the Contract Price and will
subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient
detail to serve as the basis for progress payments
during construction Such prices will include an
Appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable
to each item of Work.
2.7. Before any Work at the bite is started
CONTRACTOR arA OkW;FA shall eaA deliver to the
etltros bWNE�T with copies to eaek iijklitions!
identified ENGINEl72
certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
Whie"ithceer cad tltt nr tx—any adElit awl —its. cacti —may
rnaxFwbl;-- start to ested by OWNER) which
CONTR4CTC is required
to purchnase and maintain in accordance with
paragraphs 5.4; 5.6 and 5 7
Preconstruction Conference,
2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to
run, but before any MA at the site is started, a conference
attended by COISTRaCTOR ENGINEER. and others as
appropriate will he held to establish a working
unlerstantlinng among the parties as to the Wok and to
discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6,
procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other
submittals processing Applications for Payment and
maintaining required records.
lnkklly Acceptable Schedules
2.9. ,Jnless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documcras,
Appfisa ier�%r Pa.pw mt before any work at the site beltina
a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER
and others as appropriate dos by OWNER will be
beld to review far acceptaRlitytoENGINEER as provided
below the schedules submitted in accordance with
the schodules No progress payment shall 1* made to
CONTRACTOR until the sdtadtiks are submitted to and
acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The
progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as
providing an orderly progression of the Work to
completion within any specified Milestones and the
Comma Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on
ENGINEER responsibility for the scheduling
or progress of is he Work nor inn � w= or relieve
CONTRACTOR from CONTRACfOR's full
responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of
Sh) NDrawing and Sample submissions will be scoghtable
toGiNEER as providing a workable arrangement for
reviewing and procassing the required submittals
CON'TRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to
ENGINEER as to farm and substance.
ARTICLE 3--CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE
Intent:
3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire
agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
conoer mg the Work. The Contract Documents are
complementary; what rs called For by one is as bircirtmp as if
called for by all, The Contract Documents will be
construed in accordance xith the law of the place of the
project.
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
EJCDCGM4ML4.CONDIIIOM 1910.8 (19"EdtiOM
w/ aTY OF FORT o UINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof)
to be constructed in accordance with tlx Contract
Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may
reasormbly be inferred from the Contract Documents or
from prevailing custom or track usage as being required to
produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. AIM
words or phrases which lave a well-krxmn technical or
construction industry or trade meaning are used to
describe Work, muteriuls or equipment, such words or
phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that
meaning, Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents shall be issued by EiVC11NE"ER as provided in
paragraph 9.4.
3.3. Reference to Slandardr and Specifrcadons of
Technical Societies; Reporting and Renwhing
Discrepancies
3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications,
manuals or nodes of arty technical society, organization
or association, or to the Laws or Regulatiom of any
governmerdal authority, whether such reference be
specific or by implication. shall mean the latest
standard, "specification, manual, code or Laws or
Regulations in effect at the time of openirr* of Bids (or,
on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were
no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically
during the performance of the Work,
TOR discovers any eonffict; error,
tr discrepancy within the Contract
or between the Contract Documents and
on of any such Law or Regulation
n the perfotmattce of the Work or of any
it specification, manual or code or of any
fam Sttmberreferredtoinparagraph 6.5.
at once, and, G°ONTRACTOR shall not
with the Wak affected thereby (except in an
cy'as authorized by paragraph 6.25) until an
ent or supplement to the Con tenet Documents
t issued by one of the methods indicated in
;h 33 or 16; provided, however, that
.ACTOR shall not be liable to OW14ER of
or discs
or reasormbfy Amadd
3.3.3. Except as Wwwisa specifically stated in the
Contract Documents or as may be provided by
atttendmer or lemem thereto issued by one of the
methods r4 .tl in paragraph3-5 or 3.6, the
provisions of the Contract Documents shall take
precedence in resolvi* any conttid, error, ambiguity
or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract
Documents and:
333.1. the provisions of any such standard,
specification, manual, code or irorructton (whether
or not specifically incorporated by referemice in the
Contract Documents); or
3.3.3.2. die provisions of any such Laws or
Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work (unless such an interpretation of the
provisions of the Contract Documents would result
in violation of arch Law or Regulatioo).
No provision of any such standard, specification, manual,
code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties
and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or
ENGINEER, or any of their Subcontractors, cortsttltanits,
agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER,
ENGINEER or any of FNGTN'FF,R's Consultants, agents or
employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
CorrtraaDocuments.
3A. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as
ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as
approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the
adjectives "reasonable". "suitable", "acceptable", "proper"
or "satisfactory' or adjectives of like effect or import are
used to describe a requirement. direction, review or
judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that
such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be
solely to evaluate, in general. the completed Work for
compliance with the requirements of and information in the
Comma Documents and caifonnance with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
shown or wiliicated in the Contract Documents (unless there
is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The ift of
any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to
ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authwrity to undertake responsibility contrary to the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or anv other provision of the
Amending andSupplennenting Contact Documents:
3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to
provide for addititrts, deletions and revisions in the Work
or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or
more of the following ways:
3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment,
3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4),
or
shoot: GENERALCONDIU xrs tsto-s ayso EMMI)
wf CITY OF FORT dxn.trns MODIFICATIONS UUN 4120aa)
3.5.3 a 11'ork Clxtnge Directive (pursuant to
paragraph 11).1)-
3.6. In addition. the requirements of the Contract
Lkxuments may be supplemented, and minor variations
and deviations in the Work may he authorized. in one or
more of the following sways:
3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5).
3.6 2. ENGT\TfiElirs approval of a Slurp Drawing or
Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or
3.6.3. ENGCNFERS written interpretation or
clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4).
Reuse ofDocumenrs:
3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or
Supplier or other per -Ain or organization performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or hAvict
coruraLt with OWNER (t) shall not have or acquire any
title to or ownership rights in any of ft Drawings,
Specifications or other documents (or copies of any
thereof) prepared by or hearing the seal of FNGINF.ER or
FNGiNF,FR's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of
such I ni ings, Specifications, other documents or copies
on extensions of the project or any other project without
written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific
written verification or adaptation bv.ENGIN$FR.
ARTICLE 4-.AVAILABUATY OF LANDS;
S17JI,SSIRFACE AND .PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
RF,FFRFNCF POINTS
.4nmitabefirr ofLondv:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract
Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be
performed, rights -of --way and easements for access
thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the
use of CONTRACTOR 1•Jaen-raasenabla
OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions
not of general application but specifically related to use of
lwxk so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have
to, comply in performing the Work: Easements for
permsneffi Stnutures or permanent changes in existing
facilities will be obtained and paid.for by OWNER, unless
otherwise provided to the Contract Documents. If
CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on
entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments
in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of
any delay in OWNERS fun tshin these lands. rights -cif -
way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 artd 12.
CO\1RACT0R shall provide for all additional lands and
access thereto that may be required for temporary
construction facilities or storage of materials and
equipment.
4. Subsurface and Physical Cnnd ions.•
4.11. Reports and Dhznvings: Reference is made to
the Supplementary Conditions for identification of
4.2.1.1 Subsuface Conditlorts: Those reports of
explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the site that have been utilized by
ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents:
and
4.2.1.2. Pln-sical Conditions: Those drawings of
physical conditions in or relating to existing Zee
or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site
(except Underground Facilities) that have been
utrhud by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract
Documents.
4.22 Limited Reliance by COMMC70R Authorized;
Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the
general accuracy of' the "technical data' contained in such
reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings am not
Contract Dominants, such "technical data, is identified in
the Supplementary Tonditicm Except for such reliance on
such "technical data% CONTRACTOR may not rely upon
or make any claim against OWNER ENGINEER or any of
ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to
4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and
drawings for CONTRACTOR'S purposes,
including, but not limited to, any aspects of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of corartiction to N employed by
CONTRACTOR and safely precautions and
Programs incident thereto, or
4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions
and information contained in such reports shown
or indicated in such drawings, or
4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR intmpr.Ad an of
or conclusion drawn front any, ".techtn cat data, cs
aarrtyry such data, interpretations, opinions or
infocrnatioi.
4.2.3. Notice of Differitrg Sulutirface or Physical
Condirtions: If 'CONTRACTOR believes that any
subsurface or physical condition at cr contiguous to the site
that is uncovered or revealed either;
4.23.1. is of such a nature as to establish that
any 'technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is
entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.22 is materially inaccurate, or
4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a
change in the Contract Docutro ns, or
4.23.3. dialers materially from that shown or
EtCnccENEM CONDITIONS 1910.4 t1990Edit o nl
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4nODO)
indicated in the Contract Documents. or
a 2.3.4. is of an unusual mature. and differs
materially from conditions ordinarily encountered
aril generally recognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the Contiact
Documents; then
CONTRACTOR shall, prertV4y unmediately after
becoming aware thereof end before further disturbing
conditions affected thereby or perfuming any Work in
connection therewith (except in an emergency as
permitted M? paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing about such condition.
CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such ctmdmom
or perform anv Work in connection therewith (except as
aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.
4.2.4. ENGiNEER's Review: ENGINEER will
promptly review the pertinent conditions, derermatc the
necessity of OWNMs obtaining additional exploration or
tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing.
with a copyto CONTRACTOR) , of WGINEMs
findings and conclusions
4.2..5. Possible Contract Docwmnts Change: if
ENGINEER conclud= that a changer in the Contract
Documents is required as a result oft condition that meets
one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3. a Work
Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as
provided in Article 10 to raged and document the
consequences of such change.
4.2.6. Possible Price and 7'imas A4ustments: An
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or to the
Contract Timms, or both, will be allowed to the extent that
the existence of such uncovers or revealed condition
causes an increase or dedease in CONTRACTORS cost
of; or time required for performance of the Work; subtject,
however, to the following;
4.2.6.1. such oondWan must meet any erne or
more of the catetones described inparagraphs 4,2:3.1 the 4.23,4, inchisivc;.
4.2.6.2. a clan a in the Conlaid Domirneats
purma to paragraph 415 will not to on
automatic authorization of Inner a, condition
precedent to entitlement toarry such ad usfinent',
4.2.63. with respect to Work that is paid for
on a Unit Price Basis, any adjusmtert in Contract
Price will be sulgedx to the provisions of
p>arappaplis 9.10 and l i,y, and
41.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled
to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times
if;
4 26.4.1. CONTRACTOR . knew of
the axsteru a of such conditions at the
time CONTRACTOR made a final
cornrrnitment to OWNER in rasped of
Contract Price and Contract Times by the
submission of a bid or becoming txnnrd
under a negotiated contract: or
416.4.2. the existcnce of .arch
condition could reasonably- have been
discovered or revealed as a result of any
examinatidm, investigation, exploration,
test or study of the site and contiguous
areas required by the Lidding
Requirements or Contract Documents to be
conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior
to CONTRACTOR's making such final
commitment, or
426.4.3. CONTRACTOR tailed to
give the written notice within the time and
as required by paragraph 4.2.3.
If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on
entidement to or as to the amount or length of any such
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and
ENGINBER's Consultants shall not be liable to
CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any
otherprc jest or anticipated project.
4.3, Physical Condtions—UndergroundFacilities:
4.3.1. Sfroxsrorh0cated,, The information and data
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with
respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the site is based on information and data
furnished to OWNER or ENG.MER by the owners of
such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is
otherwise ,expressly provided in the Supplementary
Conditions:
43.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any
such information or data, and
4.3,12, The cad of all of the following will be
included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR
shall have full rt hrnsi ility for: (i) reviewing and
chc6ting all such rnforntatton and data. (ii) locating
all Unel mmd Facilities shown or indicated in the
eoloxact eras,(ii) coordination of the Work
with the owners of such Underground Facilities
during construction, and (iv) the safety and
protection of all such Underground Facilities as
provided in paragraph 520 and repairing any
damage thereto resulting from the Work.
4.32. Not Shoint or lrnafcated• If an Underground
Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to
the site which was not shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall. promptly
immediately after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing condition; affected thereby or
performing any Work in connection thereavith (ex t
in an emergency as required by paragraph 6: 23 ,
identify the owner of such Underground Facility and
E)COC UENE'R AL COMMONS 1910-3 (19" Edtiai)
w/CITY Or FORT COLLIM MOVIRCATIONS(RE;V 412000)
give written notice it) that owner and to M NNER and
GNGINrER. LNGINMER will promptly review the
Underground Facility and determine the extent, if
any, to which a change is required in the Contract
Documents to reflect and document the consequences
of the existence of the inderground Facility. If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required, a Work (Amrige Directive or a
Change Onkr wilt be issued as provided in Article 10
to reflect and document such consequences. During
such time. CONI'R.ACTOR shall be responsible 6
the safety and protection of such Underground
Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20,
CONTRACOR slaklmay be allowed an Increase in
the Contract price or an extension of the Contract
Times, or bout, to the extent that they are attributable
to the existence of any Underground Facility that was
not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
and that CONTRACTOR did not know of aril could
not reasonably have been ccpacted to be aware of or
to have anticipated ItOWNI ER and CONTRACTOR
are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or
length of any such adjusgnerR in Contract Ptiee or
Conract Tines, CONTRACTOR may make it claim
therefor as provided in Articles i i and 12. However,
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's
Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for
any claims, cases, losses or damages incurred or
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection
with any other project or anticipated project.
Reference Poildt
4A. OWNER shall provide crgutecring surveys to
establish reference points for construction which in
ENGINE.ER's judgment arc necessary to enable
CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the
Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without
the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR
shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point
is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of
necessary changes in grades or locations, and shalt be
responsible for the accurate replacement or rekication of
such reference points by professionally iltaliGed
personnel.
4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petrotarm,11azardous Waste or
Ra,*oactne AlaterW.
4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Wage or
Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site
which was not shown or indicated in Drawirgs or
Specifications or identified in the Contract
Documents to be within the scope of the Work and
which may present a substantial danger to persons or
proexposed thereto in connection with the Work
at site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any
such materials brought to the site by
CONTRACTOR, Subcurnractom Suppliers or
anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is
responsible.
4 +.?. C'E3ti'FR �E 1 c)R shah immadiatily {t) stops]!
�'�rk-in ece+rteutien�i
as and
irrirny-arw-stll'rutccl-tker�+>3y-frtcsr gatta�
Eilt?3ER-orxF 4 Fb' �+ -fund- d»r"110-senri m
such "teem writing)--t)tiYPFf {� altali prorttptly
ctrsult with ENGINE een>retttir�g•:hrrtaessiiyfie
OW vtiR-to retain qualified expart-toeveleatte-such
#wenrcktus-st>nditifxrr-or-balk-eerwa4ivw-aetean.--if girt]`
CONTRACTOR shall -nob be-requut&te resume -]Mork
fA-6E7rinN6ilEN1-w 11
Saelt-a�Ce t�
EJCDC GENERAL CONDtnom 1910,8 (t'Ne Edna)
8 wr C17Y of rQRT COt.l. M MbD1FiCAnOM QtEV 4/laea)
ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSUR 1NCE
Performance, Payment and Other Bonds-.
5.1. CONTRACTOR shut] furnish Perfomnance and
Payment Bonds, each in on amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security fur the faithful performance and
payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the
Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect
at least until one year after the date when fowl payment
becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or
Regulations or by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bands as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds
stall be in the form prescribed by the Convect Documents
except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and
shell be executed by Bach sureties as are named in the
cavrent list of "Companies Holditng Certificates of
Autiwrity, as A6x:"ble Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
AttceptabdeRAilosurins Comptmiee. as published in
Citialar 590 (amen by the Audit Staffr Bureau of
Government Financial Operations, 11.S Treasury
Department All Bonds signed by an agent must be
accompanied by a certified copy of such agcnes authority
to act.
5.2. if the surety on any Bond tarnished by
CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes
insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any
state wham ort)rpart of the Project is located or it ceases to
meet the requiem" of paragraph 5.1. CONTRACTOR
shall within ten days thereahr substitute another Bond
and surety,'bod of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
M. Llcmwd Sureies and Insurers; Certificates of
Insurance..,
5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the
Cortract Documents.to be purchased and maintained
by OWNER or CONTRACTOR sha11 be obtained
from surety or warome companies that are duly
licensed or authorlmd in the junsdicticn in which the
Preiectis located to iswe Bonds of insurance policies
meet such
s as may be
TOR shall deliver to OWNER,
3d4tionel insured identified in the
mitims, certificates of insurance
oe of insurance requesit'd
other additiornal insurers) which
CONTR4CTOR's Liabilio, Insurance:
5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such
liabilit.N and other insurance us is appropriate for the Work
nemg performed and famished and as will provide
protection from claims set forth below which may arm out
of or result from CONMACfOR's performance and
furnishing of the Wrvk and CO, iTRAC'TOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to
be perforated or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the Work, or by anyuie for whose acts any of them
may be liable?
5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts;
5.4'2. claims for damages because of bodily injury.
occupational sickness or disease, or c6ath of
i ONTRACTOPVs employees;
5.43. claims for damages because of bodily injury,
sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
CONTRACTOR's employees;
544. claims -far damages -insured• ]w—eustarnaey
5.4.5. claims for damaM ether than to the Work
itself; because of injtay to on destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use
resulting therefrom; and
5.4.6, claims for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or property damage arising out of
the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor
vehicle.
The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5A
to be purchased mail maintained stiall:
5A.7, with respect to insurance regitireed by
paragraphs 5.4.3through 5A.6 inclusive and 5.4,9.
include' as additional inutreds (subject to any
customary exclusion in respect of professional
liability), OWNER, ENGMER. ENGRgE Rs
CoBukw& and any other or entities identified
in the Supplementary Conditions, of whom shall be
tided as:additiaoal insureds, mid include coverage for
the respective. officers And employees of all such
additional insureds;
5.4.8, include the specific coverages and be written
for not less than the limits of liability provided in the
Supplementary Co mlitions or required by Laws or
Regulations, Whichever is greater.,
5.4.9. include completed operation insurance;
F-E'DCaEh%XALcotamloNs 1910-s (19" Edtion)
wl CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS ft-V42000)
5.4.10. include contmonml liability insurance
covering CONfRaCTORs indemnity obligations
undm p=Mphs 6.12, 6.16 and 631 through 6.33;
5 4 11 contain a provision or endorsement that the
coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially
chane-ml or renewal refused until at least thirty days'
prior written notice has been given to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and to ouch other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditiioni to whom
a vertifivate of insurance has been issued (and the
certificates of insurance furnished by the
CONTRACTOR ptustiant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so
provide);
5.4.12. remain in of cd at least until fuel payment
and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may
be correcting, removing or replacing ckfeclive Work
in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and
3-4.13. with respect to completed operations
insurance, and any insurance coverages written on a
claims -made basis, remain in effect toe at least two
years after I'mal payment (and CONTRACTOR shall
furnish OWNER and each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom
a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence
satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional
insured of continuation of such insurance at final
payment and one year thereafter).
OWNER's Liability Insurauee:
5.5. in addition to insurance: required to be provided
by CONTRACTOR under paragraph5A. OWNER, at
OWNEWs grior4 may purchase and maintain at
OWNER's expense OWIrUVs own liability insurance as
will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from
operations under the Contract Documents.
Propertylrtsuranee:
6--•-•-L0 lass wrye cared idad in ties 4SepplayaftAat�iBar(g�
Cond60ow, OtlNER-s}iall—pttrekase—eridf—nTAi,�M�
and-ahall-ba
er
leas of
tTr4e imp,
ctweragz; thelt; vandalism aixl mahtiw3s-nrisGhiaF
exrthquako, eel!Lion
wa
sprGafa all+ie�(ulred-k"he�r+ lmfank�r titan
5.0,3,. include..expenses..imurred in ... dte-frpair--M
rel>lasementof any srsured prcperty (inaltltiingTier-not
Ixl}iled-40-Fees-and chargrs--ir£ rnginzt$s-ead
AnchiteGLs)s
5 6 4 uavzF rrrekt xlsund rcte+ipaler>Mteredel the site
cw At aAother kmation that was Agreed"in'rn'WFitlrl$-i)j'
prAFi�lliaF'R36lTAia{arral59H�8-�!!A
t3`f, -lrNfslNb}.�}��aRl
5.9. OWNER shall not be respmsible Jar PmVh 9
and maintaiun�urtg say prap�ty iltsuraancso to proved 166
imaests of C4NTRACTOR Subcontractom or others in
_Am ._Wo4i
..tA _ -_- _r
EXI)COENEliA1.CONDMONS 191" (I"GEMMI)
10 wl UTY OF FORT COLLINS NIODIFICATIONS at6'V 4J2GGo)
eonrmzneemasx oFthe- Work -lit -the gite,-(AVINURshrill in
dvise 4Z4VTRA4.4QR WhelllheF OF-nFN-6FiGtiUllieF
i 9W •ark E 4)t FE�(AET4R mt«+el that all
pelisieagwchestxi-irraaGerdanGa wig}r-pamgmphs 5.€,
xnd--3:7--wil}-pFatas4--9W--GBAl�r�TEaR
SubGontrndtxs---•iiNE.fNE&i _._.-_h?^t(ilNEER's
instveds ar-additiena�...invaseds-irr-9ueh policies -and
nil
reuwery aeairim any of C(I)N7R\C'TOR. Sub ontntc:tois.
{„".}4 i1�8�I<lt:1tA16�.'41�sft'S-t-`txa;ukant�FtnFi- tha-e1Trc�rs:
direetc�rs:-rnrpkvrrsttrxl-agrrrts oftFay-ef tlarnr:
Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceerb:
.` 1 _. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by pamgraphs5.6 and 53 will Ix adiusted with
OWNER and mask payable to O\1'biER as fiduciary for the
insureds. us their interests may appear, subject to the
requirements of any applicable mongage clause and of
paragraph 5.13. (ANI ER, shall depu it in a separate
account any money so received, and shall distribute it in
accordance with such a}gecntent as the parties in interest
may reach If no other special agreement is reached the
damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced the moneys so
received applied on account thereof and the Work and the
cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or
Written Amendment.
5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust
and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object in writirt within fifteen days
after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this
power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary
shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance. with
such agreement as the parties in iracrost may reach if no
such agreement among the parties in interest is reached,
OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with
the insurers --A :C re +ireft an --filing W arty -party in
interest 91 Nfs}� irk fidusiar� Fha- give-Ettnd--filte
Acceptance ofBandrandln=rwnce; OpliontoReplace:
5.14. If
OWNER has arty objection to the coverage afforded by or
other provision-, of the bonds -or insurance required to be
purchased and maintained by the ether --pert
CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of nonccaormance with this Contract Documents, the
in waiting with
the certificates
2.7.
Partial Uriliration—J'ivrperry Insurance.
5.15. If OWNER funds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
E1CDC GENERAL C0141)ITIONS tvto-s (1990 EMU))
w! QTY OF FORT COLLI NS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4r000)
Completion of all the Work such use or occupancy may
be accomplished in acardance with paragraph 14.10:
Cded that no such use or occupancy shall commence
bfthe insurers providing the property insurance have
acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any
changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers
providing the property insurance shell consent by
endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property
insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on
account of any such partial use or occupancy.
ARTIC L F: 6--CONTRACTOR'S
RESI'ONsiat .1'nEs
Supai,Wan and.Superiruendence:
6.1. CONfRACfOR skill supervise, inspect and
direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skiffs and
ctpertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Document&
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
contruction, but CONE RACCOR shaft not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or specification
of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in
and expressly required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract
fk>cumcnts.
6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work of all
times during its progress a competent resident
superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written
notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under
extraordinary circumstances. The sdperimmilem will be
CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have
authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding
as if given to CONTRACTOR.
Labor, Materials and Equipment:
6:3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,
suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and
construct the Work as required by the Cortract
Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain
good discippline and order at the stile. Except as otherwise
required fa the safety or protection of persons or the
Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and
except as otherwise mdicated in the Contract Documents;
all Work at the site shall be performed during regular
working hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit
overtime work or the performance of 'Work cat Saturday,
Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNIIts written
consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER
ll
NOD c
OMD" --, :a
a�
r-OW' 04 DAM • W
4► MAO • W
oa em
VAULT SECTION
'� NTS
PNIOVAKA
wwDLe
enter. emmod
DOOR -PAW
blow aurreR IN
ooNCNM
DAMP PROO"
No cage
CUPS
4x4' 04 DAM* V
= DMILL AM
PIPE TO WATHS VAULT
OR O
%, ► DARE- GLO?
M&M TO RAMS
• W or,
I I LIMNRAAT D
0
SM RAL&
a
64 unless otherwise specified in the General
Rmluiremertts, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume
full responsibility for all materials. equipment, labor,
transporatuon, construction equipment and machinery.
tools. •r!ppliances. fuel. pLAvcr, light, heat. telephone, water,
anunn facifitim tern )rwy facilities and all other
rrcilitiis and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
pertonnance. testing, stet -up and completion of the \York.
purging- Restrictions CONTRACTOR
mu t_cum�rly:with the Cjt\ s QurchssirV restnetio_ns.A
Ma of the resolutions are available for review in�tl 4
office-;.-- of _ hz._I�urch�sing _n>xxl Risk _.RMm+�ement
1Jivision or the City Clerk's office.
6.4.2 (omentRestrictions_ City of Fort Collins
Rowltnion 91-121 rowan that supphers and Producer
of cement or producm contarrilM cement to ccrufv that
the men was not made in c Ins t
hamnlouswaste as a firri.
6.5, All materials and equipment shall be of good
quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the
tract rocuments. All wammtiess and ggririaarnranntees
specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly
run to the benefit of OWNER 1f required by F,NGMER,
C ()NTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the kind and
quality of materials and equipment AD materials and
equl( ncrit shall be applied, installed connected, erected,
used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
Progress &-hedufe
6.6. CONTRACTOR shalt adhere to the progress
schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as t
may be adjusted from time to time as provided below:
6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall subunit to ENGINEER
for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
paragraph 2.9) proposed Aushnerts in the Progress
schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or
Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally
to the progress whedule then in effect and additionally
will comply with any provisions of the General
Requirements applicable thereto.
6,62. R adjustments in the progress schedule
that will � the Contract Times (or Mtlestom)
shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements
of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be
made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in
accordance with Article 12.
6.7. Srtba)Wdesand "Or.Equaf" Iteaa:
6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a item or the name of a
Particular Supplier, the >pcci£t)oation or is
mudded to establish the type, function and quality
required. Unless the specification or description
VCDC OI:NEM CONDI11ONS 1910-S 41940 EdGm)
12 wl CITY OF FORT C'OLLINS MODIFICATIONS (P EV V2000)
contains or is followed by words reading that no like,
equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is
permitted, other items of material or equipment or
material or equipment of other Supplier may be
accepted by ENGINEER under the fulluwing
circumstances
6.7-1.1. 'br-Equal'", If in ENGINI:ER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally
equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that
no change in related Work will be required. it may
be considered by FNGRNFFR as an "or -equal"
item, in which cause review and approval of the
pn�posed item may, in ENGINEMs sole
discretion be accomplished without compliance
with some or all of the requirements for
acceptance of proposed substitute items,
6312. Substitute ltvnw If in ENGINEERs sole
discretion an item of material or equipment
same
as
v by the ENGINEER will
as supplemented in the
v of pro)iased substitute items
pmert wilt not be aaepted by
in anyone other than
If CONTRACTOR wishes to
Iubaidute, item of material or
'RACTOR shall first make
to ENGINEER for acceptance
;e of such
sad claims
to
contractors
Of
M
coins or
fly (Mm
costs of
by the resulting change. all of which will be
considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the
proposed substitute. ENGINEER MUY require
CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about
the proposed substitute.
6.7.1.3. CONM4CTOR's L•.cyense: All data to be
provided t-A CONTRACTOR in support of am,
proposed "or -equal" cr substitute item will be at
CONl'RACTOR's expense.
6.7.2. Substitute CUILY1171clion Meduxls ar
Procedures: If a specific means. method technique,
sequence or procedure of construction is shown or
indicated in and expressly required by the Contract
Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilim a
substitute means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to
allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to
determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to
thatexpressly called for by the Contract Documents.
The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be
similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2.
6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will he
allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate
each proposal or submittal made pursuant to
paragraphs 6,7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the
sole . judge of acceptability. No �� r dr
substitute will be ordered, installed or atitizecl without
ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be
evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved
Shop Drawing. OWNER may require
CONTRACTOR to fiu ilih at CONTRACTOR's
expense a special performance guarantee or other
surety with respect to any "or-oqual" or substitute.
ENGINEER will record time required by
ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Comftnts in
evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1 and
6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other dined
contract with OWNER for work an the project)
occasioned thereby, Whether or M ENGINEER
accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR, CONTRA.CTOR gall reimburse
OWNER, for the charges of ENGINEER and
ENGINEEiVs Consultimis for evaluating each such
proposed substitute item.
a. Concerning Sxbeondadars, Suppliers and
err
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any
Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization
(includes those acceptable to OWNER and
ENGINEER, as indicated in paragraph 6.8 2x whether
initially or as a substitute. against wheat OWNER or
ENGINEER may have reasonable objection.
CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or or amratton
to f unish or perform any of the Work against whom
CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
E)CDCOEMLAL CONU TIOM 191" (1990 Ec5Gao)
w/ MY Of FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS UMN 412000)
6.9.
t-mgTRAC"1'OR s}rall Perkyrn not less than 20
percent of the ore _with its own forces. (thatiN
without subcontracting). The 20 Itelcent reyuirrmrnt
shall h understood to refer a the Work the v rhea of
_hich lqtala not less thin' rernt _the CQn_tracl
Price
6.8.2. it the Supplententnrv-Conditions BidkRI)
Documents require the identity of certain
Subcontractors. Suppliers or other persons or
organi-imions (includim those who are to furnish the
principal items of materials er equipment) to be
submitted to OWNF,R in advance of the -specified
date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for
acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER,—end-+i
,.
flaE=k3rilFtn6l -iyiiit—ilia—'Stl�p'>]1lrRentaEF--%.-[31Rdii1f7n&�
(' WNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in
writing or by failing to make written objection thereto
by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in
the bidding documents or the. Contract Documents) of
A
er
in INN—
Ixtsis-eE rsvrsewrltla-objeetien�Rer-Clue-intia�
hNGiNEER. No acceptance by OWNER or
ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization shall constitute a waiver
of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject
defective Work.
6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to.
OWNER and ENGINEER for ail ads and omtssio m
of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons
and organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is
responsible for CONTRACTORS own acts and
omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall
create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person or organization any
contractual relationship between OWNER or
ENGMER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organintiot, nor shop it create any
obligation on the part of OWNER or ENMEER to
pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any
such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organ mtion except as may otherwise be required by
Laws and Regulations. OWNER
furnish to any subcontractor, supplier or
a prayapj.zatio p_evionc� of amowts tmnd tB
CONTRACTOR in accordance with
CONTRACTOR'S ^Awliratiom for Payment',
13
6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible
for scheduling and coordimtting the Work of
Subcontractors. Suppliers and other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct- or indirect contract with
m Nv rRACTOR. CONTRAC 0R shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work to communicate with the ENGINMR through
CONTRACTOR.
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and
the identifications of any Drawings shall not control
CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
6.11. All Work performed far CONTRACTOR by a
Subcontractor or Supplier will be ptusumn to an
a pprrgapxr ate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the
Subwdraetor or Supplier which spedfically binds the
Suboameexar or Supplier to the-alrpltoebks .tmats_and
Parent Fees and Royalties'
EXW GENERAL CONDITIOM 1910-3.OMEet OO
14 W1 a Ty OF FORT COLLIMrvIODIFICATIOM t,'v 4/E000)
Permits:
6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all
construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist
CON rRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such
permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all
governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for
the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the
time of opening of Bids. or, if there arc no Bids'. on the
Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall
pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the
Work, and O4;'VER shall pay all charges of such utility
owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant
investment fees.
6.34Laws andRegatatinrw:
6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and
comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
fturnishnn and performance of the Work. Except
where otherwise otpiessly required by applicable
Laws and Regulauona, rivid r. -OWNER nor
ENGMER shall be responsible for monitoring
CONTRACTOR's compliance with any laws or
Regulations.
6,14.2. If CONTRACTOR ,performs any Work
knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary
to Laws or RegulattQM CONTRACTOR shall bear
.it ntni,,,s chess Inaaea sod daetaaes caused bv_
not be.CONTRACTOR'sp�t ary responsibility to
make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are
in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this
shall tact rohtve CONTRACTOR of
CONTRACTOR's obligation under neragraph 3.3,2.
Taxes:
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall Pay all sales, cor"Ier,
use and other similar ttiroea required to be paid by
CONTRACTOR in ttoca]taive with the Laws and
Regulations of the place of the project which are
applicable during the performance of the Work
6JIL MjMAM St@La
dedlnthe Corilcact.prax-
Ca1M0 Rpm ent ofRevemae
State Cogtal Annex
'-a
1375 Sherman Street
Chnon cr,.Colorado, 80261
Sales and Use Ta.Nes for .the State or Colorado
Rggiga l_ Tramsp motion District _(2TL and certw
1Uado counties are collected by the State of
orcradt and, are lriefwded in the Certification, of
G�e�Uon,
All applicable Sales and lase Taxes (ncludira State
x llectrd taxes ). on any items other than construction
and building materials physically incorporated into thr
p_ro�ect are to he Amid by_CONTRACTUR_and._are to
be included in aporoEriatr bid items.
Use of Premises:
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction
equipment, die storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of workers to the site and land and areas
identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and
other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations,
rightswf--way, permits and casements, and shall not
urretsohrably encumber the premises with construction
equipment or other materials or equipment.
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any
damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or
occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work Should any claim be
made by any such owner or occuprant became of the
performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shell promptly
settle with such other parry by negotiation or otherwise
resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute to thefullest
e lion proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR
gaunt permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and
bold }armless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGiNEERs
Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them from and against all clains, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting frown any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or
occupant agathmst OWNER. ENGINEER or any otter party
indemutified hereunder to the extend caused by or based
upon CONTRACTOKs performance of the Work.
6.17. During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR
shtaR keep the premises Gee from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish and otter debris resulting from the
Work. At the completion of the Wok CONTRACTOR
snau remove an waste matmats, rutrtmstr am
and about the promises as well as all tools;
construction equipment and machinery a
materials. CONTRACTOR shall ]cave the sil
ready for occupancy by OWNER at
Completion of the Wreck. CONTRACTOR slur
original condition all property not designiated.f
by the Gmtract Documents.
6,1t. CONTRACTOR shalt not load not permit any part
of any structure to be loaded in any roamer that will
endanger the, structure, no shall CONTRACTOR subject
any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or
pressures that win endanger it
Record Documears;
E MC uarmitAL COM-Voids 1910s u990E(Itim)
WI CITY OF FORT CO1.Ln4s MOOIPICAT1ONS tRt V 42DaaT
6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain ma safe place at
the site ono record copy of all Drawings. Specifications,
Addenda. Wriucrt Atncridnients. Change Orders, Work;
Change Directives, Field Orders and written
interprttadoms and clarifications (issued pursuant to
paragraph94) in good order and annotated to show all
changes made during construction. These record
documents together with all approved Samples and a
counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be,
available to LNGIN'EER for reference. Upon ompletion
of the Work- and prior. to redeasc_oif final_pa_yIngn these
record doaunenl .Samples and $pup Drawings will be
deliveredtokiNGINHER forMNER
Mfery and Protection:
6._U. CONTRACTOR shot be responsible for
iodating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and prog ums in connection with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall take all neccssary precautions for
the safety oC and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be
affected by the Wort:;
6,211.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to
be incorporated thereiN'whether in storage on or off
the site; and
6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto,
including trccs, shrubs, lawns; walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Urxfergraoid
Facilities not designated for removal relocation or
replacement in the course of coxhstntct ern,
CONTRACTOR shall comply with at applicable Laws
and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction fix
safety of persons or property or to protect. them Gan
damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all
necessary safeguards for such safety and protection.
CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property
and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution aC the Work may affect them, and shall
cooperate with dvin in the protection, removal, relocation
and replacement of their property. All damegge, injury or
loss to any property referred to in paragrapFss 0.20.2 or
6,203 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in put, by
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly cc 'indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the
Work or anyone for whose acts an of them may be Sable,
stall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or
loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications
or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or
LNGINEEIrs Consultant or anyone employed by any of
them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any
Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them).
CONTRgCTOWs ditties and responsibilities for the safety
and protection of the Work shall continue until -such time
as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a
15
notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance
with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as
otherwise egxmly provided in connection with
Substantial Completion).
6.21. Sajeity Representative
CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and
experienced safety representative at the site whose duties
and reTont abilities shall be the prevention of accidents and
the maintaining and supervising of .-Afety piveautiort_s and
prugams.
Hazard Communication Programs:
6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
coordinating any txchenge of material safety data sheets or
other hazard communication information required to be
made available to or exchanged between or among
employers at the site in accordance with Laws or
Regulations.
Fmergencier
623. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of
persons or the Work or pruperty at the site or adjacent
thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or
authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to
act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
changes in the Work or variadtats from the Contract
Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER.
determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive
or Change Order will be issued to document the
consequences of such action
6.24. Shop DrawingsandSa)*es.
6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings
to ENGINEER for review and approval rn accordance
with the aocepted scheule of Shop Drawings and
as
materials and similar data to show ENGtNhhK the
materials and equiptiart CONTRACTOR proposes to
provide and to affable ENGINEER to review the
inhartnatiort for the limited purposes .required by
paragraph 6.2fi.
6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with said socepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified
clearly as to material, Suppiia pertinent data such as
catalog numbers and the use tier which intended and
otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable
ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited
E)CDCGbWU.AL CON01110M 191" a"0Ednim)
16 wJ aTYOF FORT 0OUIN3 MODIFIOATIOMOLEV42000)
purposes required b)" trrrauaph6.26 The numbers
of each Sample to be submitted will be as 4vcirted in
the Specifications.
6.25. Subrninal Procedures:
6.25.i. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or
Sample, CONE"RAC70R shall have determined and
verified:
625" 1.1. all field measurements, quantities,
dimensions. specified performance criteria.
installation requirements, materials catalog
numbers and similar information with respect
thereto,
6.25.1.. all materials with respect to intended
use, fabrication, shippppiang, handling, storage,
assembly and instal�tion pertauung to the
peformance of the Work, and
6.25.L3. all information relative to
CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect
of means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction and safety precautions
and programs incident thereto,
CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and
coordinated each Shop Drawing of Sample with other
Shop 'Drawings and Samples and with the
requirements of the Work and the Contact
Documents:
6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific
written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied
00NTRACfOR's obligations tinder the Conuact
Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review
and approval of that. subminal.
6.25.3. At the time of each submission,
CONTRACTOR shell dive ENGINEER specific
wtittennotice of such vansdons, if any, that the Shop
Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the
requirements of the Contract Documents. such notice
to be in a written communication sepamm from the
6.2fi: ENGINEER will review and approve Shop
Druvemigs and Samples in accordance with the schedule of
Slop Drawing and Sample submittals accepted by
ENGDMIM as required by paragraph 19. E INEER's
review and approval will tit only to determine if theitems
oovered by the submittals will, after installation or
incorporation in the Work. oonfcrm to the information
given in the Contract Documents acid be compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. ; ENGINEEWs review and approval will not
=teinrd to means, methods, tecbniqum sequences or
procedures of construction (except where a particular
means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is slxcifically and espressly called for by the
Contract Documents) or to safety precaulions or programs
incident thereto. The review and apprun'al of a separate
item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in
which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make
corrections required by ENNGINEER, and shall return the
required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and
submit as required new Samples for review and approval.
CONTRACTOR shall duecl specific attention in writing to
revisions other than the corrections called for by
ENGMMER on previous submittals.
6.27 ENG(NK R's review and approval of Shop
Drawings or Samples shall) not relieve CONTRACTOR
from responsibility for any variation tium the requirements
of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in
writing called ENU1NEETYs .attention to each such
variation at the time of submission as required by
paragraph 6,25.3 and ENGINEh]2 has given written
approval of each such variation by a speck written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop
Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by
ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility
for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1-
623. WhLre a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by
the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing
and Sample submissions accepted by ENGTNEF,R as
required by paragraph 2.9. any related Work performed
pnorto ENGINEER'S review and approval of the pertinent
submntal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of
CONTRACTOR
Continuing the Wamk:
6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or
postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 155 or as
OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in
writing.
630. CONT&ICTOR's GrAcral Warranty and
Qarantee•
6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and gpararitees to
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEEWs Consultants
that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective.
CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder
excludes defects or damage caused by:
6.30.1.1, abuse, modification or improper
maintenance or operation by persons other than
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers or
630.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal
usage.
6.30.2. CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform and
complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following
will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in
EXI)CUTNERALCON MONS 1910-8 I1990E(ition)
wf (17Y OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS ("V 4/2000)
accordance with the Contract Documentx or a release
of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perlixm the Work
in accordance with the Contract l)ucuments.
6.302.1, observations by EN,01NEER:
6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or
final payment by ENGLNEER:
6.302.3. the issuance of a certificate of
Sulstantial Completion or any payment by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract
Documents,
6.30.2A use or occupancy of the Work or any
part thereof by OWNE12;
6.302.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any
failure to do so;
630.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a
notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant
to paragraph 14.13;
6.30.27 any inspection, test or approval by
others; or
6,30.2.8. any correction of defective Work by
OWNER
Indeawijfoadon:
6.31. To the fulled extent permitted
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall rode
harmless OWNER,
Consultants and the offi(
and other consultants of
against all claims, costs,
but not limited to, all
architects, attorneys and
or arbitration orother di:
arising out of or resultii
Work, provided that any
(i) is attributable to box
death, or to injury to or
(other than the Work ti
resulting therefrom,m and
by any negligent act cr o
carecetyor tnanr
or flgnish any i
of them may
in ppart' eery n
indeat ad he
upon such in&
regardless of th
Laws and
arm hold
sch and any of them from and
losses and damages (including,
'ees and charges of engineers,
e or
or
gin the performance of
claim, cost, lass or llama
niurv. sickness. disease
by
or
632. In any and all claims against OWNM or
ENGINEER or arty of their respective consultants, agents,
officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the
survive or personal tcpreaerttative of such employee) of
CONTRACTOR; airy SubcontmCt(x, any, Supplier, any
person or orgartimtion directly or indirectly employed by
17
any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under paregraph6.31 shall not
be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or
type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or
for ('ONT1u4CTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization under workers' compensation
acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
6.33. The indemnification oblt'gations of
CONTRACTOR under p aragrapih 6.31 shall not extend to
the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINNEERR's Consultants.
officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the
professional negligence, errurs or omissions of any of them.
&wWval ofObl4aaons:
6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties
and guarantees made in, required by or given in secardmtce
with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing
obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will
survive final payment, conipledon and "tome of the
Work and termination or completion of the Agreement.
ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK
Related Work at Site:
7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the
proied at the site by OWNEWs own forces, or let other
direct contracts therefor which -shall contain Gencral
Conditions similar to these, or kave`atherwcrk.performed
by utility owners, If the fact Ow such other woik is to be
performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then:
(i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR
prior to. starting any such other work and
(n) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
and
will only cut or afar then work
ENGINEER and the others wi
The duties and r bilities
this paragraph are the bend
other cotmmdoss to the extem
and
s by
and
ONTRACTOR under
ach utility owners and .
there are comparable
E!t'O G84 MALCONVIMONS 19108(t990EMM)
18 wl aTY OF FORT COLLIM MODIIICATIOM(AEV 42000)
provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in %iid
direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners
and other contractors.
7.3. 1f the proper execution or results of any part of
CONTRA('I'OR's Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall
inspect such other work and promptly report to
ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects Jr deficiencies
in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable
for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's
Work. CONITRACTOR's failure so to report will
constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and
proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work
except for latent or nomppnrent defects and deficiencies
in such other work.
Coordination:
T4. If OWNER contract-, with others for the
performance of other work on the Project at the siti, the
following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
7.4.1. the person, fin or corporation who will have
authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified-,
7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such
authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
7.4,3. the extent of such authority and
responsibilities will be provided.
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall love sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordiration,
ARTICLE 8-OWNEWS IES
8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these Gen"
Conditions OWNER shall issue all communications to
CONTRACTOR throughENGINEER
8.2, In case of termination of the employment of
ENGINEW OWNER shall appoint an maer,e
w}aso Mitts
status'under the Cotttt'ad Dowma* shmll be that
of the former iNGMER
8.3. OWNER shall famish[ the data required of
OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when
they are due as provided in paragraphs 14A and 14.13.
8.4. OW`Mls duties in respect of providing lands
and easements anrd providing mtgmuwntg sure�eyyss to
establish reference points are set fordo m pan)gmpha 4A
and 4.4. Parograph4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying
and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of
reports of explorations and tests-cf subsurface conditions
at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing
structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized
by EX(ANEER in preparing the Contract r cuments
gs...__�L1�bE12'srasptart>iliilRies-act r�e�-tr€purrhasing
q:1 a; ruaU}fining IiabrlNy-and-prfperiv rstvtinbr anti -set
;.,rh in rmrajaphs:i.cthrough 5. in.
8'6 OWNER NER is obligated 10 execute Change Orders as
indicated in paragraph 10.4,
97, OWNER's responsibility in respsct of certain
inspections. tests and approvals is set forth in
paragraph 13.4.
SX In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or
suspend Work, see paragraphs 13 if) and 15.1.
Paragraph 152 deals with OWNERS right to terminate
services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances.
9,9. The OWNER shall not anpervise, direct or have
control or authority over. no tx responsible for,
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques,, sequences
or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
(X)NI'RAG'I'OR to comply with laws and Regulations
applicable to the furnishing or peribnnance of the Wok.
OWNER will nMnt be resptmsibk for CONTRACTOR's
failure to perform or furnish the Wok in accordance with
rite Contract Documents.
aK&n$dnnBlStS—17aYd-��eetl---m9dB-4�-6aFS5�--�W{>�
respotasi?�ik�-ut-respetak•t}nuresf-will-tea fls set-�fOrt}r-tn-Eha
ARTICLE 9-EIVCINEER'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
OII NER's Representative;
9.1. ENGINEER will be OW'NER's representative
curing the constructiot period. The dufies and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of
ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during
contraction are set forth in the Contract Documents and
shall not be w4ended without written consent of OWNER
rail ENGINEER
rsits to Site;
9 2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals
appppxrooppnnate to the various stages of cortaniction as
ENClldv'EER deems necessary in order to observe as an
experienced and qualified design professional the progress
EJCDC (;E7*XAL CONDIMNS 1910.8 (1990 Ed'itia;i
w,'w rY Or roar COLLIM mitJunrlCAnONS (REV anoao)
that has been made and the quality of the various aspecis
of CONTRACTOR's executed Work- Based on
information obtained during such visits and c&ervations.
ENGINEER. will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to
determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGI.NEPR
will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -
site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the
Work. ENGINEER's efforts willbe directed toward
providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that
the completed Work will conform generally to the
Contract Documents, On the basis of such visits =1 on -
site observations, ENGNEER will keep OWNER
informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to
guard OWNER against defeceve Work. ENGINEER's
visits and on -site observations are subject to all the
limitations on ENGINEWs authority and responsibility
set forth inpa ragraph 9.13, and particularl1yy, but without
limitation, duririg or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site
visits or observations of CONTRACTOR'- Work
ENGINEER will not supervise, dira:L corarol or have
authority over or be responsible for GONTRAC YOR's
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
oonstniction, or the safety precautions and programs
incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to
comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the
furnishing or perfcmtance of the wok.
PrrJectRgrrestnofivu
9,1 If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER
will furriish a Resident Project Representative to assist
ENGINEER in providnng more continuous observation of
the Work. The re bilitiea and authority and
limitat ms thenton of any such Resident Project
Representative and assistants will be as provided in
paragraphs 9.3 and 9.13 aM in
£Miens of these General Conditions. If OWNER
dE.4i NIPS another re bye or agent to represent
O et the site is not ENGINEERS Consultant,
a&W or employee, the responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of such other person will be as
provided in GorAtietbmmuL23
U j — These tr�otive's dealipgs in matters
mertamtra tothe oroliework will to a neral, be with
the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR But. the
RepreslmtaGve will ':keep the OWNER Zropaerly
advised alnout such matters The $epreseataWIX
deal with subcontractors will only be throiahor
with the full knowledge and approval the
CONTRACT0$
93.2. _ Duties and_Patiosibilitie& Reoresentative
tan
9.3.2.1.Schedule- - Review the �rcxnress
19
schedule and other schedules prepared by the
CONTRACTOR:. and .,_cpnsult ._.wadh_._.,thz
FIN(iiNFER concerning acadability.
Conce'"" g and hiWirg, - AtteRJ
meetitm with the CUNTRAt"f'OR such W
preconstirtaction . Gmferenoes,_.fx_cE�r?ss_ meedn�s
and p er b conferences and--gepare and
circa, to cuptes oCmtnutts oCmgelmg
9.3.2.3. Liaison
9.323.1. Serve as FNGCNEFWR j liaison
with CONTRACTOR work, a txincioallv
through COId rRe4C1 UR'S superintendent to
assist the CONTRACTOR in tlnderstartchrlg
the Contract lJocgracri
o a a z I Aeaist n_ obte_ fining from OWNER
a a«ml deiails or infarman m, when
reaima for Ixomx oxeculm of the Work
d
CONTRAGfO of the commencement .
Wmk n-aui—'rat a Shop_ Lram or
sampic sulm,ogg lLthe suhnission has not
txcr a�xpved by t}le �itdGiNE)a"R.
9: a a Review of Wrrk� Reieefi�+'_.'124�SaY
�11b>snections and Tests -
93 2 4 3 Corldtut Milk abaetvat� ra t�f
e�>�'
in t �t thI4W e ork is mg to
n d9++ ivM, the contract Dome ft
• J ' b° is .qp.
} 1i .��, e�E�iS! 1 t ieS�+11:J.'>•S''.:i.
tact
hen
c[arit Lions and i of the Contract
tcmalntt to
o three, Contract ents'as issu v e
Effl*1
9326 Modlfiwticns Consider and
evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for
EXDC GEMMAL CONptTiOM 1910-8.(IM E"M)
20 wlcarroFFotlTiot.larrsmloolFtcaMNSOttynnoopl
modification in PraN ines ur Soecitications and
repnrt thew rmommendatipm to EN
Accurateh transmit to CGI�EC.R,
CONTRACTOR
decisions issued dw_ the ENGINEER.
9 3 2.7.,Reeords.
S?.3.= 7). A-4iintain at the Rrpresenlative's
LTc_INI GEK 1i tir particularly the relationshi h of
the tai%ment requested to the schedule of Talucs,
work completed and materials and cvuinment
deliverer] at the site but not inccapdxatcd in the
9.3._.IG. Completion
Before ENGINEER issues a
Ccrtikift. c,f Substantial CbmpletB submit
io CONtiTRACTOR a list of observed items
MLLUnm ccvrcYtia- oor comyletion
Conduct final i~nspegton in the
company of the KNGINEIiR. OWNF3t and
CONTRAC—FOR and_prccmre a fret] list of
items to be corrected or completed.
J. ?.10.3_ _ Observe that all items on the
final list have heen cmTectcd or completed and
make recommendations to ENVG11NEER
owcermng acceptance
9.3.3. Limitation of Authority The Representative shall
not:
9.3.3.1,_Authorize .any deviations ._from .the
Contract I�ocumhents or acc any su �iiute
maleci?Js Qt ecltt meat _tatlls atltlm�iz l byl._thz
EN(iDNJTR_
3.3.2_. Exceed limitations of ENG1 i XS
aurhorty as sec forth in the Cortuaei Documents.
993.3 3. undertake my of the res.,,ponaibilitles
of the- CONTRACTOR. Submtttracturs or
Q.-OH4 ..Iic'iCIMS_An:R�rlI1 oka
$..a.3._4�. _Ij„cjyj.�ott ouj�n .¢�tiorns relggve
to- ar assume control over any %W� lnf the
mean _ methods, wohniguesc1Vences , or
goedw fine cot maim artless such
-V-m 1call called for in the Contract Documentsk.
9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions
Le:$aLrallg t� assume �l1It41_ fiver sattly
pprreeM tiros a� in a chores with the
Work,
9 3.6. Ace e „_.Shoo Draw' r or sample
submittals frame anyone other than tea
9PNTRACTO$,
9.3.3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the
Work in whole or in Dw.
9.3.3.8. Participate in sIalized Sold fix
laburatoa tests or coons conducted by others
4ece toa L stneci ica 1I, authorized by the
ENGINEER.
Clanfreatfom and Interpretations:
9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness
such written clarifications or interpretations of the
EX''DC (3ENERAL COM)InONS 19i" (199e Edtimr)
wt CITY Or Foxe WUA NS M Wm7CATIONS ptEV 412(M)
requirements of the Contract Documents (in the Corm of
Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINTEER may determine
necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and
reasoably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such
written clarifhcatiors and interpretations will be binding, on
OWNF,R and CONTRACTOR If 0WNU or
CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or
interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price
or the Contract T imes and the parties are unable to agree
to the amount or extent thereof if any, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor ties
provided in Article 11 or -Article 12.
Authonzed Fk iadans in cork:
9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in
the Weak from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the
Contract Pace or the Contract Times and are compatible
with the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents These maybe accomplished by a Field Order
and will be binding an OWNER and also on
CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved
promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a
Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or
the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
provided in Article 11 or 12
RejectingWed&e Work:
9,6. ENGINEER will have authority to disappprrove or
reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be r fecrive,
or that INGINEER believes will not product a completed
Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that
will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of tha
completed Project as a frnnctioni whole as indicated by
the Contract Doctmtetitss. ENG will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the
Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or rot the
Work is fabricated, inttalted or completed.
Shop Drawings, Gkange Orders and Payments:
93. In cotmectim with ENGINEER's authority as to
Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6,24 through
6.28 inchtsive.
9.8. In cormection with ENGINEERs authority as to
Change Orders, we Articles 10,11, deal 12.
9.9. In connection with ENGIMERs authority as to
Applhcations for payment, see Article 14.
Deteroduadonsfor Unit i" r eAw
9.10. ENGINEER will detannine the actual quantities
and classifications of Unit price Work perforated by
CONTRACTOR. ENGiNF.ER will review with
CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary
determinations on such matters before rendmi% a written
decision thereon (try recommendation of an Application
21
0
a:
ti
C=)
r -
m
N
0
9
C.D
a
CV
AttENDANCE RECORD
PRE9w CONFERENCE.
Phgect: 9951 Oak Sueat Plaza
Time: 10:00 a.m. Data: December 19, 2005
LocatlorF:215 N. Masan 2A
PRIM
PRINTADDRESS
TELEPHONE
FAX #
E-MAIL ADDRESS
NAME
FIRM NAME
7—/o
�C�S ��i. (C7i
9 /�-�-� ._
'v
��V"LGYA���
��r".a--�:J L'�l,Fi7►`C�L
�f r�fsrr
kV ,ff
/ s7
J f Fir
Uf
,✓rJ�`
�N�� L.�ofv�
2 Ccwrr+�T�r-c Co
Pd �vx JZ_9
9�1J 39y o�3�%
!j�%�i �9x a64S
C�.3"SLEarvEc43Z f�rwc,^�<
6,0J7Z�
cvAZ
at
05F
IY�
C�GCIy! $
+'f fPIfIKS
7 �U*!(tZZ4U
I ruZTi�-
�dtlG�l�i��'E/401/'Z4 (
l 54t.--17`77
�fLCV4.+
[�t.�trcl�
02[5 N
*tOWM t fWpc"r ' "NtiL-F, 7IZ _94ff ZV'''S%MW Z.�3*i8-S3 St OSC4mt PW
We AUAV--14"4&e oica
tin Payment or otherwise). ENGIN M's written decision
thereon will be final and binding upon O4\'INT-R and
CONTRACTOR, unless. within ten days after. the date of
any such decisiorx either 014NER cc CONTRACTOR
delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of
intention to appeal from 6NGINfxER's decision and- (i) an
appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time
limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Exhibit GC:A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered
into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to
Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement
I'm been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by
the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such riklhis or remedies as the appealing party may
have with respect to ENGINE R's decision, unless
otherwise a�eed in writing by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR Such appeal will riot be subject to the
procedures of paragraph 9.11.
Dedsions on Disputer
9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the
requimmem of fhe Contract Documents and Judge of'the
acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and
etlxr matters relating to the seceptability of the Work or
the interpretation of the ntquiremenLs of the Contract
ants in' to the performance and furnishing of
the Work grid claims undo Articles I and 12 in respect of
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be
referred initiallyto ENGINEER in writing with a request
for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph•
Written notice of each such claim, or other matter
will be dedivored by the elaimata too 2NOD IZ end the
other periy to the Agrec itaut promptly (but in no event
later titan thirty days) after the .start of the occurrence or
event giving rue thereto. and written suppo�rrita� data will
be sultmitted to BMINEER and the tottii party within
start of such occarratce or event unless
s-ace additional period of time for the
aortal or more accurate data in support
or
I"
a
vetted by VW14hK Or
aid to ENGINEER within
such decision and a formal
appalling, party m a ftxum of
vine such rights or remedies
'accordance with applicable Laws
sftay days of the date of such
EX=GENERAL CONDITIOM 1910-8 (1990 Editim)
-� cal CITY OF FORT OOLLINS MOt)1FICATIONSO1HV 4R000)
decision. unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER
and CON riw'rOR
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under
paragraphs9.10 and 9.11. ENGINEER will tux strew
partiality to ONVNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be
liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of
a decision by G\GI NE&R pursuant to paragri* 9.10 or
9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other
mailer (except any which have been waived by the making
or acceptance of final payment as provided in
paragraph 14.15) will he a condition precedent to any
ever cise by OIbNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or
remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
lkrcuments or by laws or Regulations in respect of arty
such cls inn, dispute or other matter ptx +anEtd>:lrtioks fe.
9.13. Limitations on MYGINEER's AuthoMy and
Responslbilttier
9.13.1, Neither ENGINESis authority or
responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other
provision ofthe Contract Documents nor any decision
made by ENGINE Mt in good faith either to exercise
or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the
undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority
or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose
or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, arty Supplier,
any other person or orgarazation. or to any surety for
or employee or agent of ary of them
9.13.2. INGINEER will not supervise, direct,
control or have authority over or be responsible for
CONIRACTOR's means, methods. techniques.
sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulatiars applicable to the furnishing or
performance of the Work. ENGWEER will not be
respor'ble for CONTRACTOR'S failure to perform
or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents
9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be respilaslible for the
acts or omissions of CONTFACVOR or of any
Subcontractor, an Supplier, or of any other' person or
niration pert'crming or furnishing any of the
angorak.
9.13A. ENGINEER's review of the final Application
for payment and accompanying -documentation and
all maintenance and operating matruchorA schedules,
guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection tests
and approvals and other documentation required to be
delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to
determine generally that their c orted complies with
the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of
inspections, tests and approvals that the results
certified indicate compliance with, the Contract
Documents.
9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and
responsibility ibility scat lorth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also
apply to 11(.i1N1 EXi Consult"Ws. Resident Project
Representative and assistants.
.UR'I VA-V to--t:IL NCF,%IN THE WORK
10.I. Without tmandtuin6 the Agreement and without
notice to any surety. 01'47..\ER may, at any time or from
time to time, order additions. deletions or revisions in the
Work. Such addtions, deletions or revisions will he
authorized by a Written Amendment a Change Order. or a
Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such
document, CON"TRACTOR shall promptly proceed with
the Work involved which will be performed tinter the
applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as
otherwise specifically provided).
10.2. If OWNER and C'ONTRAC10R are tumble to
agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that
should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive,
a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or
Article 12.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
with respell to any Work performed that is mitt required by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified and.
supplanented as providcd in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except
m the case of an 7ergcncy as provided in paragraph 6.23
or in the case of uncovecmg Work as provided to
paragraph 13.9.
10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall cm -cane
appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGU4EER
(or Written Amendments) covering:
10-4.1. dtanges in the Work which are (i) ordered
by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required
because of acceptance of talsfeclive Work under
paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under
paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which are agreed to by the patties; and
10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to
paragraph 9.11,,
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Charge Order,
an appeal may be taken from any such decision in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents
and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such
spl, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in
paragraph 6.29.
10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope
of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
EX-Dc(; News. CONDI.11ONS 1910-3(1990 Edtiat)
V QTY OF FORT C OMANS MOOIN CATIONS (MV 4.12(taa)
(including but not limited to, Contma Mice or Contract
Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be
given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be
CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each
applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
ARTICLE 11—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. 7'hC Contract Price constitutes the total
compensation (subject to authorized adjustment;) payable
to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties,
responsibilities and obligations "'or
undzrtaken
by CONTRACTOR shall beat C�O�'RAC'TOR's expense
without change in the Contrad Pi ice.
t 12. The Contract Price may only be changed by a
Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim
for an adjustment in the Comma Price shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to ENGINEER ptYmtpdy (but in no
event later than Urirty days) after the start of the
occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the
gereml nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the
claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixiy
days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless
aawtionw or more accurate data in support or the Clain)
and shall be accrmtpattied by claimant's written statement
that the adjustment claimed Covers all known atnoimts to
which the claimant is entitled as a resent of said
occurrence or event All claims for adjustment in the
Cottract Price shall be 40ertmued ENGINEER in
accordance with paragmph9,11 if OWNER and
CONTRACTOR cannot otlerwisezagree on the amount
involved. No claim for an adjusst i in the Contract
Prim will be valid if riot submitted in seem*= with this
paragraph 11.2.
113. The value of any Work covered) by a Change
Order or of any claim fir an adkniotent in the Contract
Price will be determined as &allows:
11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the
items involved (subject to the provisions of
23
paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.93, inclusive),
11.3'. where the Work involved is not.cuvertd by
unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a
mutually agreed payment basis, including lump stun
(which may include an allowance for overhead and
profit not necesurity in accordance with
paragraph 11,62),
1 1 .3.3. where the Work involved )s net covered by llmt
prices contained in the Contract Documents and
agreement to a lump sum is not reached under
paragraph 11. 32, on the basis of the Cost of the Work
(determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5)
plus a C.ONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit
(determined as provided in paragraph 11,6).
Cosr off be Work
11.4. The term Cost.of the Work means the sum of all
costs tlecessazily; inetrtYd and paid by CONTRACTOR in
the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise
may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such cents shall
be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the
locality of the project, shall include only the following
items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in
paragraph) 1.5:
11A.1.Payroll costs for ,employees in the direct
employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed
upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such
employees shall include without limitation
superiamen rtterdents'forand other personnel
employed fidwme at 'tile site. Payroll coats for
employees not anpioyed fall4icme on the Work shall
be apportioned on this basis of then time spent on the
Wnrk. Pavroll costs shallL-Ah net be limited for
tint wages plus the cost of
stall include social seci264
Of
rk gaff regular
or legal holidays.
extent authorised
field
cash
to
to make paymerits, in which case
=a from sale of
Sian accrue to
make provisions
11.4.3. payments made by CONTRACTOR to, the
Subcontractors fir Work performed or famished by
Subcontractors. if requited by OWNER,
EXWOE?*XNL CONAr19ONS 1910-8 (1990 Men)
24 err/ UTY OF FORT OOLUM MOOIIRCATtONS atEV 4120n0)
CONTRACTOR shall obtaut wrnpetitive bids from
Subcontractors acceptable to 01NNER and
CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to
OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of
ENGTNEER. which bids, if any, will be accepted. If
any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to
be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee,
the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be
determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's
Cost of the Work arxl fee as provided in
paragraphs 11 A, 11.51 11.6 and 11.7. All
subwntracts shall be subject to the other provisions of
the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
11.4A. Costs of special consultants (including but
not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors. attorneys and accountants)
employed for services specifically related to the
Work.
11.43. Supplemental costs including the following:
11,4.5.1. The proportion of necessary
transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of'
CONTRACfOR's employees incurred in
discharge of duties connected with tlx: Work.
11.4.5.2. Cast, including transportation and
maintenance, of all material4 supplies,
equipmem, machinery, appliances, office and
temporary faculties at the site and hand tools not
owned by the workers, which arc co nstuned in the
performance of the Work, and cost less market
value of such items used but not consumed which
remain the property of CONTRACTOR.
11 A 5.3. Rentals of all construction
eWipmem and machinery and the pacts thereof
whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in
accordance with rental agreements approved by
OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER. and the
coats of transportation, loading, tmloadirut,
installation, dismantling and removal thereof —ail
in accordance with terms of said rental
agreements, The rental of any such equipment
machinery or parts shale cease when the use
thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
I I.4 SA Sales, corsurner, use or similar taxes
related to the Work, and for which
CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and
Regulations.
11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than
ngence of CONTRACTOR, any
Stxntractor or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts arty
of them may be liable, and royalty payments and
fees for permits and lice sea
11.4.5.6. Lasses and damages (and related
expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
coanpersate d by imurance or otherwise, sustained
by CONTRACTOR in connection with the
performance and furnishing of the Work (except
losses and damages within the deductible amounts
of property insurance established by U\4NER in
accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they
have resulted lion causes other them the
negligence of CONTRACTOR. any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts mlv of
them may be liable. Such losses shall include
settlements made with the written consent and
approval of OANTNE-_R. No such losses, damages
and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the
Work for the purpose of determining
CONTRACTOR's fee. IT, however, any such loss
or damage requires reconstruction and
CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof.
CONTRACTOR "it be pad for services a fee
proportionate to that stated m paragraph 11.6.2--
11,4.5.7. The cost of utilities, Heel and sanitary
facilities at the site.
11.4.5.3, Minor expenses such as telegrams,
long distance telephone calls, telephone service at
the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in
connection with the Work,
11.4.59. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of changes in the
Work.
11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of
the following:
11.5.1. Payroll casts and other compensation of
CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of
partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers,
engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys. auditors.
accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other persorvmei
employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in
CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for
general administration of the Work and not specifically
included in the agreed upon schedule of jot
classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or
specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4--an of Which
are to be considered admtttislradve costs covered by the
CONTRACTOR'sfee.
11 S Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and
branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at
the site.
115.3. Any port of CONTRACTOR'. capital
expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S
capital employed for the Work and charges against
CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Boruls and for all
insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required
by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain
the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by
subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above).
BX DC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (17M Britian)
w! CITY OF FORT COLLI NS tMOUIFICATIONS OkEV 42000)
11.55. Costs (hie to the negligence of
CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, or anvV ne
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose sets arty of them may be liable. including but
not limited to, the correction of ckleclire \fork,
disj�r.;nl of materials or equipment wrongly supplied
and making good any damage to property.
11.5,6' Other overhead or general expense costs of
any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and
expressly included inparagmph 11.4
11A Tlx (X)Nl'RACTOR's fee allowed to
CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be
determined as follows:
11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed tee: or
11,62 if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee
based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work:
11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under
paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2. the
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent,
11.6.2.2 for costs incurred under
paragraph I IA.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall
be five percent;
11.6.23, where one or more tiers of
subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work
plus a foe and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the
intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and
11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually
performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier,
will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs
incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs
11.4.1 aril 11.4.2 and that any higher tier
Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be
11.6 2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis
of costs itemized tinder paragraphs 1,1.4.4. 11.4.5
and11S;
1 L6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for aq
which results in a net decrease in cost will
amount of the actual not decrease in oast plus a
deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amourt
equal to five percent of such net decrease; and
11.6.2.6. when bah additions and credits are
involved in any one ewe the adjustment in
CONTRACTOR's fee stnaii be computed on the
basis of the net change in accordance with
paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.25, inclusive
11.7. Whenever the cast of any Work is to be
25
determined pursuant to paragraphs11.4 and 11 ?.
CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records
thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting
practices and submit in form acceptable to ENG=, R an
itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
Cash Allmrances.,
11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included
in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered
to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be
acceptable to M NER and ] NGINI I R CONTRACTOR
agrees that:
11.8.1, the allowances include the cost to
CONTRACTOR (less arry applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances
to be livered at the she, and all applicable taxes; and
11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and
handlitg on the site, labor, installation cosh; overhead,
profit and cther expenses contemplated for the
allowances have been included in the Contract price
and not in the allowances and no demand for
additional payment on account of any of the foregoing
will be valid.
prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be
issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual
amowits due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered
coallowances, and the Contract Price shall be
rrespondingly adjusted
119. Unit PriceWork
11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all
or pan of the Work is to be Unit Price Work initially
the Contract Price will be dawned to include for all
Unit Price Work an amount equal to the scan of the
established unit prices for each separately identified
item of Unit price Work times the estimated quantity
of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The
estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are
not guaranteed and are solely for the p,
comparison of Bids and determining an imtual Cmtract
price. .Determinsboris of the awitai quantities and
classiftcnticros of Unit. Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR will be made by ENG]NEi;R. in
accordamce with paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an
at OBA considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate
to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for
each.separ ttely identified item.
11.9.3, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a
claim for an ad4*nerit in the Coxaract Rice in
accordance with Article 11 if.
119.3.1. the clay of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs
materially and significantly from the estimated
quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;
MIDC GENERAL CONDMON51910S (1990EMOO
26 w/CITY OF FOttTCOLLIM mon1FICATioNsft-V4n(M0D)
and
11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Work; and
11 9.3.3. if COM RACrOR believes that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an incrrasc: in
Contract Price as a result of having incurred
additional empense or OWNER believes that
OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price
and the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount of any such increase or decrease.
119.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknuwlalees that
the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in
the Bid or change ties at OWNER'S sole
tiscr'ri.m without inv the Cunitract Price of
am rexampm items 'so tong as the deletion or
' ' does of acted to catty -five percent of
9ddiligQ1 e51!
the caglnal total Contract price.
ARTIC:1,R 12—CHANGE OF CONMCT T M'ES
12.1. The Contract
changed by a Chang
Any claim, for an
Milestones) shall be f
the extent
r Milestones) may only be
or a Written Amendmentt.
of the Contract Times (or
written notice delivered by
to the other party and to
no event later than thirty
die event ggiiving rise to the
-sore of the claim, Notice
th sutwalitpt data Shall be
accurate data in of the claim) and ftU be
accompanied by the smsarift written Batt lient that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the
claimant has reason to believe it is a tilled as a result of
the occurrerice'of said event All claims for e4ust ent in
the Contract Times (or Mlestones) shop be detetmirod by
ENGINEER in accordance with Imagraph9.t1 if
OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot othawiw agree
No. claim for an adjustmer it (he Contract Tithes (or
wiuttne requnrements orrmssparagiapa rA.i.
12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Agreement
12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of owl Work within the Co nhacl
tided in an amount
if a claim is in
cc neglect b
by Article7, fires; floods, epidemics,' abnormal'wes
conditions or acts of Gad. Delays attributable to
within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to ix delays within the control of CONTRACTOR.
12A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
inricting any part of the Work within the Contract Times
or `,ltlestones) due to delay beyond the control of both
%
%` 1R and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the
Contract Times (or lkfilestones) in an amount equal to the
time lost due to such delay shall be CONTR CTOWs sole
and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall
OWNER be Gable to CONTRACTOR. any Subcontractor.
any Supplier, any other person or organization. or to any
surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for
damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused
by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR, or
(n) delays beyond the control of both parties including, but
not limited to, foes. floods epidemics, abnormal wcuther
conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners
or other contractors performing other work as contemplated
by Article 7.
ARTICLE 13-.TESTS AND INSPECTTOr SI
CORRECTION, "REhfOV I, OR ACCMANCE OF
DEIVCTII1V WORK
ML NoticeofDef"Is:
Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or
ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to
CONTRACTOR. AR defective Work may be rejected,
corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
Awns to Work:
13.2. OWNER ENGINEER ENGINEER'S Corsuhaz)K
other representatives and personnel of OWNER,
independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies
with jurisdictional interests will have access to the W mk at
nasemble times for their observation, inspecting and
testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and
safe conditons for such access and advise them of
CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so
that they may comply therewith as applicable
Tests turd Ird)aedfons:
13.3. CONTRACTOR stall give ENGINEER .timely
notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests or approvals, and shall cooperate withimpeLtiott and
testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of
an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract
Pocvmetms except:
13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered
by paragraph 13.5 below;
13,4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests
or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9
FDc cateraAL <roxutnOrns 1910-8 (19" ration)
wt e'1TY OF FORT t`t?LL11 A?viWiF'3CAT{OtiS UtEV 4Rta)D)
below shall be paid as provided in said
paragraph 13.9, and
13.43. as otherwise specifically provided in the
Contract Documents.
135. 1f Laws or Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereeol) specifically
to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or
other representative of such public body. CONIRAt.-TOR
shall assume full responsibilityCcr arranging and
obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals pay all costs
in connection therewith, and furnish ENGMENR the
required certificates of inspection. or approval.
CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging
and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with
any inspecttoms, tests or approvals required for OWi'VERs
and HNGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs,
or equipment submitted for approval prior to
CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for u1puration in
the Work
13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be
inspected, tested or approved is covered by
CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of
ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be
uncovered for obscnratioa
1337 Uncoveri Work as ided in paragraph 13.6
shall be at 4-ONTRACTQR's expense unless
CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of
CONTRACTOWs inteation to carer the some and
ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in
response to such notice.
Uncovering Work:
13.& If any Work is covered contrary to the written
.request of ENGMEER, it must, if requested by
ENGINEER., be uncovered for ENGIINEER's observation
and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.
3.9. If ENGINEER considers
or
at
able for observation, irupeobon or t tutg as
may require, that pomort of the W in
anishing all necessary Labor, material and
If it is found dim such Work is defechve,
TOR shall pay all claims, costa, losses and
red by. arlsnrm out of or resultinafrnn such
and of satisfactory replacement ar reconstructicn,
(including but not limited to all coats of repair or
replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be
entitled to an al ropriate increase in the Contract price,
arA if the parties an unable to agree as to the amount
thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in
Article ll. IL however, such Work is not found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an exitention of the Contract Times
(or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such
27
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection testing,
replacement and reconstruction, and. if the punier are
unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof,
CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefiv as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
OWWER biay Stop the Work:
13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or
equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in wch a
way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract
Documents, OWNER may order CONTMACTOR to stop
the Work, or any portion thereof. until the cause for such
order has been eliminated; however; this right of OWNER
to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part
of OWNER to exercise dins right for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party.
Correction or Removal of Defective Work
13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, as directed, either correct all defacfie Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the
site and replace it with Work that is not defective.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages caused by or resulting from such correction or
removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair a
replacement of work of others).
13.12. Crreciion Period:
13.12.1. tf within one )*eaF two Years after the date of
Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the
terms of any applicable special guarantee required by
the Contract Doe mernts or by any specific provision of
the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be
defecrive. CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost
to OWNER and in accordance with OWNEWs written
instructions: () correct such defective Work or, if it has
been rejected by OWNER. remove it from the site and
replace it with Wak that is not defective, and (i)
satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage
to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom.
If CONTRACTOR doors M promptly comply with the
tams of:auch irnstrt tiorrs or in an emergency where
delly woould cause serious risk. of lass or damage,
OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the
rejected Work removed and replaced and all claims,
casts, losses and damages caused by or resulting from
such removal and replacement ('including but not
limited to all costs of repair orreplacement of work of
others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR
13.12.2, In special circumstances where a particular
item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Substantial Complaticn of all the Work the
correction period for that item may start to rum from an
earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by
Written Amendment
13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other
Ent caENERALcotimnom 1910-9(1990E"M)
28 w/ CITY OF FORT (,,K)LU vSMODIFICATIONS OI EV AJ200e)
Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the
correction period hereunder with respect to suds Work
will be a Aended for an additional period of one-year
two year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfnctorily completed.
Acceptance of Defective Work:
13.13. If. imtcad of rttluiring corretion or removal and
replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of finial payment, also
ENGINEER)efers to accept it, Olb'NF,R may do sit
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, oosts, losses and
damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and
determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to
be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness), if any
such acceptance occurs prim to E'NGINIi`ER's
recommendation of filar payment, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the work, ;and
the amount thereof OWNhX maymatce It eman vie
as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs
such recommendation, an appropriate amount Wdl be
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
OWNER May Correct DefeedueYork:
CONTRACTOR fails to perform the W
with the Contract Documents. a if COT
to comply with any other provision
Documents, OWNER may, after sev
notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and
deficiency, In exercising the TWO an
this paragraph OWNER shall Intoceeii
the site; takdi possession of all
mrporixte in the Work -aft mat
at at the site or for which
CONTRACTOR but whsklt at
CONTRACTOR Mall allow (
ratxesentatives, agents aced emit)
contlradm and RN(
claims, Costs.
OWNER in
charged again
be issued in
respect
if
Contract price, and, if the es are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim thesder
as provided in Article 11. Such claims, cents, losses and
damages will include but not be limited to all costs of
repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or
damaged by correction removal or replacement of
CONfRACTOR's defective LVork. CONTRACTOR shall
not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or
n.lilest,:nes) 1.ec:ause of any delay in performance of the
a erk attributable to the exercise lay OWNER of 01kNER's
rights and remedies hereurater.
ARTICLE 14--PAYNTE-NT'S TO CONNTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
.Sehedmle of f ataer.
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in
paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments
and will be incorporated into a form of Application for
Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on
account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of
units completed
Application for Progren Payment:
i4,2. At least twenty days before the date established for
each progress payment (but not more often than once a
month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
review an Appfi ation for Payment filled out and signed by
CONTRACTOR coveting the Work completed as of the
date of the Application and accompanied by such
supporting documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents If payment is requested on the basis of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but
delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another
location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment
shall also be Accompanied by. o'bill of sale, invoice or other
documentation warranting that OWNER has received the
materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and
evidence diet the materials and equipment are covered by
appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to
protect OWNU s interest therein, all of which will be
satisfactory 'to OWNER.. The amount of retsinage with
respect to Progress mavments will be as stioulated in the
CONMCTOR's Warranty of TM&
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title
to all Walt, materials and equipment covered by am
Application for Payment, whether incorporated at the
Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time
of payment free and clear of all Liens.
Review ofAppIteadons forProgresrPayment
14.4. ENGINEER will within ten days after receipt of
each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a
exI)C UENMAL COND1110M 1910-8 (1990EMon)
w/ CITY OF FORT CULLINS MODIFICATIONS (Rh' V 412neA)
recommendation of payment and present the %pphintion
to OWNER, or return the Application to t'0\1 TRACTOR
indicating in writing ENGUEER's reasons for refusing to
recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR
may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. 'fen days after presentation of the
Application for Payment to 014NER with ENGINEER's
recommendation the amount recommended will (subject
to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7)
become due and when due will be paid by 01i'NER to
CONTRACTOR
145. HTIGINEER's recommencauon of any pavnnent
requested in an Application for Payment will wntuute a
representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on
ENGiNEER's on -site observations of the executed Work
as an experienced and qualified design professional and on
ENGINEETs review of the Application for Payment and
the accompanying data and schedule& that to ifne best of
ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief
14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point
indicated,
14,5.2, the quality of the Work is generally in
accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to
an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results
of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract
Documents, to a final determination of quantities and
classifications for Unit Price Work under
paragraph 9A0, and to any other qualifications stated
in the recommendation), and
14.53, the conditions precedent to
CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment
appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is
ENGINPER'S responsibility to observe the Work.
However, by recommending any such payment
ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have
represented that: (t)exhaustive or continuous on -site
inspections have been made to check the quality or the
quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities
specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract
Documents or (it) that there may not be other mattes or
issues between the parties that might entitle
CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or
entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR
14.6: ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment,
including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER
is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods,
teclmigtres, sequences a procedures of corstructioq or
the sa of eedamions and programs incident thereto, or
for any of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of Work, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
143, ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole
or any Part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it
would be incorrect to make the representations to
29
O'vVNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may
also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of
subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment
prvviuusly recommended, to such extent as may be
necessary in ENGINEF,'R's opinion to protect 01VNFsR
from loss because:
14.7.1. the Work is defechve, or completed Wort: has
been damaged requiring correction or replacement,
14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced In
Written Amendment or Change Order,
14.73, OWNER has been required to correct
defecvve Wort; or complete Work in accordance with
paragraph 13.1.4, or
14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs, 15.2.► through 15.2.4.inclusive.
OWNER ma refse to make payment of the full amount
recommended by ENGINEER because:
14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on
account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing
of the Work,
14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the
Work, aWepC where CONTRACTOR has delivered a
spaciftc 'Bond satisfactoty to OJVNER to, secure the
satishectinnand discharge of such Liens,
14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-
off against the amount recommended. or
14.7.8. OWNER has &dual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of � the events enumerated in
paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7:3 or paragraphs 15.2 J
thro * 15.2.4 imkisive•,
but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate
written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the
reasons Tor Stich action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR
the amount so wolhelA, or any addj�t.tatmerit thisvo agreed
to .by >OWNER atxl CONTRACTOR.. when
CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's mWisation the
rensenm for silt action
svrbara dw Corrupletfon:
14.& When. CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work
ready foritsmtended use CONTRACTOR shall notify
is subslanthall complete (except
listed by CONTRACTOR as into
I NG]PIhE' R issue a certificate of
Within a reasonable time
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER stall make an inspection
of die Work to determine the status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not oodsider the Work substantially
complete, ENG1NEE2 will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER
EXMCGENERAL CONDITIOM 1910E (1990Edtim)
30 wl (3-ry OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
considers the Work substantially complete. ENGINIGd,
will prepare and deliver to OtVNER it tentative certificate
of Substantial Completion which shall fax the date of
Substantial Completion There shall be attached to the
certificate a tentative list of items to be completed, or
corrected before final payment OWNER shall have seven
days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which
to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any
provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after
considering such objections. ENGINEER concludes Unit
the Work is not substantially complete, ENGTNLT:R will
within fourteen days alter submission of the tentative
certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing,
stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of
OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work
substantially compleM ENGINEER will within said
fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR. a definitive catificaw of Substantial
Completion (with a revisal tentative list of items to be
completed or correc reflecting such changes from the
tentative certificate aGINEER believes justified after
consideration of any objationm from OWNER. At the
time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial
Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a writtenrecommendaticat as to division
of responsibilities penning final payment between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR with r" to security,
operation, safety, mainterrerae, heat, utilities, insurance
and warranties and guarantees. Udless OWNER and
CONTRACTOR sWee otherwise in ventingg and so inform
hNGINIiFZ: in writing prior to ENGINEER'a issuing the
definitive certificate of Substaral Completion,
ENGINEER's aforesaid reeommoulation will be bidding
on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until finalpaymett
14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude
CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of
Substantial Completion, but OWNER shell stow
CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct
items on the tentative list
Partial flBNrarllon:
14,10, Use by OWNER at OWNW3 option Of any, -
substantially aomplated part of the Work. which (1) has
Am a
that
may be a
:ion of all the
14,10.1.OWNER at any time may request
CONTRACTOR in writit* to permit OWNER.to use
any such part of the Work wh ichOWNER believes to
be ready for its intended use and substantially
c�tpp�kute. if CONTRACTOR agrnea that such part of
the 1 rek. is substantially complete CONTRACTOR
will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER drat such
part of the Work is substantially complete and request
Ia401NEER to issues certificate Lof Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work.
CC�N]'IUNC'COR at any time may notify OWNER arid
ENGIN,ER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers
any such part of the Work ready for its intended use
and substantially complete and request NGINEER to
is.ue a certificate of Substantial Completion for dint
Ix,n of the NNork. Within a reasonable time after either
such request. OWNER CONTRACTOR and
ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of
the Ware to determine its status of completion. If
F.NG1NE)R does not consider that part of the Work to
IX. substantially complete, ENGINMR will notiry
OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the
reasons therefor. If b'NGTNEHR ennsiders that part of
the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of paragraphs; 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of
the Work and the division or responsibility in respect
thereof and access thereto.
14ARZ No occupancy or separate operation of part.
of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance
with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of
property insurance.
Final Impecffbn:
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the
entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER
and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals
that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR
shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such work or remedy such deficiencies
Final Application for Payment.•
14.12, After CONTRACTOR has completed all such
corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered
m accordance with the Contract Documents all
maintenance and operating itnstrttctions schedules,
guarantees, Bonds, certificates or othcs evidence of
irsttamce required by paragraph 5A, certificates of
inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in
paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR.
may make application for final payment following the
procedure for progress payments. The final Application for
Payment shall be amomptimad (except as previously
elivered) by_ (i) all documentation called for in the
Contract Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by subparsgraph5:4.13.
�u) consort of the surety, if any, to final payment and
iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or hed.
in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or
waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER,
CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full
and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and
receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment
for which a Lien could be filed, and (ir)all payrolls.
material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's
property might in any way be respxxnstble have been paid or
otherwise satisfied If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails
Ex -DC t,EFDxnL CONDinorts 1910-8 (1990 Edtim)
w1C NOF FOKI CULUMMODIFICATIOM(REV 4aOM)
to furnish such it release or receipt in fit[],
CONTRACTOR may htrish a Bond or other collateral
satisfactory to OWNER to indenmify OWNER agairsst
any Lien Releases or waivers of hens antl the consent of
the surety to fora i �vment are to be hied �n
forms conformin,,g,to the fornim of the OWNER'S standhrd
firms bound in the Projecct_m„anuaL
Final Patmtent andAcceptance:
14.13. If. on the basis of rNGINEER's observation of
the Work during construction and rand inspection, and
ENGINFER's review ofthe final Application for Payment
and accompanying documentation as required by the
Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the
Work has been eompletcd and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents have been
fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing
ENGINEWs recommendation of payment and present
the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same
fimeENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR, that the Work is acceptable subject
to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise,
ENGINEER will return the Application to
CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for
refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to
OWNER of the Application and accompanying
documentation, in appropriate form and substance and
with INGINEER's recommendation and notice of
acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER
will become due and will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR su nicct to naraarnh 17.6, of these
Gj glens,
14.14. It through no fault of CONTRACTOR final
comppletion of the Work is sipgnifrcantly delayed and if
ENGINEER so oottfirnts, OWNER shaA upon receipt of
CONTRACTOWs fatal Application for Payment and
recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating
the Agwittettf, make payment of the balance due for that
pottion. of the Work fully completed and accepted. if the
remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not
fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been
fire tished as required m pamgm h 5.1, the written consent
of the surety to the pa ant of the balance due for that
poitiot of the Work ful yl completed and accepted shall be
sutmitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the
Application for such payment Such payment shall be
made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that it shall not constitute it waiver of
Waiver of Claims:
14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
14,15.1.a waiver of all claims by OWNER against
CONTRACTOR except claims arising from
unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after
M
CV
O
0
ti
co
CV
CV
O
N
m
Z
41
CQ
Q
a.
U
a
CV
CV
M
O
Lo
0
m
CL
I
U
,=
0
ATTFNDANC(c RECORD
PREBID CONFERENCE
Project: 6951 Oak Street Plaza
Tire: 10-00 a.m. Date: DammW 19. 2005
Lo"tien:215 N. Mason 2A
PRINT
PRINT
ADDRESS
TELEMONE
FAX #
E-MAIL ADDRESS
ME
IRM NAME
r \ _
'%
aj-Id 5 SZ Off
.2
L�p��/
lam(/
JAYS
a>
3 �✓fr 4+7r� C,v;
�q6►Y P•.
T£r�mvs r' �a w�sT. �'G7
onovcxr ctwi
FnWrt ��cG l L
(a^Zi 0-7 Wets �Co/-145
-p
1. 4i+�. wG]�C3' t/-U
J[.73'i3 1 L)3Ll
aanov+:-,.Cl lic..3 islPnCta �c:4�4c1;(
At A
HMV
Ic ft m 4
�
7 `-fir
��!�Uj� GNU
r{ ' �^'
�t
�/
eSlvue_, to
wl
Zr7�/
f
86, I.
add "wl, CAraO#,R 0,ky ;ta3
vvfg� CD -73. Za Zt
Lam• �a xx3
303
.10#'c . red k4-Ca
141vav, cam
final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from
failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the
terms of spccid guarantees specified therein or
fron CO CTOR's continuing obligations under
the Contract Documents; and
i 4.15.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR
against OWNER other than those previously made in
writing and still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15-SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
OWNER May Saspend War-
15.1, At any time and without cause, OWNER may
suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not
more time ninety dayyss by notice in writing to
CONTRACTOR and ENGWEER which will ftat the date
on which. Work will be rrsstmned CONTRACTOR shall
resume the Work on the date so fixed CONTRACTOR
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an
extension of the Contact Times, or both, directly
attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR
makes an approved claim therefor as provided in
Articles I I mid 12.
OWNER May Terwdlrgre.
15.2. upon the oanurcnce of any one Or more of the
following events:
15.2.1. if,CONTRACTORwuly fails to petfam
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to: failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established
under paragraiph29 as adjusted from time to time
purs/anttoparagmph CO.
15:2.2.. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or
Regukttiats of any public body havingjurisdiaicm.
15.2:3, if CONTRACTOR disregards die authority of
> NIGME or
15.2.4: it CONTRACTOR othmw se violates in any
substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Docwnents;
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the
surety, if any seven days' written notice and to rho extent
permitted by rove rich Regulations, terminate the services
Of CONTRACTOR uurctudeCONTRACTORfromthe site
and take Possession of the Work and of all
CONTRAC OR's tools appliances, construction
equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to
the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR
(without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or
conversion), otcasporate in the Work all materials and
equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
EJCpCEIENMAL CONINTIOM 1910-8 (19" E3tia(l)
32 wl OTY OF FORT ODLLINS MODIFICATIONS f -V 4/2000)
CONTRYNCIOR but which are stored elsewhere, and
finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such
case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive anv
further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Cuntract Price exceeds all claims, cmts,
losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of
or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be
paid to CONTRACTOR If such claims costs losses and
damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR
sha11 pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs.
losses and damages incurred by 01VN11 wUlbereviewed
by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so
approved by P;N(;iN PFR incorporated in a Change Order,
provided that when exercising any rights or remedies
under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to
obtain the lower price for the Work performed.
I
153. Where CONTRACTOWs services have been so
terminated by OWNER, the wrininatien will not effect
any rights or remedies of OWNER against
CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any, retention or pmyment of moneys due
CONTRACTOR by OWNER -will, not release
CONTRACTOR fion liability.
15A Upon seven days' written notice to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may,
without cause and without prejudice to any ether right or
remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such cane, CONTRACTOR shaH be paid (without
duplication of any itens):
15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed
in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to
the effective date of termination, including fair and
reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such
Work,
15, 42. for expenses sustained prior to the affective
date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials ortpmoatt as required
by the Contract Docurrnents�' casiectio n with
uncompleted Work, plus air and reasonable sums.for
overhead and profit on such expenses,
15.43. for all claims, costs, losses aid damagu.
incurred in settlement of termitmted cxxritrmcts wtth
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other and
15.4.4. for reasonable VqXnM'direcdY attributable
to termination.
CONTRACTOR sball not be paid on account of loan -oil'
anticipated profits or revenue or other 000 omic loss
arising out of or resulting hots such termination
CONTRACTOR May Slap Work orTerminare:
.15.5. Tr throughno act cc fault of CONTRACTOR the
Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety do 3
by OWNER or under an order oft' court or other public.
authority; or ENGINM fails to act on any Application
far Payment within thirty days dkr it �is suttntittod or ,.
OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any
sum finally determined to be due_ then CONTRACTOR
may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and
ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER donut
remedy such suspension or failure within that time,
tenniratic die Agreement and recover from OWNER
pxmten: on the same terms as pna-ided in paragmph 15.4
In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, if ENGMT;ER lots failed to
act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it
is submitted or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay
CONTRACTOR any star finally detemtirted to be due,
CONTRACTOR may upon seven clays' written notice 10
OWNER and VNGiNEfiR stop the Work until payment of
all such amounts due CONTRACTOR. includung interest
thereat, The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not
intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim
under Articles I 1 and i2 for an maestri in Contract price
or Contract Times or otherwise for cxTcnses or damage
directly attributable to CON'TRACTOR's stopping Work as
pemtittod by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 16-01SPITTE RESOLiPC ON
if and to the coc»t that OWNER and CONTRACTOR
have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving
disputes between them that may arise under this
Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure,
if any, shall be as set forth in Mubit GCA, "Dispute
Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a
part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and
procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached,
and subject to the provisions of paragraphs9.10, 9,11 and
9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such
rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect
of any dispute.
.ARTICLE 17—NUSCELLANEOt1S
Ghing Notice.
17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract
Documents reguires the giving of written notice, it will be
deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to
the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of
the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or
sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid to the
last.business address known to the giver of the notice.
17.2. Compxtation of Time.
When any period of time is referred to in the
Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such
period If the last clay of airy such period fills on a
Saturday or Sunday or an a day made a legal holiday
by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will
be omitted from the cam putmam
E)COC t•ENMLgL CONLn111.0M 19103(7990 EM011)
wr CITY or FORT CVLUMMMIFICA7toNs W.9V art000)
17 2 ^_ A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured
from midnight to the hest midnight will constitute a
clay
Nodee ofClnim:
17.3. Shtwld OWNER or C'ONf RICTOR suffer injun
or damage to person or property because of any cnor,
omission or act of the other party or of any of the other
parly's employees or agents or (then fir whose acts the
ot}xr party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing
to the other panto within a reasonable time of the first
observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of
this paragraph 17.3 "1 not be construed as a substitute
for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute
of limitation or repvse.Cumuludve Rende&es:
I T4. The duties and obligations imposed by these
G.tneral Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but
without limitation, the warrarwes, gumoritetes and
obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR. by
rAragmphs6J2, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14,
14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available
to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition
to, and are not to be connived in any way as a limitation
of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them
which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or
Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other
provisions of 6 Contract Doctmtents, and the provisions
of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated
specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with
each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which
they apply.
Professional fees and 0mri Ce M Included:
17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs,
losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not
be limited tcl all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs.
IT Tha laays oft State at Cs1.9:do aunly to this
Agreement ReferM to two pertinent Colorado statutes
are as follows
17.w2•
If a claim is 61eOW
ts_rgypEirc�bv
ltt(t;R.S
38-26-107) to wtt}tlnold Frain all uaymo:nfs
to
CONTRACTog
cte midto imvre
the
payment
of al] cairns for
tabor, materials, turn hire.
sustetance,
provisions. rrovenider.
or other
suonlits
used or constmted by
CONTRACTOR
or his
33
EICDCOENERAL CONDIMONS 1910-S (1990 EMM)
34 wl CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4200D)
Mis page left blank intentionally.)
E MC UENERAL CONDIn ON51910-8 (1990 Edlion) 35
wJ CITY Or FORT COLLINSMOUIFIG1nONS(REV 4rOUO)
EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions
of the Construction Contract Behyeen
OWNER and CONTRACTOR
DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT
(A NliR and CDN'rRL1(.. TOR hereby agree that
Article 16 of the deneral Conditions of the Cautruction
Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is
amended to include the following agreement of the parties:
16.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in
question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising
out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach
thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the
making or acceptance of final pa era as svided by
paragraph 14.15) will be decidat by at iitratica in
accordance with the Construction industry Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration Association then
obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This
agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or
consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as
provided in thisArticle 16 will be specifically enforceable
under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction
162 No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute
or other matter that is required to be referred to
:ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with
paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date
on which ENGINEER has mndrrcd a written decision or
(b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their
evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been
rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for
arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will
be made Rater than dnifty days of the date on which
ENGINEER has rendered a writenn decision in respect
thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11. and the failure
to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will
result in ENGINEER's decision being fatal and binding
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER
renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been
initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will
not supersede the arbitration proceeditngs,except where the
decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand
for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER
rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made
later than ten days after the party making such demand has
delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided
in paragraph 9.10.
16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be
filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and
with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will
be sent to ENGINAER for information The demand for
arbitration will be made within the thirtyifay or ten-day
period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all
other cases within a reasomble time after the claim, dispute
or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall
any such demand be made alter the date when institution of
legal or equitable proceedings gs based an such claim, dispute
or other matter in question would be barred by the
applicable statute of limitations,
EXDC t3hNERAL CONDIT10M 1910.8 (1990 Editors)
w! CITY OF FOWT COLIJNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199)
16.4. E,rcept as provided in patagraph 165 below.
no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents shall include by consolidation. joinder or in any
other manner any other person or entity (including
ENGINEER. ENGINEERS Consultant and the officers.
directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them)
who is not a party to this contract unless:
16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is
necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among
those who are already parties to the arbitration, and
16-4.21_ such other person or entity is sutx;tantially
involved in question of law or fact which is common
to those who are already parties to the arbitration and
which will arise in such proceedings, and
16.43. the written consent of the other person or
entity sought to be included and of OWNER and
CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion,
which consent shall make specific reference to this
poragrapk but no such consent shall constitute consent
to arbitration of any dispute not specifically describer.)
in such consent or to arbitration with any party not
specifically identified in such consent.
16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim,
dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor.
either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such
Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall
include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a
specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to
being joined in an arbitration between OWNER. and
CONTRACTOR invoivutg the Work of such
Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16-5 nor in the
provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall
create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of
Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or
ENGRREER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist.
16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be
Final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having
jurisdiction thereof and it will not be subject to
modification or appeal,
16.7, OWNER and CONTRACTOR
shall first submit any and all on
counterclaims. disputes and other matte
between therm turning out of or relating t
Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes
by the Americas Arbitration Associati
Construction Industry Maliaum Rules of the American
Arbitration Association pity to either of them: initiating
against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to
paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay m ini&fi%
arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the patties,
The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which
to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs
Ifi 2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended. with respect to a
dispute submitted to mediation within those some
applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten
days niter the termination of the mediation. The mediator
of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreem eat
shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise
agreed
UC•AI
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Conditions of the Contract
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of
the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with
City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract
Documents as indicated below.
SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability
A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph
numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows:
5.4.1 and 5.4.2
Coverage A - Statutory Limits
Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000
5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of
$1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include
coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived
by the Owner.
5.4.6The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have
limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
5.4.9This policy will include completed operations coverage/product
liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits
(CSL).
7/96 Section 00800 Page 1
SECTION 00900
ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT
00950Contract Change Order
00960Application for Payment
e ..
SECTION 00950
CHANGE ORDER NO.
PROJECT TITLE:
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT NUMBER:
DESCRIPTION:
1. Reason for change:
2. Description of Change:
3. Change in Contract Cost
4. Change,in Contract Time:
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00
TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER 0.00
TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER 0.00
TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0.00
TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT
ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0.00
(Assuming all change orders approved)
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Contractor's Representative
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Project Manager
REVIEWED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Title:
APPROVED BY: DATE:
Purchasing Agent over $30,000
CC: City Clerk Contractor
Project File Architect
Engineer Purchasing
9/99 Section 00950 Page 1
\
\
m
�
f
f
e
&
\
\
j
0
ƒ
.
Ladd»
uezzUJ
§025M
=z®5=
.
.
zoo z
zQ§o
°)cww
\0(L0`
2)ƒ CL
.
$
)
9
0
.
)
�
\
k
.
§
.0
E
f
0
g .
_
<
§
)
_
. \
\
.
§
§
-
®
0�
%
a
�
)a
CL
_
<
0
0°
nk\k
<
®
Of
\
<
Ĥk/
f
\\
§
z
k
.
E
E
]\
�=
«2�28
w
�®
B
\
z\
e
/
a2,[
§77
§
LU
§W
�/
\(k§)
°
b�
2
)E
L
r`
`°�§�
7
Ĥ
/
°
_
(�
k §
o
e»
\
j§)\k
%
&)
A)
)
}
ƒ
)=
°°
m
2
m
E
m§
m
\
(
z
_
R
®
§
\\
\
\
\
\
L
o
-
<
<
<
L
}
/
/
/
\
0
]
a)
!
,
/
(
±
<
3
2
3
§
/ f
k
k
\(
§
)§
<
<
`
�
§z
o
o(
R
=
\
\
}d
m
co
cc
L
C)(D�
R#m
<
)��n
§$2
<
§
/
E k /
) z
}
}
}
z
z
/ E
)
/
j
/\§
,
&
/ ]/
Z
w
%
\
2
SPECIFICATIONS
r ► WE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
Oak Street Plaza
BID NO. 5951
PURCHASING DIVISION
215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS
January 11, 2006 — 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK)
APPLICATION FOR
CONTRACT AMOUNTS
PAYMENT
PAGE 2 OF 4
Work
Work
Work
Completed
Completed
Completed
Stored
This
Previous
To
Bid
Month
Periods
Date
Materials
Total
Item
This
Earned Percent
Unit
Number Description Quantity Units Price Amount
Qty.
Amount
Qty. Amount
Qty.
Amount Period
To Date Billed
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS $0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
7/96 Section 00960 Page 2
CHANGE ORDERS
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PAGE 3 OF 4
Work
Work
Work Completed
Completed
Completed Stored
This
Previous
To
Bid
Month
Periods
Date
Materials
Total
Item
This
Earned Percent
Unit
To
Number Description Quantity Units Price
Amount
Qty. Amount
Qty. Amount
Qty.
Amount Period
Date Billed
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
- $0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00.
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0,00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS CHANGE ORDERS
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
PROJECT TOTALS
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
7/96 Section 00960 Page 3
STORED MATERIALS
SUMMARY
On Hand Received Installed
Item Invoice Previous This This
Number Number Description Application Period Period
PAGE 4 OF 4
On Hand
This
Application
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
TOTALS $0.00 $0.00
$0.00 $0.00
7/96 Section 00960 Page 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Oak Street)
Schedule of Drawings
Section
01000
Project Summary
Section
01100
Summary of Work (edit for individual project)
Section
01160
Site Conditions
Section
01270
Unit Prices
Section
01290
Measurement and Payment
Section
01300
Coordination and Project Meetings
Section
01310
Construction Schedules (edit for individual project)
Section
01330
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
Section
01340
Survey Data
Section
01450
Quality Control and Testing
Section
01500
Temporary Controls
Section
01510
Temporary Utilities
Section
01570
Traffic Control
Section
01600
Material and Equipment
Section
01700
Contract Close -Out
DIVISION 2 SITEWORK
Section
02100
Mobilization
Section
02122
Tree Protection
Section
02200
Earthwork and Grading
Section
02220
Demolition
Section
02221
Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction
Section
02240
Tree Removal
Section
02250
Topsoil
Section
02304
Aggregate Base Course
Section
02306
Recondition Subgrade
Section
02370
Slope Protection and Erosion Control
Section
02515
Unit Pavers
Section
02520
Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Section
02600
Domestic Water Supply
Section
02601
Manholes
Section
02700
Sanitary Sewer System
Section
02810
Irrigation
Section
02821
Foundation Mechanical
Section
02870
Site Furnishings
Section
02912
Landscape Trees, Shrubs, Perennials
Section
02930
Sod Construction
Section
02935
Planting Maintenance
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement
Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete
Section 03600 Grout
DIVISION 5 METALS
Section 05120 Structural Steel
Section 05999 Miscellaneous Metals
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07150 Dampproofing
Section 07900 Sealants and Joint Fillers
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
Section 09900 Painting
DIVISION 10
SPECIALTIES
Section
10430
Exterior Signage
DIVISION 16
SPECIALTIES
Section
16050
Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
Section
16060
Grounding and Bonding
Section
16140
Wiring Devices
Section
16410
Enclosed Switches
Section
16442
Panelboards
Section
16521
Exterior Lighting
Section
16590
Programmable Lighting Control System
7/96 Section 00960 Page 2
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 Scope
A. This section contains general requirements that are applicable to this project.
1.02 Description of Work
A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to perform the work items
called for on the bid schedule.
1.03 City Furnished Materials
A. None.
1.04 Conditions of Work
A. Area of Work: The Contractor shall confine his operations to the immediate work area. Material storage
shall be confined to areas shown on the Drawings or designated by the City.
B. Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations
pertaining to safety, traffic control, fire prevention, erosion control and environmental protection.
C. Working Hours: The Contractor's working hours shall be between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., with no work
on weekends or Federal holidays, unless otherwise approved by the City.
D. Material Storage: The Contractor's material and equipment storage site shall be limited to the area of the
project site. The area shall be kept orderly and free of litter.
1.05 Project Cleanup
A. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the construction site in a clean and orderly condition from the
start of the project to completion. Daily cleanups are required.
1. The City may require Contractor to perform cleanup within 100 feet of the progress of the work and
perform cleanup of the site daily prior to work stoppage.
B. Store volatile wastes in covered containers and dispose off -site.
1. Provide on -site covered containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
2. Neatly store construction materials, such as concrete forms, when not in use.
C. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams
or waterways.
D. At project completion the Contractor shall remove all equipment, materials, and debris from the site
including toilets and dumpsters. Areas around work sites shall be cleaned with dirt and grass surfaces
raked clean of any slag from the Contractor's operations. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces.
1.06 Trash Removal
A. All non -salvageable items and trash shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with
applicable state and local regulations. Items shall be transported in tarp -covered or closed vehicles. Any
materials dropped or blown off vehicles shall be picked up immediately by Contractor.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 - PROJECT SUMMARY
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4
1.07 Verification of Dimensions
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination and proper relation of the work. He shall field
verify all dimensions and advise the City of any discrepancies prior to proceeding with that phase of the
work.
1.08 Fire Hydrants
A. Fire Hydrant Connections: City's permission is required for connection to fire hydrants. Only compatible
adapters shall be utilized for hydrant connections. A gate valve shall be provided and installed by the
Contractor between the hydrant and supply hoses to control flow. Connection shall include backflow
protection. Temporary connections to fire hydrants shall he disconnected at the end of each working day.
No quick closing valves such as plug or butterfly valves will he used.
1.09 Outages
A. Utility outages necessitated by the work shall be requested in writing at least fifteen (15) working days
prior to the proposed outage. The request shall be directed to the City and shall stipulate the specific
utility system(s) and circuits to be affected, the location of the work, the time at which the shutdown will
occur, and the duration of the outage for each system. Outages shall be kept to a minimum both in
number and in duration. Where multiple outages are required, as many outages as can be accurately
scheduled shall he submitted as a group.
1.10 Fill Material
A. Excess fill material, including rock, gravel, sod, broken concrete or asphalt, plaster, etc., shall be hauled
off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable State and local regulations.
B. Additional fill material, if required, shall be hauled to the site from off the site as a necessary part of the
work. Material composition shall be subject to the requirements of the specifications.
1.11 Parking
A. Parking of the Contractor's vehicles shall be restricted to an area designated by the City.
1.12 Telephone
A. Business Telephone: At the beginning of construction, the Contractor shall provide the City with a
telephone number at which the Contractor or his representative may be contacted at any time during
regular working hours. The Contractor shall also provide a phone number for after -duty hours contact.
1.13 Sanitary Provisions
A. The Contractor shall provide temporary toilets for the use of construction personnel. Location, type,
proposed maintenance, etc., shall be approved by the City prior to placing toilets. Temporary toilets shall
be removed at the completion of construction and the adjacent area restored to the condition existing
prior to the start of construction or as indicated on the plans.
1.14 Pollution Abatement
A. Transporting materials to or from the site shall be accomplished in a manner preventing materials or
particles from becoming airborne. Earth materials shall be covered, wetted or otherwise protected.
Gravel, sand and concrete shall be contained within vehicles to prevent spillage.
B. Prevent the deposit of dirt, mud or debris on improved streets and roads, and remove all should such
deposition occur.
C. Burning of any material on site is prohibited.
D. Stream beds, lakes, drainage ways, sanitary and storm sewers, etc., shall not be polluted by fuels, oils,
bitumen, acids, or other harmful materials. Surface drainage from the construction site, which contains
harmful amounts of sediment, shall not be allowed to drain onto adjacent areas. All grading shall be
accomplished to allow sedimentation to settle out prior to flowing onto adjacent areas.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 - PROJECT SUMMARY
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4
E. Flushing of concrete trucks is allowed only at the project site or the designated contractor storage area.
with the responsibility of control and cleanup resting with the Contractor.
F. Toxic, corrosive and flammable materials for construction other than specified shall not be used without
prior approval of the City of Fort Collins_ When approved, disposal of these materials or their containers
will be off site and conform to state and federal regulations.
1.15 Protection of Property
A. Initiate, maintain and supervise necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
l . The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the project, whether in storage on or
off the site: and
2. Property at the site or adjacent thereto, including fences, patios, driveways, sidewalks, pavement.
trees, shrubs, lawns, walks. structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for
removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
B. Maintain, protect, and support existing utilities and other appurtenances against damage by shoring,
bracing, or other means.
C. Do not stockpile excavated material against existing appurtenances.
1A6 Survey Requirements
A. Contractor shall be responsible for construction staking necessary for proper and accurate completion of
the work covered by this contract. The Contractor shall provide experienced instrument personnel,
competent assistants, and such instruments, tools, stakes, and other materials required to complete the
survey, layout, and measurement Work. Survey work shall be performed under the direction of a
licensed professional surveyor in the State of Colorado. In addition, Contractor shall furnish, without
charge, competent personnel and such tools, stakes, and other materials as Engineer may require in
checking survey, layout, and measurement Work performed by the Contractor.
B. All work shall be performed to the lines, grades, and elevations shown on the Drawings. When
construction falls within the following tolerances, the installation will be acceptable to the Owner, with
respect to the lines and grades. If the tolerances are not met, the Contractor shall be responsible for
performing modifications to the facilities to bring the project components into the tolerances_
Description:
Horizontal location of structures &
playground features
Horizontal location of paved areas &
underground installations
Horizontal location of grading &
surface features (i.e. berms, swales, etc.)
Vertical elevation of structures &
playground features
Vertical elevation of paved areas
Vertical elevation of underground installations
Vertical elevation of grading &
surface features (i.e. berms, swales, etc.)
City of Fort Collins
Park Planning & Development Division
Maximum Permissible Deviation from
Alignment and Elevation shown on the
Drawings:
0.05 feet
0.10 feet
0.50 feet
0.05 feet
0.05 feet
0.05 feet
0.10 feet
SECTION 01000- PROJECT SUMMARY
Page 3 of 4
C Contractor shall remove and reconstruct Work that is improperly located. Horizontal and vertical
airanments shall be checked regularly as the Work progresses. Contractor shall report results to the
Engineer.
D. If the construction survey uncovers any discrepancies. the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in
writing, prior to construction proceeding. If the Contractor proceeds with work that includes apparent
discrepancies without resolution by the Engineer, he assumes full responsibility for any subsequent
necessary modifications.
1.17 Construction Superintendent
A. The construction superintendent shall be at the job site any time work is being accomplished by any of
the trades per General Conditions including, but not limited to, Article 6.
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01000 — PROJECT SUMMARY
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 Description of Work
A. The City of Fort Collins Oak Street Plaza project is located at the intersection of Oak Street and
College Avenue in Fort Collins_ Colorado. The Work for the project includes demolition; earthwork
grading; installation of water, sewer and electrical utilities plaza; fountain; bus shelter: street sign.
string lights: pedestrian lights; soil preparation and fine grading, irrigation; landscaping: site
furnishings and miscellaneous items of work. The site is approximately '/4 city block in size of which
the entire site will be disturbed and constructed upon.
B. Protection and Restoration.
I . Replace to equal or better conditions all items removed and replaced or damaged during
construction. Restore all areas disturbed to match surrounding surface conditions.
1.02 Notices to Private Owners and Authorities
A. Notify private owners of adjacent property, utilities, affected governmental agencies, and school
district when execution of the work may affect them.
B. Give notification 48 hours in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs when it is
necessary to temporarily deny access or services.
C. Contact utilities at least 48 hours prior to excavating near underground utilities.
D. Contact all agencies at least 72 hours prior to start of construction. Notify all agencies of the proposed
scope of work schedule and any items that would affect their daily operation.
E. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for
Contractor's convenience.
Water - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6681
Storm Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6605
Sanitary Sewer - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6681
Electrical - City of Fort Collins, Colorado 482-5922, 221-8553
Gas - Public Service Company of Colorado 482-5922, 221-8553
Telephone - U.S. West Communications 484-0300, 226-6310
Roads - City of Ft. Collins, Colorado 221-6815
Cable Television — AT&T Cable Services 493-7400
Utility Locates - One -call System 1-800-922-1987
Safety - Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 844-3061
Fire - Poudre Fire Authority Non -Emergency 221-6581/ Emergency 911
Police - City of Fort Collins Police Department Non -Emergency 221-6550 / Emergency 911
Larimer County Sheriffs Department - Non -Emergency 221-7177
Postmaster - United States Postal Service 482-2837
Ambulance - Poudre Valley Hospital Non -Emergency 484-1227 / Emergency 911
Public Transportation - TransFort 221-6620
Traffic Control - Traffic Engineering 221-6815
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01100- SUMMARY OF WORK
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Pages
BID INFORMATION
00020
Notice Inviting Bids
00020-1
- 00020-2
00100
Instruction to Bidders
00100-1
- 00100-9
00300
Bid Form
00300-1
- 00300-3
00400
Supplements to Bid Forms
00400-1
00410
Bid Bond
00410-1
- 00410-2
00420
Statements of Bidders Qualifications
00420-1
- 00420-3
00430
Schedule of Major Subcontractors
00430-1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1
00510 Notice of Award 00510-0
00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6
00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1
00600
Bonds and Certificates
00600-1
00610
Performance Bond
00610-1 - 00610-2
00615
Payment Bond
00615-1 - 00615-2
00630
Certificate of Insurance
00630-1
00635
Certificate of Substantial Completion
00635-1
00640
Certificate of Final Acceptance
00640-1
00650
Lien Waiver Release(Contractor)
00650-1 - 00650-2
00660
Consent of Surety
00660-1
00670
Application for Exemption Certificate
00670-1 - 00670-2
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34
Exhibit GC -A GC -All - GC-A2
00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2
00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1
00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2
00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4
SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 011 o0 — SUMMARY OF WORK
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS
PART 1 - SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND REPRESENTATION
1.01 General Investigations
A. The Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the
general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon access to the site; handling, storage, and
disposal of materials; availability of water. electricity and roads_ uncertainties of weather. or similar
physical conditions at the site; the conformation and conditions of the ground; the equipment and
facilities needed preliminary to and during the execution of the work: and all other matters which can
in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract.
1.02 Soil Conditions
A. The Contractor further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the character, quality and
quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from his inspection of the site and from
reviewing any available records of exploratory work furnished by the Owner or included in these
Documents. Failure by the Contractor to acquaint himself with the physical conditions of the site and
all the available information will not relieve him from responsibility for properly estimating the
difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work.
1.03 Contractor Representation
A. The Contractor warrants that as a result of his examination and investigation of all the aforesaid data
that he can perform the work in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner.
The Owner assumes no responsibility for any representations made by any of its officers or agents
during or prior to the execution of this Contract, unless (1) such representations are expressly stated in
the Contract, and (2) the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the
Owner.
PART 2 - INFORMATION ON SITE CONDITIONS
2.01 General
Any information obtained by the Engineer regarding site conditions, subsurface information,
groundwater elevations, existing construction of site facilities, and similar data will be available for
inspection, as applicable, at the office of the Engineer upon request. Such information is offered as
supplementary information only. Neither the Engineer nor the Owner assumes any responsibility for
the completeness or interpretation of such supplementary information.
A. Differing Subsurface Conditions:
I. In the event that the subsurface or latent physical conditions are found materially different from
those indicated in these Documents, and differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and
generally recognized as inherent in the character of work covered in these Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Owner in
writing of such changed conditions.
The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly and following this investigation, the
Contractor shall proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. If the
Engineer finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the
cost of or in the time required for performing the work, the Engineer will recommend to the Owner
the amount of adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable. The Owner will make the final
decision on all Change Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost or time for
completion.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 - SITE CONDITIONS
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3
G. Underground Utilities:
l . Known utilities and structures adjacent to or encountered in the work are shown on the Drawings.
The locations shown are taken from existing records and the best information available from
existing utility plans, however. it is expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions
in the locations and quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the
convenience of the Contractor only, and no responsibility is assumed by either the Owner or the
Engineer for their accuracy or completeness.
PART 3 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE
3.01 General
A. Where the Contractors operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telegraph,
telephone, television, oil, gas, electricity, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the operations shall be
suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services have been
made by the Contractor.
B. Notify all utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance.
Under no circumstances expose any utility without first obtaining permission from the appropriate
agency. Once permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide temporary support for all
existing underground utilities.
C. The Contractor shall protect all utility poles from damage. if interference of power poles, telephone
poles, guy wires, or anchors is encountered, notify the Owner's Representative and the appropriate
utility company at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary
arrangements for protection or relocation of the interfering structure.
D. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible to the Owner and operators of such properties
for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character
brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under
this Contract.
E. Neither the Owner nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the Contractor for damages as a
result of the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work.
F. If the Contractor while performing the Contract discovers utility facilities not identified in the
Drawings or Specifications, he shall immediately notify the Owners and the utility in writing.
G. In the event of interruption to domestic water, sewer, storm drain, or other utility services as a result of
accidental breakage due to construction operations, promptly notify the proper authority. Cooperate
with said authority in the restoration of service as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In
no case shall interruption of any water or utility service be allowed to exist outside working hours
unless prior approval is granted.
H. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and all other existing utilities or structures
removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents
or ordered by the Engineer.
3.02 Interfering Structures
A. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface,
aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings.
The completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented simply as a guide to avoid
known possible difficulties.
3.03 Field Relocation
A. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary.
Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the Owner's Representative. if existing structures
are encountered that prevent the construction, and that are not properly shown on the Drawings, notify
the Owner's Representative before continuing with the construction in order that the Owner's
Representative may make such field revision as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 — SITE CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 3
Park Planning & Development Division
If the Contractor shall fail to so notify the Owner's Representative when an existing structure is
encountered. and shall proceed with the construction despite the interference, he shall do so at his own
risk.
3.04 Easements
A. Easements and permits will be obtained by the Owner where portions of the work are located on public
or private property Easements will provide for the use of the property for construction purposes to the
extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available upon request to
the Owner. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement
obtained in every case and to abide by all requirements and provisions of the easement. The Contractor
shall confine his construction operations to within the easement limits or make special arrangements
with the property owners or appropriate public agency for the additional area required. Any damage to
property, either inside or outside the limits of the easements provided by the Owner, shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor as specified herein. The Contractor shall remove, protect, and replace
all fences or other items encountered on public or private property. Before final payment will be
authorized by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor will be required to furnish the Owner with
written releases from property owners or public agencies where side agreements or special easements
have been made by the Contractor or where the Contractor's operations, for any reason, have not been
kept within the construction right-of-way obtained by the Owner.
B. It is anticipated that the required easements and permits will be obtained before construction is started.
However, should the procurement of any easement or permit be delayed, the Contractor shall schedule
and perform the work around these areas until such a time as the easement or permit has been secured.
3.05 Land Monuments
A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative of any existing Federal, State, Town, County,
and private land monuments encountered. Private monuments shall be preserved, or replaced by a
licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. When Government monuments are encountered, the
Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative at least two (2) weeks in advance of the proposed
construction in order that the Owner's Representative will have ample opportunity to notify the proper
authority and reference these monuments for later replacement.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01160 - SITE CONDITIONS
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3
I
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01270 — UNIT PRICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Related Documents
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 Summary
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity
allowances.
1.03 Definitions
A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of
measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate
modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or
decreased.
1.04 Procedures
A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable
taxes, overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires
establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in
those Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of
established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent
surveyor acceptable to Contractor.
D. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in
the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.
PART 2 — MATERIALS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 List of Unit Prices
Demolition
Unit Price Item: Demolition of 6-Inch Concrete Slab
1. Description: Demolition, removal, and dispose of 6-inch thick concrete slab, including all
incidental efforts and materials required to complete the demolition.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1
Gnit Price Item: Demolition of City Curb and Gutter
1. Description: Demolition. removal. and disposal of City of Fort Collins curb and gutter,
including all efforts and materials required for complete removal.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Unit Price Item: Unclassified Excavation
1. Description: Unclassified excavation including all efforts and materials required for complete
removal.
2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard
Unit Price Item: Reconditioning Subgrade
1. Description: Reconditioning subgrade including all efforts and materials required for a
complete item.
2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard
Unit Price Item: Sawcutting
1. Description: Sawcutting including all efforts and materials required for a complete item.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Utilities
Unit Price Item: Storm Inlets
1. Description: Storm inlet installation per drawings including all efforts and materials required
for a complete item.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 2-Inch PVC Sewer Pine
1. Description: Two inch PVC sewer pipe installation per drawings including all efforts and
materials required for a complete item.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Unit Price Item: Sanitary Sewer Connection
1. Description: Sanitary sewer connection including all efforts and materials required for a
complete item.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Paving and Wall
Unit Price Item: 6-Inch City Curb and Gutter —
1. Description: Installation of City of Fort Collins standard 6-inch curb and gutter including
excavation, formwork, and transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and
materials required for completed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot.
Unit Price Item: Concrete Header _
1. Description: Installation of 6" wide by 18" deep concrete header per drawings including
excavation, formwork, and transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and
materials required for completed finished product. _
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Unit Price Item: Integral Colored Specialty Concrete
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES
Page 2 of 1
Park Planning & Development Division
I. Description: Installation of Specialty Concrete including excavation, formwork,
transportation, installation in place, and incidental effort and materials required for completed
finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot
Unit Price Item: Concrete Pavers
1. Description: Concrete pavers including transportation, excavation, compaction. aggregate
base, sand setting bed, adjustment of setting bed elevations, installation in place. pavers, sand
and other incidental materials, and all labor and equipment for a complete the installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
Unit Price Item: Granite Pavers
l . Description: Granite pavers including transportation. excavation, compaction, aggregate base.
sand setting bed, adjustment of setting bed elevations, installation in place, pavers, sand and
other incidental materials, and all labor and equipment for a complete the installation.
- 2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot.
Unit Price Item: Smooth Step
1. Description: Cast -in -place smooth step including all excavation, formwork, concrete,
reinforcing, finishing, and other materials, backfill, transportation of materials, and incidental
efforts required for a complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot
Unit Price Item: Smooth Radial Stairs — 6 Inch
1. Description: Cast -in -place smooth radial stairs including all excavation, formwork, concrete,
reinforcing, finishing, and other materials, backfill, transportation of materials, and incidental
efforts required for a complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot
Unit Price Item: Smooth Radial Stairs-4 Inch
1. Description: Cast -in -place smooth radial stairs including all excavation, formwork, concrete,
reinforcing, finishing, and other materials, backfill, transportation of materials, and incidental
efforts required for a complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot
Unit Price Item: Smooth Radial Retaining Wall
1. Description: Smooth radial retaining wall including all excavation, formwork, concrete,
stone, reinforcing, and other materials, backfill, transportation of materials, and incidental
efforts required for a complete finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Face Foot
Lighting
Unit Price Item: Pedestrian Light
1. Description: Steel light post with luminaire, luminaire support arm, lamp, wire, painted metal,
including fabrication, transportation, excavation, formwork, concrete foundation, installation
in place, for functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials required for completed
installed finished product. Assumes electric power is available at location of installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: String Light
1. Description: String light to include transportation, installation in place including connection
attachments to pole lights or at brick face attachment, stainless steel cable, lamps, hardware,
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 1
and incidental efforts and materials required for completed finished product. Assumes electric
power is available at point of connection
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Furnishings
Unit Price Item: Handrail - Custom
Description: Custom handrail including all fabrication, painting, transportation, grout, posts,
attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete installed
finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Unit Price Item: Handrail — 1 V2 inch
Description: One and one half inch diameter metal pipe handrail including all fabrication,
painting, transportation, grout, posts, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials
required for complete installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Unit Price Item: Tree Grate
Description: Four foot square tree grate, steel frame and concrete header, including
fabrication, transportation, hardware, concrete footing, attachment in place, excavation for
tree, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product.
Does not include tree, backfill planting soil, irrigation, or mulch.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 8-Foot Bench
Description: 8-foot length steel bench including purchase, delivery, hardware, attachment in
place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: Bicycle Rack
Description: Bicycle Rack including purchase, delivery, hardware, attachment in place, and
incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: Trash Receptacle
Description: Steel trash receptacle and installation, including fabrication, transportation,
hardware, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete
installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 42 Inch Diameter Planter Pot
Description: Forty two inch diameter planter pot, drain rock, filter fabric, planting soil, mulch
and concrete header base, including fabrication, transportation, hardware, concrete footing,
attachment in place, excavation for tree, and incidental efforts and materials required for a
complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 36 Inch Diameter Planter Pot
Description: Thirty six inch diameter planter pot, drain rock, filter fabric, planting soil, mulch
and concrete header base, including fabrication, transportation, hardware, concrete footing,
attachment in place, excavation for tree, and incidental efforts and materials required for a
complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation or planting.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES
Page 4 of 1
Park Planning & Development Division
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 24 Inch Diameter Planter Pot
l . Description: Twenty four inch diameter planter pot, drain rock, filter fabric. planting soil,
mulch and concrete header base. including fabrication. transportation, hardware, concrete
fooling. attachment in place. excavation for tree- and incidental efforts and materials required
for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation or planting,
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 18 Inch Diameter Planter Pot
1. Description: Eighteen inch diameter planter pot. drain rock, filter fabric, planting soil, mulch
and concrete header base, includine fabrication, transportation, hardware, concrete footing,
attachment in place, excavation for tree. and incidental efforts and materials required for a
complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: Custom Sign
1. Description: Custom sign installation, including fabrication, transportation, hardware,
attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed
finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Irrigation
Unit Price Item: Planter Pot Irrigation Supply
I. Description: Irrigation for planter pot, irrigation riser and tee, coupling, swing pipe PE riser,
dripline, connection to irrigation lateral and piping including fabrication, transportation,
installation in place, for functional installation, and incidental efforts and materials required
for completed installed finished product. Does not include copper lateral line, planter pot,
planter pot base, planting soil or planting.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: Netafim Dripline
1. Description: Netafim dripline tubing, connection to automatic control valve, including
fabrication, transportation, installation in place, for functional installation, and incidental
efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include
automatic control valve, mainline, or associated valve box.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Unit Price Item: 1-Inch Class 200 Irrigation Lateral Pipe
1. Description: ]-inch nominal diameter Class 200 pipe for irrigation system laterals including
transportation, excavation, bedding, backfill, compaction, couplings, installation in place, and
incidental efforts and materials required for completed finished installation.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Landscape
Unit Price Item: 2 'h Inch Caliper Ornamental Tree
1. Description: Two and one half inch caliper ornamental tree, including transportation,
excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in
place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does
not include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES
Park Planning R Development Division Page 5 of 1
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2
Unit Price Item: 2 Inch Caliper Ornamental Tree
1. Description: Two inch caliper ornamental tree. including transportation, excavation, planting
soil. soil amendments, fertilizer. mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place. and incidental
efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation
system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each —
Unit Price Item' 1 '/s Inch Caliper Ornamental Tree
1. Description: 1 '/3 inch caliper ornamental tree, including transportation, excavation. planting _
soil. soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental
efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation
system work. —
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 6-8 Foot Ornamental Tree
1. Description: Six to eight foot ornamental tree, including transportation, excavation, planting
soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental
efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation
system work. —
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 5 Gallon Deciduous Shrub/Ornamental Grass
1. Description: Five gallon deciduous shrub or ornamental grass, including transportation,
excavation, planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in
place, and incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does —
not include irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 1 Gallon Perennial/Ornamental Grass
1. Description: One gallon perennial or ornamental grass, including transportation, excavation,
planting soil, soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and
incidental efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include —
irrigation system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: 4-Inch Perennial/Ornamental Grass
I. Description: 4-inch container perennial, including transportation, excavation, planting soil,
soil amendments, fertilizer, mulch, subgrade removal, installation in place, and incidental ^
efforts and materials required for complete finished installation. Does not include irrigation
system work.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each —
Unit Price Item: Annuals
1. Description: Annual planting for planter pot, including transportation, excavation, and
incidental efforts and materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not —
include irrigation, or planter pot and related materials.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: Sod
1. Description: Sod planting including transportation, excavation, and incidental efforts and
materials required for a complete installed finished product. Does not include irrigation, or —
planter pot and related materials.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Foot
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 1
Miscellaneous
Unit Price Item: Stucco Patching
l . Description: Stucco patching including equipment, materials. preparation and labor for a
complete repair.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square foot
Unit Price Item: Core Drilling
I. Description: Core Drilling including equipment, materials, preparation and labor for a
complete item.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: Bus Stop
1. Description: Bus stop shelter including concrete footing, materials, transportation,
excavation, formwork, installation and all efforts and materials required to complete the item.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01270 — UNIT PRICES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 7 of 1
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01290 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Description
A. This section covers the methods employed in determining the payment due for work completed under
this contract.
B. The bid price should cover all work required by this contract based upon the descriptions outlined in
the bid form.
C. Where actual quantities differ from those outlined on the plans; unit prices as stipulated in the bid form
shall be utilized to compute payment.
D. Where unit prices are not set forth on specific work, that work shall be considered a subsidiary
obligation of the Contractor.
E. Quantities given on the plans or in the bid form are estimates for the purpose of evaluating bids
consequently some difference may arise in actual and bid quantities.
1.02 Lump Sum Prices
A. Where lump sum (LS) prices are given for an item in the bid schedule or for items added during
construction by change order, the price will include all materials, labor, overhead and any other cost
incurred to complete the construction of the item in accordance with the plans and specifications.
B. All unit prices for each item shall include its pro rata share of profits, taxes, and overhead, and are for
the items installed in place, maintained and guaranteed. Including these factors, unit prices must
accurately reflect actual costs. Unit prices are to be valid for the life of the contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01270 — UNIT PRICES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01300 — COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS
PART1-GENERAL
1.01 General
A. In order to provide for an orderly progression of work, all parties involved in the construction will meet
at various times during the project to discuss pertinent items regarding the work.
B. Coordinate operations under contract in a manner that will facilitate progress of the Work.
C. Conform to the requirements of public utilities and concerned public agencies in respect to the timing
and manner of performance of operations that affect the service of such utilities, agencies, or public
safety.
1.02 Conferences
A. The pre -construction conference will be held at a time to be determined by the Owner, after the award
of the contract and prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The meeting will involve the Owner,
the Engineer, the Contractor and representatives of the owners of utilities and other properties that will
be directly affected by the work. Among the Contractor's representative on the site. The Contractor
will have a complete construction schedule ready for review at the time of the pre -construction
conference.
B. Hold conferences for coordination of the Work when necessary.
C. The City may hold coordination conferences to be attended by all involved when Contractor's
operations affects, or is affected by, the work of others.
1.03 Progress Meetings
A. Contractor and the City shall schedule and hold regular progress meetings at least weekly and at other
times as requested by the City or required by the progress of the Work.
B. Attendance shall include:
1. Contractor and Superintendent
2. Owners Representative
3. Landscape Architect
4. Others as may be requested by contractor, Landscape Architect or Owner
C. Minimum Agenda shall include:
1. Review of work progress since last meeting
2. Identification and discussion of problems affecting progress
3. Review of any pending change orders
4. Revisions of Construction Schedule as appropriate
1.04 Job Site Administration
A. Contract administration and construction observation services will be provided by the Owner. The
Owner will make decisions regarding changes in the work and adjustments in contract quantities and/or
unit prices.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01300 — COORDINATION AND PROJECT MEETINGS
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 11
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01310 - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General
A. It is the intent of the Owner to begin construction on approximately February I, 2006. The signing of
the contract and issuance of a Notice to Proceed will be completed promptly to accomplish that
objective. The Notice to Proceed will authorize the Contractor to begin project administration and
construction work on the site. Construction work shall not begin on site prior to the pre -construction
conference.
B. The Contractor shall complete all work, including cleanup of the site by June 15, 2006, specified in the
Agreement, subject to the "Liquidated Damages" provision described under "Instructions to Bidders."
C. Delays during project contract period outside control of the Contractor are subject to time extension
consideration but not financial compensation unless such delay is significant enough to reasonably
require Owner initiated work suspension (demobilization) as determined in the field by the Owner at
the time of occurrence. See Paragraph 1.04 for requirements for modifying the Contract Time due to
weather delays.
D. Contractor shall plan and schedule his own work effort (personnel, equipment and material) to
complete the project satisfactorily within the project time limits. Such schedule shall be in general
conformance with the schedule submitted at the pre -construction conference. This includes the
requirement that the Contractor conduct his operations to enable a shift of work effort from one part of
the project to another to reasonably accommodate unexpected delays, and to conduct his daily
operations so as to not create a public nuisance including but not limited to access or traffic
obstruction, dust and mud generation, work outside of construction limits, noise, unsatisfactory cleanup
or site restoration, unacceptable equipment/materials staging, flooding, etc. No work is to begin at the
site until city Is acceptance of the Construction Schedule.
E. Contractor shall prepare and submit a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule. The schedule shall show
all work completed within the contract time and shall cover the time from the date of Notice to Proceed
to the completion date. Contractor shall use Microsoft Project 2000 or approved equivalent to develop
and manage the CPM schedule.
F. Schedule shall include milestones that demonstrate the Contractor's approach to completing the project
within project time limits. Milestones shall be of sufficient number to indicate regular progress of
work and shall identify major components of the work. Milestones are subject to Owner approval prior
to work beginning at the site. If Contractor fails to meet a milestone, contractor shall submit an
updated schedule subject to Owner approval and demonstrate how the remaining milestones will be
met. The Owner may order work shut down or suspended for nonconformance with the approved
schedule (See Paragraph G. below)
G. Milestones (minimum required items) The following items shall be indicated on the schedule with
completion dates:
(1) Eartwork
(2) Utilities
(3) Concrete Paving
(4) Irrigation
(5) Art Piece, March 1, 2006
11. The Contractor may voluntarily shutdown or suspend work due to conditions beyond his control
provided a minimum of 24 hours notice is provided to the Owner together with the reasons for subject
suspension of work. The Contractor shall leave the project conditions in such a way so as not to cause
a public nuisance or a threat to public safety. Neither remobilization costs nor additional time will be
City of Fort Collins - Soft Gold Park SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4
allowed for such suspension unless agreed to in writing in advance.
The Owner or Engineer may order work shut down or suspended for such nonconformance issues as
unsafe conditions, nonconformance with schedule, cause of public nuisance, unnecessary private
property disturbance. materials and labor unsuited to the task, nonconformance to technical
specifications. failure to comply with permits. etc. The Owner or Engineer will give a written warning
to the Contractor with a specified deadline during which time the Contractor shall remedy the cause(s)
described on the waming. Failure to do so shall justify the Owner or Engineer to order work shut down
or suspended. Such shutdown will not be compensated by cost reimbursement or time schedule
adjustment.
J. Failure to promptly execute the approved schedule in the judgment of the Owner will result in a written
warning submitted to the Contractor explaining the specific compliance needed. Failure of the
Contractor to remedy the noted items may be considered a breach of contract possibly leading to work
shutdown for cause or contract termination.
1.02 Format and Submissions
A. Prepare Construction and Procurement schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying schedule
and actual progress.
B. Submit two copies of each schedule to owner for review. Owner will return one copy to contractor with
revisions suggested or necessary for coordination of the Work with the needs of Owner or others.
1.03 Progress Revisions
A. A schedule update shall be submitted to the Owner at each weekly progress meeting that will reflect
work performed in the previous week and the upcoming two-(2) weeks. Schedule updates shall not
change any Contract times.
B. A complete schedule update shall be submitted with each application for progress payment.
C. Show changes occurring since previous submission.
Actual progress of each item to date.
2. Revised projections of progress and completion.
D. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
Anticipated problems, recommended actions, and their effects on the schedule.
2. The effect of changes on schedules of other work.
1.04 Modifications to Time of Completion in the Approved Schedule
A. The date of beginning and the times for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract
Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the
contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner
that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into
consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work.
Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown
in the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates a "Normal" weather and climate condition in and
around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out.
Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor demonstrates
clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably anticipated, and
that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor's work and thus required additional time to
complete the work.
City of Fort Collins — Soft Gold Park SECTION 01310 -CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4
The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe
weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for
each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar
data for the geographic location of the project.
Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
(7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5)
The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion
thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing
throuehout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse
weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work
will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved construction
schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed
work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse
weather schedule above.
An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the Contractor's workday,
delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the Contractor. The
City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work
can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The Contractor shall
notify the Construction Coordinator in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can
proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above written
notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each
month.
C. At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse
weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases
the Contract Time. The number of workdays delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will
then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion
assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the Contractor have
authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of workdays to
calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the
number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set.
D. The Contractor's schedule must reflect the above -anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather -
dependent activities.
E. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the
Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor arising out of such delays.
The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project
schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition.
F. Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered justification
for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere.
G. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in
completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of
such delay to the Owner or Engineer.
I. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner.
2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor,
including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of
another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, ftt;es, floods, epidemics,
quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as
provided above; and
3. To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2,
above.
City of Fort Collins- Soft Gold Park SECTION 01310— CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4
1.05 City's Responsibility
A. City's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents and —
assisting Contractor in coordinating the Work with the needs of the project-
B. 11 is not to be construed as relieving Contractor from any responsibility to determine the means, _
methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction as provided in the General Conditions.
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins— Soft Gold Park SECTION 01310 — CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Shop Drawings
A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise
indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy
standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific
reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns.
templates, and similar Drawings. Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings
on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches.
7. Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black -line prints and 2 additional prints where required for
maintenance manuals, plus the number of prints needed by the Contractor for distribution. The
Owner's Representative will retain 2 prints and return the remainder.
a. One of the prints returned shall be marked up and maintained as a "Record Document."
8. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken.
1.02 Product Data
A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data
includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard
color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves.
1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes
information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable
information. Include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
b. Compliance with trade association standards.
c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
f. Notation coordination requirements.
2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has
been confirmed.
3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection of
options is required.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3
4. Submittals: Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where required for
maintenance manuals plus additional copies as needed by the Contractor for distribution. The
Owner will retain one and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or
modifications required.
5. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers,
manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show
distribution on transmittal forms.
a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer's possession.
b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction.
1.03 Samples
A. Submit full-size, full -fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with
the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated
components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and
pattern.
1. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Include the
following:
a. Specification Section number and reference.
b. Generic description of the Sample.
c. Sample source.
d. Product name or name of the manufacturer.
e. Compliance with recognized standards.
f. Availability and delivery time.
2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. Submit Samples for a final
check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics
between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed.
a. Where variation in color, pattern, or other characteristic is inherent in the material or product
represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations.
b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate
workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar
construction characteristics.
c. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the
Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicated special
requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals.
d. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as the Owner's property, are
the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site prior to Substantial
Completion.
3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of
color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. The Owner will
review and return preliminary submittals with the Owner's notation, indicating selection and other
action.
4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Owner will
return one set marked with the action taken.
5. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the
course of construction.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Date: December 7, 2005
Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred
to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock,
on January 11, 2006, for the Oak Street Plaza; BID NO. 5951. If delivered,
they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2°d Floor, Fort Collins,
Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort
Collins, CO 80522-0580.
At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly
received will be publicly opened and read aloud.
The contract documents provide for construction of a Downtown plaza park
including: concrete paving, concrete pavers, concrete walls, fountain, custom
railings, utilities including; water, sanitary sewer and electrical service,
pedestrian lights, signage, site furniture, irrigation system, and
landscaping.
All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The
City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado
80524.
Contract Documents will be available December 8, 2005.
Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications
and Drawings, may be obtained from Purchasing Division at 215 North Mason St.,
2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524 upon payment of a refundable fee of
Fifty Dollars ($50.00) per set. No partial sets will be issued.
The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined at:
1. City of Fort Collins, Purchasing Division.
2. Dodge Plan Room, 1114 W. 7th Ave., Suite 100, Denver, Colorado.
3. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado.
4. Construction News Service, 4775 Centennial Blvd Ste 150, Colorado
Springs, Colorado.
A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders
will be held at December 19, 2005, at 10:00 a.m., 215 N Mason, Conference Room
2A, followed by a site visit to Oak Street Plaza, Corner of College Ave. and
Oak Street, Fort Collins.
Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this
Bid proposal at this meeting.
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may
serve as the final submittal.
b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each
set.
B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers,
fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution
on transmittal forms.
1.04 Quality Assurance Submittals
A. Submit quality -control submittals, including design data. certifications, manufacturer's instructions.
manufacturer's field reports, and other quality -control submittals as required under other Sections of
the Specifications.
B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material,
or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the
manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements.
1. Signature: an officer of the manufacturer or other authorized individual shall sign Certification
documents.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for. submittal of inspection and test reports from
independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Control and Testing," and in
the applicable technical specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01330 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01340 - SURVEY DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Survey Requirements
A. Contractor is responsible for the layout of the Work. The City will not provide surveying.
B. Base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical, on established control points. Verify all
established control points at site prior to laying out the work.
C. Perform layout of the Work with qualified personnel.
1. At a minimum stake corners and bus shelter post locations.
2. At a minimum, stake concrete sidewalks, concrete pavement and changes in pavement type at
grade changes, changes in horizontal alignment, and at 25-foot stations along the sidewalk
centerline.
D. All field books, notes, and other data developed by Contractor in performing surveys required by the
Work will be available to City for examination throughout the construction period. .
1.02 Submittals
A. Submit to City all survey data with other documentation required for final acceptance.
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01340 - SURVEY DATA
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01450 - QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General
A. Provide such equipment and facilities as the City may require for conducting field tests and for
collecting and forwarding samples. Do not use any materials or equipment represented by samples until
tests, if' required, have been made and the materials or equipment are found to be acceptable. Any
product that becomes unfit for use after approval hereof shall not be incorporated into the work.
B. All materials or equipment proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation or
use. Furnish the required samples without charge and give sufficient notice of the placing of orders to
permit the testing. Products may be sampled either prior to shipment or after being received at the site
of the work.
C. Tests shall be made by an accredited testing laboratory selected by the Owner. Except as otherwise
provided, sampling and testing of all materials and the laboratory methods and testing equipment shall
be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing
Materials (ASTM).
D. Where additional or specified information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc., is required,
such information is included under the applicable sections of the Specifications. Any modification of,
or elaboration on, these test procedures which may be included for specific materials under their
respective sections in the Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures.
1.02 Test Reports
A. Submit 2 copies of the reports of all tests made by testing laboratories, plus copies to be returned to the
contractor.
1.03 City's Responsibilities
A. City of Fort Collins shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with the following
testing:
l . Soils compaction tests.
2. Pipe and structural bedding.
3. Tests not called for by the Specifications of materials delivered to the site.
4. Concrete, mortar and grout tests.
1.04 Contractor's Responsibilities
A. In addition to those inspections and tests called for in the General Conditions, Contractor shall also be
responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with testing required for the following:
1. All performance and field testing specifically called for by the specifications.
2. All re -testing for Work or materials found defective or unsatisfactory, including tests covered
under 1.03 above.
3. Testing of pipe.
4. Vacuum testing of manholes.
5. Concrete materials and mix designs.
6. Gradation tests for embedment, fill and backfrll materials.
7. Irrigation mainline pressure test and operational test.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01450- QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2
8. Material Substitution - any test for basic material or fabrication of equipment offered as a
substitution for a specified item on which a test may be required in order to prove it compliant with
the specifications.
Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the Contractor does not have the right to have
tests performed on any material at any time for his/her own information and job control so long as
the Owner does not assume responsibility for the cost or for giving them consideration when
appraising quality materials.
1.05 Transmittal of Test Reports
A. Submit 2 copies of each report of tests and engineering data furnished by the Contractor for City
Representative's review. The Owner's Representative will retain one and will return the other marked
with action taken and corrections or modifications required.
B. The testing laboratory retained by the Owner will furnish three (3) copies of a written report of each
test performed by laboratory personnel in the field or laboratory. Two (2) copies of each test report
will be transmitted to the City Representative and one (1) copy to the Contractor within seven (7) days
after each test is completed.
1.06 Contractor's Quality Control System
A. General: The Contractor shall establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and
tests of all items of work, including that of his subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the functional
performance of this project. This control shall be established for all construction except where the
Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or engineers
employed by the City. Contractor's control system shall specifically include all testing required by the
various sections of the Specifications.
B. Contractor's quality control system is the means by which he assures himself that his construction
complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Controls shall be adequate to cover all
construction operations and should be keyed to the proposed construction schedule.
C. Records: maintain correct records on an appropriate form for all inspections and tests performed,
instructions received from the City and actions taken as a result of those instructions. These records
shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed (including type and
number of inspections or test, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or directed
remedial action, and corrective action taken. Document inspections and tests as required by each
section of the Specifications. Provide copies to City in a reasonable time.
D. Pipe alignment and grade is to be maintained through the use of suitable surveying instruments or laser
equipment operated continuously during construction. Horizontal tolerances of + 0.3 feet and vertical
tolerances of + 0.1 feet maximum deviation from plan and construction staking are to be maintained,
except that visible "snaking" of the horizontal alignment and changes in directions of slope will not be
permitted.
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01450 — QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY CONTROLS
1.01 Noise Control
A. Take reasonable measures to avoid unnecessary noise when construction activities are being performed
in populated areas.
B. Construction machinery and vehicles shall be equipped with practical sound muffling devices, and
operated in a manner to cause the least noise consistent with efficient performance of the work.
C. Cease operation of all machinery and vehicles between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
1.02 Dust Control
A. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered to prevent blowing.
B. Earth and road surfaces subject to dusting due to construction activities and detouring of traffic shall be
kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant.
1. .Chemical dust suppressant shall not be injurious to existing or future vegetation.
1.03 Pollution Control
A. Prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, concrete, sediment, debris and
other substances resulting from construction activities.
1. Retain all spent oils, hydraulic fluids and other petroleum fluids in containers for disposal off the
site.
2. Prevent sediment, debris or other substances from entering sanitary sewers, storm drains and
culverts.
1.04 Erosion Control
A. Take such measures as are necessary to prevent erosion of soil that might result from construction
activities.
1. Measures in general will include:
a. Control of runoff.
b. Trapping of sediment.
c. Minimizing area and duration of soil exposure.
d. Temporary materials such as hay bales, sandbags, plastic sheets, riprap or culverts to prevent
the erosion of banks and beds of watercourses or drainage swales where runoff will be
increased due to construction activities.
B. Preserve natural vegetation to the greatest extent possible.
C. Locate temporary storage and route construction traffic so as to preserve vegetation and minimize
erosion.
D. Comply with the City of Fort Collins' Storm Drainage Erosion Control Manual.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01500 — TEMPORARY CONTROLS
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 Utilities
A. Furnish all utilities necessary for construction including. but not limited to temporary electric power
and pay all cost associated with utilities during and used for the contract period. All temporary utilities
installation shall meet the construction safety requirements of OSHA. State and local governing
agencies.
1.02 Water
A. Contractor is responsible for obtaining water for construction and shall pay all costs associated with
establishing a temporary meter used during construction.
1.03 Sanitary Facilities
A. Furnish temporary sanitary facilities at the site in the vicinity.of the construction for the needs of
construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project.
B. Properly maintain sanitary facilities of reasonable capacity throughout construction periods.
C. Enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site,
D. Obscure sanitary facilities from public view to the greatest extent practical.
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01510 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General
A. Traffic Control necessary to complete the project as depicted in the plans and specifications will be
provided by the Contractor and will not be paid for separately.
B. The Contractor must submit traffic control plans and coordinate all traffic control with the City's
Traffic Control Coordinator. The traffic control plans must be submitted and approved 72 hours prior to
starting construction and before making each modification.
C. Conformance: City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic
Control Devices (U.S. Dept. of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority
having jurisdiction.
D. Limited closures may be permitted for short periods up to three days to allow installation of concrete
pavement. Closures must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated closure.
E. 'Limited alternating one-way traffic operation may be permitted during the hours from 9:00 A.M. to
3:30 P.M. One-way traffic operation must be requested and approved 72 hours prior to anticipated
operation.
F. At all times, Contractor must maintain two-way traffic with a minimum of one lane of traffic in each
direction. Limited closures may be allowed.
G. The Contractor must coordinate with adjacent residents to provide and maintain them sufficient access
during the duration of the project_ It will be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and
communicate with the residents during construction.
H. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and
equipment.
1. Keep fire hydrants and utility control devices free from obstruction and available for use at all times.
1. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and
drives.
K. Provide and maintain temporary approaches or crossings at streets, businesses, and residences.
L. Keep roads open and in acceptable condition, unless closure or detour has been approved by City's
Traffic Control Coordinator 72 hours prior to closure or detour.
M. Define a temporary pedestrian access route for children coming from the surrounding neighborhoods.
This pedestrian access route shall be located outside of the project limits. The pedestrian access route
shall be kept free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials.
1.02 Traffic Control Plan
A. Submit a detailed traffic control plan to Traffic Control Coordinator for review and acceptance. Plan
most be accepted 72 hours prior to work commencing at the site. Maintain the accepted plan
throughout all phases of construction. Provide copy to Owner prior to submittal.
1. Notify police, sheriff, ambulance services, and fire authorities of traffic control plan and the
schedule of it. Distribute copies if requested.
1.03 Flagmen
A. Required where necessary to provide for public safety, or the regulation of traffic, or by jurisdictional
authorities.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2
B. Shall be properly equipped and licensed.
1.04 Warning Signs and Lights
A. Provide suitable barricades and warning signs for:
1. Open trenches and other excavations.
2. Obstructions, such as material piles, equipment, piled embankment.
B. Illuminate by means of warning lights all barricades and obstructions from sunset to sunrise.
C. Protect roads and driveways by effective barricades on which are placed acceptable warning signs.
1.05 Parking
A. Provide suitable parking areas for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or
furnishing services in connection with the Project so as to avoid interference with private property,
public traffic, City's operations, or construction activities. Such parking shall occur on the project site
or another suitable location, approved by the City.
1.06 Roadway Usage between Operations
A. At all times when Work is not actually in progress, Contractor shall make passable and shall open to
traffic such portion's of the Project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon
between Contractor and City and all authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved.
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
0
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01570 - TRAFFIC CONTROL
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 Related Documents
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division I Specification Sections. apply to this Section.
1.02 Summary
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection
of products for use in the Project.
1.03 Definitions
A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the
Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and
similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have well -recognized meanings in the construction
industry.
I . "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project
or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "systems," and terms of similar intent.
2. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise
fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.
3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that
requires service connections, such as wiring or piping.
1.04 Submittals
A. Product List: Prepare a list showing products specified in tabular form acceptable to the Owner.
Include generic names of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary product
names for each item listed.
1. Coordinate product list with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of
Submittals.
2. Form: Prepare product list with information on each item tabulated under the following column
headings:
a. Related Specifications Section number.
b. Generic name used in Contract Documents.
C. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations.
d. Manufacturer's name and address.
e. Supplier's name and address.
f. Installer's name and address.
g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.
3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days of date commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial
product list. Provide a written explanation of omissions of data and for known variations from
Contract requirements.
4. Complete List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the Work, submit 3 copies of the
completed product list. Provide a written explanation for omissions of data and for known
variations from Contract requirements.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 3
5. Owner's Action: The Owner will respond in writing to Contractor within 2 weeks of receipt of the
completed product list. No response within this period constitutes no objection to listed
manufacturers or products, but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products
comply with Contract Documents. The Owner's response will include a list of unacceptable
product selections. containing a brief explanation of reasons for this action.
1.05 Quality Assurance
A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible. provide products of the same kind from a single
source.
B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of seeking between 2 or more
products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
C. Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following conditions provide domestic
products, not foreign products, for inclusion in the Work:
Not available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents.
2. Domestic products that comply with the Contract Documents are available only at prices or terms
substantially higher than foreign products that comply with the Contract Documents.
1.06 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Delivery, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means
and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of
construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are
flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Delivery products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,
unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure
that products are undamaged and properly protected.
5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or
counting of units.
6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the
supporting construction.
7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather -tight
enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Product Selection
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are
undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation.
B. Product Selection procedures: The Contract Documents and governing regulations govern product
selection. Procedures governing product selection include the following:
1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single product or
manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted.
2. Senuproprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name 2 or more products or
manufacturers or where Specifications specify products or manufacturers by name, accompanied
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600 — MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 3
Lids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents.
The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section
2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as
specified in the Agreement.
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a
Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills
and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract.
No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date
fixed for opening Bids.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any
informalities and irregularities therein.
Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany
each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City
Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real
or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such
officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making
authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services
to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City.
Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or
any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do
business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited
City of Fort Collins
By
James B. O'Neill, II, CPPO, FNIGP
`Purchasing/Risk Management Director
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2
by the term "or equal" or "or approved equal," provide one of the products listed or comply with
the Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" or obtain approval for use of an
unnamed product.
3. Nonproprietary Specification Requirements: When Specifications list products or manufacturers
that are available and may be incorporated in the Work. but do not restrict the Contractor to use
these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract
requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain
approval for use of an unnamed product.
4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or name, provide
a product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract
requirements.
5. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require
compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies with the
standards, codes, or regulations specified.
6. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Owner's
decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily.
7. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "... as selected from
manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase, select a product and
manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Owner will select the color,
pattern, and texture from the product line selected.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Installation of Products
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the
applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with
other Work.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01600— MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 3
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01700 —CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 Related Documents
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including general and supplementary conditions and
other Division I specification sections. apply to this section.
1.02 Summary
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but
not limited to, the following:
I. Inspection procedures.
2. Project record document submittal.
3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal.
4. Submittal of warranties.
5. Final cleaning.
B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in
Divisions 2 through 16.
1.03 Substantial Completion
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion,
complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
I . In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial
Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as
substantially complete.
2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and
similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services
and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.
5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement
surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's
personnel of changeover in security provisions.
8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance
personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting.
10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes.
B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Owner will either proceed with
inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Owner will prepare the Certificate of
Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700- CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5
completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued.
I. If the Owner's Representative determines that the work is not substantially complete at the time of
review or that deficiencies remain at time of compliance review, the Contractor shall pay for the
additional review(s) by Owner's Representative.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance.
1.04 Status after Substantial Completion
A. The date of substantial completion marks the beginning of the maintenance period defined in Section
02970 — Planting Maintenance.
B. During maintenance period, the following conditions hold:
I . Insurance: Same as during construction.
2. Electricity and Irrigation Water: Supplied by Owner, as installed by Contractor under this contract.
3. Bonds: Remain in effect.
4. Retainage: Same as during construction.
1.05 Final Acceptance
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and
final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously
submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations
where required.
2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum.
3. Submit a certified copy of the Owner's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected
endorsed and dated by the Owner. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been
completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the Owner.
4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the
date of Substantial Completion or when the Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility
for corresponding elements of the Work.
5. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement.
7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
B. Reinspection Procedure: The Owner will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work,
including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except for items whose
completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to the Owner.
1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Owner will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the
Work is incomplete, the Owner will advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of
obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.
2. if necessary, reinspection will be repeated.
1.06 Record Document Submittals
A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from
deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the
Owner's reference during normal working hours.
B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white -prints of Contract
Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5
substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing
conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used. record a cross-reference at the
corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that
would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.
I. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in
separate categories of the Work.
2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or
Shop Drawings.
3. Note related change -order numbers where applicable.
4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets;
print suitable titles. dates, and other identification on the cover of each. set.
5. Prior to Contract Closeout, obtain from the Owner a reproducible mylar copy of the Drawings.
Using technical drafting pen, duplicate information contained on the Record Drawings maintained
on site.
Label each sheet "Record Drawing." On the first sheet, the Contractor or resident
Superintendent shall execute the following statement:
Having reviewed this document and all attachments, I affirm that, to the best of my knowledge, the
information presented here is true and accurate.
Signed: Date:
Position:
C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include
with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and
modifications issued in printed form during construction.
1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison
with the text of the Specifications and modifications.
2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed
construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation.
3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Owner.
D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders
and markup of record drawings and Specifications.
1. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with
information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the
manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations.
2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be
readily discerned later by direct observation.
3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Owner.
E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of
miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of Work.
Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and
place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use
and reference. Submit to the Owner.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5
=lamtenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size.
snd properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty. 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl -covered binders.
with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of
each binder. Include the following types of information:
1. Emergency instructions.
2. Spare parts list.
3. Copies of warranties.
4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Recommended "turn -around" cycles.
6. Inspection procedures.
7. Shop Drawings and Product Data.
8. Fixture lamping schedule.
1.07 Warranties and Bonds
A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. Maintain copies of all Contractor's submittals and assemble
documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and
assemble in binder with durable plastic cover.
B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For items of Work delayed materially beyond
date of substantial completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date
of acceptance as start of warranty period.
1.08 Final Payment
A. At the end of maintenance period, submit written certification that Contract Documents Work has been
reviewed and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner
Representative's review.
B. In addition to submittals required by the conditions of the Contract provide submittals required by
governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum,
previous payments and sum remaining due.
C. Owner's Representative will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustments to Contract
Sum not previously made by Change Order.
D. Retainage will be held until advertisement for liens and encumbrances is completed.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 Closeout Procedures
A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular
maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and
maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in
operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items:
l .
Maintenance manuals.
2.
Record documents.
3.
Spare parts and materials.
4.
Tools.
5.
Lubricants.
6.
Fuels.
7.
Identification systems.
8.
Control sequences.
9.
Hazards.
10.
Cleaning.
City of Fort Collins SECTION o17oo - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5
1 1. Warranties and bonds.
! 7. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
13. As part of instruction for operating equipment. demonstrate the following procedures:
1. Startup.
2. Shutdown.
3. Emergency operations.
4. Noise and vibration adjustments.
5. Safety procedures.
6. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
7. Effective energy utilization.
3.02 Final Cleaning
A. General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. Regular site cleaning
is included in Division 1.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface
or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion.
C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work
during construction.
1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
3. • Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains,
films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
Leave concrete floors broom clean.
4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other
substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps.
5. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign
substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits.
Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even -textured surface.
D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for
cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's
property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove
waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully.
1. Where extra materials of value remain afler completion of associated Work, they become the
Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as directed by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins SECTION 01700 — CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5
"WISION 2
SECTION 02100 - MOBILIZATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Work Included
A. Prepare the site for construction.
Q. Move in and move out personnel and equipment.
C. Set up and remove temporary offices, buildings, facilities and utilities.
1.02 Site Conditions
A. The City has provided the right-of-way, easement or project site for all permanent access or
permanent construction for the project. Any additional access, access right-of-way, construction
areas, or additional needed land which may be involved in the construction of this project shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. The land owned by the City maybe used as- site headquarters, storage yard, or base of operations
provided that the use of said land meets with all of the requirements and restrictions imposed by
the City at the time of usage.
1.03 Site Preparation for Contractor Occupancy
A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary facilities as required for performing the work. The
Contractor shall secure and maintain proper storage areas for equipment and materials in locations
she/he may deem necessary for the proper execution of the job as approved by the City
Representative. No storage yard or project headquarters site may be utilized in conflict with
objections from the adjacent property owners unless the Contractor obtains from the City specific
written permission for such objectionable use. No objectionable material will be allowed to blow
from, wash off or drain off of any storage yard on to adjacent property.
B. The Contractor shall maintain all storage yards in as neat and orderly a manner as possible,
allowing no accumulation of waste materials or disposal piles. The Contractor may construct a
temporary security fence for the protection of materials, tools, and equipment. The fence shall be
maintained during the construction period. Upon completion of work, the security fence shall be
removed from the site. The Contractor shall provide adequate parking facilities within the
designated area for personnel working on the project.
C. The Contractor shall obtain the necessary permits for connection to necessary services provided by
utility companies serving the project area.
D. Materials, equipment, and work required for temporary storm water management during the
construction period shall be provided by the Contractor as required to ensure public safety and to
protect the work in progress and materials stored on site.
1.04 Damage or Use -Fee Claims
A. Any damage or use -fee claims filed against the Contractor may become a part of the final
settlement of this project and may be cause for delay of final acceptance or delay of final payment.
City of Fort Collins Section 02100 - Mobilization
Park Planning and Development Division Page 1 of 2
PART 2 - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Obstructions
A. The location of some utilities and obstructions may not be shown. Bidders are advised to carefully
inspect the existing facilities before preparing their proposals. The removal and replacement of -
minor obstructions such as electrical conduits, air, water, and waste piping and similar items shall
be anticipated and accomplished, even though not shown or specifically mentioned. Major
obstructions encountered that are not shown on the Contract Drawings or could not have been
foreseen by visual inspection of the site prior to bidding should immediately be brought to the
attention of the City Representative. The City Representative will make a determination for
proceeding with the work. If the City Representative finds that the obstruction adversely affects
the Contractor's costs or schedule for completion, a proper adjustment to the Contract will be made
in accordance with the General Conditions.
3.02 Demolition
A. Any pipes or existing structures encountered during construction shall be preserved until accepted
for removal by the City Representative. The Contractor shall be required to repair pipes or
structures in use that are damaged during construction at no cost to the City. The removal of _
abandoned pipes shall be reviewed by the City Representative.
3.03 Removal and Salvage of Materials
A. The Contractor shall carefully remove materials specified to be reused or salvaged so as not to
damage the material. Reuse by the Contractor of salvaged material will not be permitted, except as
specifically shown or specified herein. Existing materials to be removed or replaced and not
specifically designated for salvage shall become the property of the Contractor. Provide and
maintain dust tight temporary partitions, bulkheads, or other protective devices during the
construction to permit normal operation of the existing facilities. Construct partitions of plywood,
insulating board, plastic sheets, or similar material.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02100 - Mobilization
Park Planning and Development Division Page 2 of 2 -
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02122 - TREE PROTECTION
PART 1 -GENERAL
Description of Work
A. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform the work
items called for on the bid schedule.
B. The Contractor shall perform tree protection regardless of the type, nature, or condition of trees
encountered, as specified or required in order to accomplish the construction.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 Temporary Fencing
A. Orange construction fencing, five feet or greater in height as required to fulfill the intent of this
section.
B. Fencing anchors for small trees shall be T posts. Anchors for fencing within the drip line of large
trees shall be dual -socket portable concrete pier blocks sufficient to secure the fence in a vertical
position for the construction period.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. Prior to and during construction, barriers shall be erected around all protected existing trees.
Barriers shall be orange construction fencing located no closer than six (6) feet to the surface of
the trunk or one-half (V2) of the drip line radius, whichever is greater. Posts shall be anchored in
movable concrete blocks so as not to require excavation within the tree's drip line. There shall be
no storage or movement of equipment, material, debris, or fill within the fenced tree protection
zone. The drip line is defined as the area on the ground covered by the spread of branches.
B. There shall be no cleaning of equipment or material or the storage and disposal of waste material
such as paints, oils, solvents, asphalt, concrete, motor oil or any other material harmful to the life
of a tree within the drip line of any protected tree or group of trees.
C. No attachment, wires, signs, or permits may be fastened to any protected tree.
D. Large areas containing clumps, groves, or copses of protected trees which are naturally separated
from construction or land clearing areas, road rights -of -way and utility easements may be
"ribboned off," rather than erecting protective fencing around each tree as required above. This
may be accomplished by placing metal t-post stakes a maximum of thirty (30) feet apart and tying
ribbon or rope from stake -to -stake along the outside perimeters of such areas being cleared.
E. The temporary fencing shall be removed by the Contractor only after all heavy equipment has
been permanently withdrawn from the site.
3.02 Excavation
A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of
excavations.
City of Fort Collins Section 02122 - Tree Protection
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2
B. Do not excavate within the tree drip line, unless otherwise indicated. Where excavation for new
construction is required within tree drip lines, hand excavate to minimize damage to root systems.
Use narrow -tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots.
C. Relocate roots in backfill areas wherever possible. if encountering large, main lateral roots,
expose beyond excavation limits as required to bend and relocate without breaking. If —
encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and relocation is not practical,
cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction.
D. After excavation outside the drip line of trees, any severed roots should be cut again smoothly —
with flush cuts.
E. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide temporary earth
cover or pack with compost and wrap with burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition and
temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and
covered with earth.
F. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or tap roots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with —
installation of new work. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. Roots
i inch and larger shall be painted with two coats of Tree Seal or approved equal.
G. Trenching should be done outside the drip line of trees. The installation of utilities, irrigation —
lines, or any underground fixture requiring excavation deeper than six inches shall be
accomplished by boring under the root system of protected existing trees at a minimum depth of
24 inches. The auger distance is established from the face of the tree (outer bark) and is scaled
from tree diameter at breast height as described in the chart below.
Tree Diameter at Breast Height
(Inches)
Auger Distance from Face of Tree
(Feet)
0-2
1
3-4
2
5-9
5
10-14
10
15-19
12
Over 19
15
3.03 Tree Repair and Replacement
A. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations to prevent progressive deterioration.
B. Remove and replace dead and damaged trees that the City Forester determines to be incapable of
restoring to a normal growth pattern.
1. Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced. Plant and maintain as ^
specified herein.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins
Park Planning & Development Division
Section 02122 - Tree Protection
Page 2 of 2
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I I AVISION 2
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK AND GRADING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 Section Includes
A. Stockpiling of topsoil
B. Grading to contours within specified tolerances, cutting, and filling.
C. Establishment of subgrades, compacting, and preparing the site for paving and vegetation.
D. Erosion control measures
E. The Contractor shall perform all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of material
encountered, as specified or required in order to accomplish the construction.
1.02 Related Sections
A. Section 01290 —Measurement and Payment: requirements applicable to unit prices for the work of
this section.
B. Section 01450 — Quality Control and Testing: testing compaction of earth fill areas.
C. Section 02250—Topsoil.
1.03 Unit Price Measurement and Payment
A. Topsoil: by the percent complete as determined by the schedule of values. Includes removing,
stockpiling, and redistributing topsoil.
B. Subsoil: by the percent complete as determined by completed progress topographic surveys.
C. Erosion control: by the percent complete.
1.04 Project Record Documents
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Accurately record actual location of utilities remaining by horizontal dimensions, elevations or
inverts, and slope gradients.
C. Accurately document finished grades and other information for use in preparing the City of Fort
Collins Drainage Certification.
1.05 Quality Assurance
A. Reference standards listed hereunder and referenced elsewhere in these specifications shall
become a part of this specification and are incorporated herein by reference. The latest edition,
amendment or supplement thereto in effect thirty days (30) before the date of bid invitation shall
apply.
1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
City of Fort Collins — Soft Gold Park Section 02200— Earthwork and Grading
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 7
2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM).
1.06 Submittals
A. Submit reports of testing service: Contractor shall provide soil testing service for quality control
testing of soil compaction during earthwork operations, as required under City rules and
reeulations. Contractor will coordinate schedules with the Engineer in order to allow for adequate
time to conduct tests.
B. Testing Methods and Frequency
Testing shall be done with the following methods and frequency:
Item AASHTO ASTM
Sampling
Soil Classification
Moisture -Density (Proctor)
Density (Nuclear)
Moisture Content (Nuclear)
1.07 City Furnished Materials
A. None, unless otherwise noted on the Bid Schedule.
1.08 Site Conditions
T 87
D 420
M 145
D 3282
T 99
D 698
T 180
D 1557.
T 238
D 2922
T 239
D 3017
A. A geotechnical investigation may have been performed for the City in order to obtain relative data
concerning the character of material in and upon which the project is to be built. if an
investigation has been performed, the information will be available to.the Contractor for
information purposes only. The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the kind and type of soil to
be encountered and any water conditions that might affect the construction of the project.
B. The locations of existing utilities are shown in an approximate way only and not all utilities may
be shown. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities prior to
commencing work. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all damages that might
be occasioned by his failure to exactly locate and preserve any and all utilities. If utilities are to
remain in place, the Contractor shall provide adequate means of support and protection during
construction.
C. Should drawn, or incorrectly drawn, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, the
Contractor shall advise the City within thirty (30) minutes of encountering the utility. The
Contractor shall cooperate with the City and utility companies in keeping respective services and
facilities in operation to the satisfaction of the respective owners. The City reserves the right to
perform any and all work required should the Contractor fail to cooperate with the respective
companies, and back charge the Contractor for any and all expenses.
D. The Contractor shall provide barricades and signs in accordance with the Uniform Manual of
Traffic Control Devices where applicable. The Contractor shall maintain all devices in a working
manner.
City of Fort Collins — Soft Gold Park Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 7
E. Limit of Operations:
1. The Contractor will limit his operations to only those areas identified on the drawings. If the
remaining area of the site is disturbed, in the opinion of the Owner, the Contractor will repair
and re -seed the disturbed area. All costs of this work will be borne solely by the Contractor.
2. If unauthorized over -excavation occurs, the Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of
the area. backfilling with approved material. and compacting to the specified density.
F. Drainage: Maintain the excavations and site free from water throughout the course of the project.
G. Interruption of Service:
I. Coordinate interruption of utility services with the Owner and the utility operator. Make
connections to the existing system requiring the service interruption during the time
designated by the Owner (weekends. nights, holidays).
2. Obtain permission to cut and replace existing service lines. Notify affected users two hours in
advance of interruption and restore service within four hours after interruption. Repair
damage at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Operate valves or other controls on the existing system only after obtaining Owner approval.
H. Erosion Control: The Contractor will follow the requirements of the Erosion Control Plan. The
Contractor's earthwork schedule is to be identified and submitted on the schedule required by the
General Conditions of the Contract. The Contractor will implement erosion control measures as
described and herein referenced by the City of Fort Collins Erosion Control Manual.
1.09 Material Imports and Exports
A. Waste or demolition material, including rock, gravel, sod, broken concrete or asphalt, plaster, etc.,
shall be hauled off the site and disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations.
B. Additional fill material, if required, shall be hauled to the site from off the site as a necessary part
of the work. Material composition shall be subject to the requirements of the specifications.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 Soil Materials
A. Coarse -grained soils free from debris, roots, organic material, and non -mineral matter containing
no particles larger than 4-inch size and classified as either:
1. Sands with fines (SM, SC) and less than 25 percent of the soil particles passing the No. 200
sieve, or
2. Clean sands (SW, SP)
3. Native soils as determined acceptable by the Engineer.
2.02 Filter Fabric
A. Filter Fabric shall be Typar 3451 W, Mirafi 70OX or approved equal.
City of Fat Collins — Soft Gold Park Section 02200- Earthwork and Grading
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 7
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Preparation
A. Field measurements: Before commencing work. locate all baselines and coordinates required for
control of the work. establish required grade staking for control of excavation. fill and
embankment construction. Field verify by excavation the location all utility crossings, service
connections. and connections to existing lines before proceeding with earlhwork.
B. Layout Lines and Levels:
l . Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated.
2. The drawings indicate existing elevations and proposed elevations. The existing elevations
and proposed are given for the convenience of the Contractor to assist him in arriving at the
quantities of excavation, grading, backfilling etc.
3. Before earthwork operations are started, all construction items shall be completely staked out
for the Owner's approval. For any area with a two- percent slope or flatter, the Contractor
shall lay out a 50-foot on -center grid and calculate the exact elevation at every intersection of
the grid lines. These calculations will be approved by the Owner's Representative. For
complex grading in the core area of the park, the contractor shall exercise craftsmanship
and diligence in the establishment and layout of detailed slopes and precise landform
shapes. Additional surveying and smaller equipment are likely to be required to
precisely achieve specified convex and concave berm grades in these areas to the
specified tolerances.
4. Preliminary grade stakes for subgrade elevations shall be set at 50 feet on center for the center
line of walks; all drainage swales; breaks in grade; spot elevations; and as otherwise required
to complete the work of this section to the elevations shown on the Drawings or as modified
in the field by the Owner.
5. Protect benchmarks, temporary benchmarks, survey control points, sidewalks, paving, curbs,
existing above and below grade utilities, and existing vegetation that is to remain from
excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.
C. Removal of Topsoil: Strip existing earthen material (topsoil) to a depth of 4 inches over the entire
site. Stockpile on site in area approved by Owner's Representative. Keep topsoil segregated.
Place, grade, and shape stockpile for proper drainage.
3.02 Excavation
A. Prior to beginning excavation operations, accomplish all site preparation in accordance with these
specifications. Perform excavation of every description to the lines and grades indicated on the
drawings.
B. Complete excavation work to the grade elevations shown on the drawings for all areas to be paved.
3.03 Clearing the Site
A. All areas underlying new structures, paved areas, site fills and embankments shall be cleared of
stumps, shrubs, brush, and other vegetative growth.
City of Fort Collins — Soft Gold Park Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 7
B. Any material containing roots, grasses and other deleterious or organic matter generally found in
the top four to six inches of undisturbed natural terrain shall be stripped from all areas requiring
excavation, grading, trenching. subgrade preparation for foundations and embankment work. The
City will require stripped topsoil deemed suitable for spreading over the finished grades to be
stockpiled and preserved until the finished grading operation, at which time it shall be spread
uniformly over areas to be seeded or sodded.
C. Upon completion of the project, completion of a particular phase of the project, or termination of
the use of any particular area, site, storage yard right-of-way or easement. the Contractor shall
promptly and neatly clean up the area and re-establish the ground to the contours required by the
project or conditions prior to project commencement.
3.04 Earth Fill Construction
A. install the work in accordance with the Geotechnical Engineering Report and in accordance with
the City of Fort Collins standards.
B. The Contractor shall perform all grading to the lines and grades specified and/or established by the
Engineer, with an appropriate allowance for topsoil. All slopes shall be free of all exposed roots
and stones exceeding 3-inch diameter, which are loose and liable to fall. Tops of banks shall be
rounded to circular curves not less than 6-feet in radius or as shown on the drawings_
C. Rounded surfaces shall be neatly and smoothly trimmed. Topsoil shall be replaced to a depth of
4-inches in areas to be revegetated.
D. The Contractor shall protect the fill against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35
degrees F (1 degree Q.
3.05 Compaction
A. The Contractor shall meet minimum percentage density specified for each area classification as
follows. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the
indicated percentages of maximum density relationship determined in accordance with ASTM D
698.
1. Foundations, Paved Areas, Utilities, and Sidewalks - 95 percent
2. Unpaved Areas - 90 percent
B. Control moisture content within 2% of optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D 698.
Where subgrade or layer of soil material is too dry to permit compaction to the specified density,
uniformly apply water to surface of cut area, subgrade, or loosely placed layer of soil material.
Mix soil and applied water by blading, disking, or other methods to achieve uniform moisture
content throughout the soil mass to be compacted..
C. Remove and replace, or, scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to
specified density. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction
may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by disking, harrowing or
pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value.
D. Puddling is not an acceptable method of compaction.
City of Fort Collins — Soft Gold Park Section 02200— Earthwork and Grading
Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 7
3.06 Grading
A. Paved Areas: Immediately prior to placing structural pavements, shape area to the required lines.
grades, and limits to enable achievement of the finished elevations indicated and roll with an
approved heavy vibratory roller until compacted to the specified density. Maintain moisture
content within 2%of optimum during final rolling and until subgrade is covered by subsequent
construction. Remove loose material and protect subgrade until covered.
B. Landscape Area and Remainder of Site:
l . Rough grade areas as indicated on grading plan to 4 inches below finish grade. After
rough grading is finished, compacted and approved, scarify area to a depth of at least 6 inches.
2. Place previously stockpiled topsoil in all areas within the limits of the project not indicated to
receive subsequent foundations, slabs on grade, walks, safety surfacing or other similar
materials.
3. Uniformly distribute topsoil on the disturbed area and evenly spread to a thickness of inches
deep after light compaction. Perform spreading so that planting can proceed with little
additional soil preparation or tillage. Do not place topsoil when subgrade is frozen,
excessively wet, extremely dry or in a condition otherwise detrimental to specified grading,
seeding and planting specifications.
C. Finish Grading --
Grade all excavated sections, filled sections, construction disturbed areas and adjacent
transition areas to finish elevation. Make finished surfaces smooth, compacted and free from
irregular surface changes. Remove all construction debris.
2. Unless indicated otherwise on drawings, finish grade area adjacent to sidewalks and
pavements to''/z inch below finish elevation of sidewalk and pavement.
3. Grades not otherwise indicated shall be uniform levels or slopes between such points and
existing finish grade. Abrupt change in slopes shall be rounded.
3.07 Tolerances
A. Tolerances for areas to receive paving shall be plus or minus 0.05 foot. In the areas to receive new
vegetation and the remainder of the site, tolerances shall be within plus or minus 0.10 foot.
3.08 Field Quality Control
A. Section 01400 —Quality Assurance: Field inspection and testing.
B. Testing: In accordance with AASHTO TI80.
C. Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before further construction
work is performed. Notify testing service not less than 8 working hours in advance. Testing shall
be at the discretion of the Owner.
D. If tests indicate that the Work does not meet the specified requirements, remove work, replace and
retest.
E. Verification of grading within allowable tolerances shall be conducted as requested by the Owner.
The Contractor shall provide all necessary surveying equipment and a survey crew, if requested
City of Fort Collins — Soft Gold Park Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading
Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 7
by the Owner. If. in the opinion of the Owner, the grading does not conform to the required grades
and tolerances, the Contractor shall regrade the area and bear all costs associated with the
regrading and reverification until the specifications are met_
3.09 Settlement
A. Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse
weather. the Contractor shall scarify the ground surface, re -shape, and compact to required density
prior to further construction.
B. Any settlement in backfill, fill, or in structures built over the backfill or fill, which may occur
within the guarantee period in the General Conditions will be considered to be caused by improper
compaction methods and shall be corrected at no cost to the City. Any structure damaged by
settlement shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at no cost to the City.
3.10 Disposal of Excess Excavation and Waste Materials
A. The Contractor shall dispose of all excess excavated material not required for fill on -site, as
directed by the Engineer. The grading design is intended to balance on site. Utility trench
excavation material was not included in the calculation of earthwork balance.
B. The Contractor shall remove and be responsible for legally disposing of excess fill material not
placed on -site, waste materials, trash and debris.
C. The Contractor shall conduct all site grading operations and other construction activities to
minimize erosion of site soil materials. The contractor shall be responsible to maintain
streets/public right-of-way daily by removing any spillage of dirt, rocks or debris from equipment
entering or leaving the site.
3.11 Dust Control
A. Obtain Larimer County Fugitive Dust Permit,
B. Control the amount of dust generated from construction to prevent hazardous conditions or public
nuisance. Use of water will not be permitted when it will result in hazardous conditions such as
ice, flooding, or pollution. Blowing dust will not be permitted.
3.12 Cleaning
During and upon completion of earthwork operations, clean areas within contract limits and within the
public rights -of -way. Remove tools and equipment. Provide site clear, clean, free of debris, and
suitable for site work operations.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins— Soft Gold Park Section 02200- Earthwork and Grading
Park Planning & Development Division Page 7 of 7
No Text
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02220 - DEMOLITION
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 Description of Work
A. Demolition or salvage and removal of boulders (if found) for re -use in landscape: and remove
fencing. other plant material, and debris or other items on the site necessary for the construction of
the project.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Standards listed hereunder and referenced elsewhere in these specifications shall become a part of
this specification and are incorporated herein by reference. The latest edition, amendment or
supplements thereto in effect thirty (30) days before date of invitation shall apply.
I . City of Fort Collins, Street Cut and Excavation Repair Standards
2. City of Fort Collins, Stormwater Drainage Design and Construction Standards
PART 2 - MATERIALS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Inspection and Reviews
A. Schedule site meeting with Owner's Representative to verify and mark limits of demolition.
3.02 Protection
A. Refer to the General Requirements for site protection and temporary controls.
B. Erect barriers and warning signs as necessary to prevent injury to the public and construction
personnel.
C. Protect features and areas not marked for demolition. Limit use of site to the delineated areas.
D. Use of explosives is prohibited.
3.03 Demolition and Removal
A. Items listed for salvage remain the property of the City. Items listed for demolition become the
property of the Contractor.
B. Remove from site items shown on demolition plan.
C. Arrange for and pay costs associated with off -site disposal.
3.04 Hidden Conditions
A. A hidden condition is any feature that could not be discovered or reasonably inferred from a
careful inspection of the site prior to demolition.
B. Promptly report hidden conditions to the Owner's Representative.
C. Hidden conditions may cause damage to features that are to remain in a finished work if
demolition operations continue. Stop demolition operations affected by hidden conditions until a
determination is made by the Engineer.
D. Hidden conditions may cause a change in contract time or price; refer to the General Conditions.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02220 - Demolition
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02221 — TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTION
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 Scope
Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment, and perform all operations to complete trenching, including
excavation, subgrade preparation, drainage, filter fabric installation, bedding, backfiliing, compacting,
and finish grading for underground pipelines, service lines, sleeving, and appurtenances as shown on
the drawings and as specified herein.
1.02 Related Work
A. Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading.
B. Section 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving.
C. Section 02600— Domestic Water Supply.
D. Section 02700 — Sanitary Sewerage Systems.
E. Section 02810— Irrigation-
F. Section 16000 — General Electrical.
1.03 Protection
A. Obtain utility locations before commencing work. Protect all existing underground utilities, above
ground structures or plantings, or repair to original condition.
PART 2 MATERIALS:
2.01 Trench Backfill Material
A. Trench excavation or imported material free from frozen material, stumps, roots, brush, other
organic matter, cinders or other corrosive material, debris, and rocks or stones greater than 2
inches in any dimension.
2.02 Other
A. Bedding, piping, filter fabric, and other materials specified on the drawings and in related sections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Preparation
A. Remove and stockpile topsoil from areas to be disturbed by construction. Keep topsoil segregated
from non -organic trench excavation materials and debris.
3.02 Trenching
A. Excavate trenches by open cut methods. Segregate suitable backftll. Rough trench excavation
will leave trench with uniform width and vertical sidewalls from an elevation one foot above the
top of installed pipe to the bottom of pipe.
B. Minimum trench width will provide 6 inch space between pipe wall and side of trench. Maximum
trench width will be shown on the drawings or in the appropriate pipeline section. If not specified
elsewhere the maximum trench width is the pipe O.D. plus 20 inches.
City of Fort Collins Section 02221 - Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2
r(h asing tfii ison
ADDENDUM No. 2
City of. Fort Collins
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid: 5951 Oak Street Plaza
OPENING DATE: January 19, 2006 (Our Clock) 3:00 P.M.
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above,
the following changes are hereby made.
GENERAL CLARIFICATION
1. Bid opening date has been changed to January 19, 2006 — 3:00pm (Our Clock).
2. Coordination for the Custom Handrail and Custom Metal Fence needs to include pricing
and installation by the General Contractor.
3. The patching of West Oak Street for the sanitary sewer service line shall meet current
City standards. The existing pavement section to be patched is T' concrete pavement
with an asphalt overlay. Refer to Larimer County Urban Area Streets Standards for
instruction on how to re -patch cut area. Please contact City of Fort Collins Engineering
Department for any other information at 970-221-6605. All associated permit costs and
coordination will be required by the general contractor.
4. Sheet WF-C, General Note No. 1: The fountain display pump shall provide flow of 170
gpm and 95 TDH.
5. Sheet WF-4, item 1: Pump shall be a Goulds Model number 33SV, 5 hp, 170 gpm, 95
TDH, single stage pump.
6. Electrical drawings are correct.
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 2, SECTION 02870 - MISCELLANEOUS SITE FURNISHINGS
PART 2- MATERIALS
Add the following:
2.11 Custom Handrail and Custom Metal Fence
Factory Representative: Mind Over Metal, 11909 FM 2769 Austin, Texas 78727
(512) 258-7000 or (800) 320-1076. Website www.mindovermetal.com
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT
ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN
RECEIVED.
215 North Mason Street • 2' Floor • P.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 • (970) 221-6775 • Fax (970) 221-6707 www.rceov.com
1.0
2.0
3.0
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
DEFINED TERMS
Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the
Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8,
1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions.
The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from
a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder"
means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom
OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an
award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or
Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the
proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to
receipt of Bids).
COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the
Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding
Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation
to Bid.
2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids;
neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or
misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding
Documents.
2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410,
00420, and 00430 fully executed.
2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available
on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the
Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use.
QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must
submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of
qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous
experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct
business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must
contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state
where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification
prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be
prepared on the form provided in Section 00420.
12/03 Section 00100 Page 1
(. Grade trench bottom to provide uniform clearance for bedding material. De -water trench.
Remove loose material and foreign objects. When required, install filter fabric per manufacturer's
specifications-
D. Unstable subgrade is not expected. If unstable subgrade material is encountered, report the
condition to the Owner. Remedy and payment for subgrade stabilization will be based on the
actual conditions encountered.
3.03 Bedding
A. Pipe will be bedded in accordance with the detailed drawings or the appropriate pipeline
specification.
3.04 Backfilling and Compaction
A. Backfill trench promptly after completion of pipe bedding.
B. Deposit material in uniform layers with thickness commensurate with the soil encountered and the
compaction equipment used.
C. Compaction requirements will be made at the moisture content and will meet the densities, by
zone, specified in Section 02200 — Earthwork and Grading.
D. Coordinate and schedule compaction tests with City Representative.
3.05 Surface Restoration
A. Restore pavements according to City of Fort Collins Standards.
B. Restore landscaped areas according to Section 02900 — Landscaping.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02221 — Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02240 - TREE REMOVAL
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 Description of Work
A. Individual trees to be removed SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.
1.02 Quality Standards
A. If you do not currently have a Fort Collins Arborist License, submit three references with the bid.
You must obtain a license from the City Forester to be qualified to bid on this job.
B. The contractor must have at lease three (3) years of experience removing trees larger than 20
inches in diameter, or have successfully completed a job similar to this bid in size and condition in
the past three (3) years.
C. The City Forester can further examine a contractor's qualifications through a "PRE -AWARD
SURVEY".
D. The contractor can dispose of or use brush and logs in any acceptable manner except brush or logs
of the elm genus (Ulmus) which must be hauled to the County Landfill, Log size material for
species other than Ulmus, can be deposited at the City Forestry woodpile at the Hoffman site
arranged by the Assistant City Forester.
E. Provide the assistant City Forester with a schedule and timetable of all work.
F. The contractor is expected to fully cooperate and coordinate all work activities with the residents
and owners of the adjacent properties. Failure to do so shall be grounds for termination of the
contract.
PART 2 - MATERIALS - Not used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Standards for Workmanship
A. Authorized work in this job neither expresses nor implies a right to violate any law of the land
while in process of performing such work.
B. All such work shall be conducted in a manner as to cause the least possible interference with, or
annoyance to others.
C. Inadequately or improperly trained personnel shall not be utilized for work on or with trees or
shrubs beyond their known capacity or ability to perform properly or safely.
D. A qualified supervisor shall be present at all times when work is being performed except that he
may be absent for short periods during the day when necessary because of emergencies or other
urgent matters.
E. Any injury to persons or damages to any improvement, tree, shrub, or structure while working on
this job shall be promptly reported to the Assistant City Forester.
F. Any use of tools or equipment in unsafe conditions or any application of techniques or methods
deemed unsafe to life, limb or property is forbidden.
G. Pedestrians and vehicular traffic shall be allowed to pass through the work areas only under
conditions of safety and with as little inconvenience and delay as possible.
City of Fort Collins Section 02240 - Tree Removal
Park Planning & Development Division Page t of 2
H. Adequate barricades and warning devices shall be placed and flagpersons shall be stationed as
necessary for the safety of persons and vehicles.
1. Qualified street and sidewalk warning devices shal be in position as required at all time while
work on this job is being performed.
1. Whenever electric or telephone lines, gas lines, water lines, or other improvements, public or
private, will be implicated or jeopardized by any authorized tree or shrub activity and all requested
precautions by any such authority shall be complied with.
K. It shall be unlawful for any person to engage in the business of planting. cutting, trimming,
pruning, removing. spraying. or otherwise treating trees, shrubs, or vines within the City without
first procuring a license therefore from the City.
L. All motor vehicles and other major equipment or any licensed person used in conducting the
licensed business shall be clearly identified with the name of the licensee.
3.02 Standards of Workmanship for Tree Removal
A. Cleanup of branches, logs or any other debris resulting from any tree removal shall be promptly
and properly accomplished. The work area shall be kept safe at all times until the cleanup
operation is completed. Under no circumstances shall the accumulation of brush, limbs, logs, or
other debris be allowed in such a manner as to result in a hazard.
B. The use of climbing spurs or spike shoes in the act of trimming the tree are prohibited, but are
permitted for removal.
C. Under no condition shall it be considered proper to leave any severed or partially cut limbs in the
upper portion of any tree being worked on after the tree workers leave the scene of operation.
D. Whenever large tree sections are being cut in a treetop which may endanger people or property,
such materials shall be secured by ropes and lowered safely in a controlled manner.
E. Stump removal is required as part of the work. Grind stumps to 12-14 inches below finish grade.
Woody debris shall be removed from site and disposed of.
F. At least one responsible tree worker shall serve to coordinate safe operations on the ground at all
times when work operations are in progress.
G. The contractor is responsible for providing all necessary traffic control to assure the safety of
motorists, pedestrians, and bicyclists. The traffic control shall be provided by and maintained by
an ATSSA certified Traffic Control Supervisor, TCS. All traffic control devices shall meet or
exceed the minimum standards set forth in the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices,
MUTCD. The contractor must submit traffic control plans and coordinate all traffic control with
the City's Traffic Control Coordinator. The traffic control plans must be submitted 72 hours prior
to starting tree operations and prior to any modification to the traffic control plan. If the plan is
not submitted and approved, or if the traffic control devices are not provided according to the plan,
the project will be shut down immediately until the situation can be corrected. Faaggers must be
used to close the street and for on lane traffic operation. The flaggers must be certified and under
the supervision of a certified TCS.
H. Sidewalks must be properly barricaded to protect pedestrians during actual removal operations.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02240 - Tree Removal
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02250 — TOPSOIL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Scope
A. This work shall consist of excavating. stockpiling, and placing topsoil on the project site( and/or
furnishing. hauling, and stockpiling) and placing topsoil from approved sources. This work shall
also include preservation of vegetation and objects designated to remain from injury or
defacement.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
' 2.01 Topsoil
A. Topsoil shall consist of the organic growing layer of soil which is reasonably free of admixtures of
subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, heavy clay, hard clods, toxic substances or
'other material which would be detrimental to proper development of vegetative growth.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Protection of Existing Improvements
A. Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in
place.
B. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on City's property
C. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, acceptable to parities having
jurisdiction.
D. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary
cutting, breaking, or skinning of roots, skinning and bruising of bark, smothering of trees by
stockpiling construction materials or excavated material within drip line, excess foot or vehicular
traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and
vegetation to be left standing.
E. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain
their health during the course of construction operations.
F. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2" diameter cut during construction operations. Temporarily
cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as
possible.
G. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain which are damaged by construction
operations, in a manner acceptable to parties having jurisdiction. Employ qualified tree surgeon to
repair damages to trees and shrubs. Replace trees which cannot by repaired and restored to full
growth status, as determined by the City.
3.02 Construction Requirements
A. Materials selected for topsoil shall be excavated and stockpiled (and/or furnished, hauled, and
stockpiled) and placed at the site and graded. Topsoil shall be placed directly upon constructed
cut and fill slopes without the use of stockpiles whenever conditions and the progress or work will
permit.
B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying
subsoil or other objectionable material.
City of Fort Collins Section 02250 — Topsoil
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2
C. Limit stripping to limits of construction shown on the drawings: or to as small an area as practical
within the rieht-of way or limits of construction.
D. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping.
E. Where trees or bushes are indicated to be left standing. stop topsoil stripping a sufficient distance
form the trees or bushes to prevent damage to main root system.
F. Stockpile topsoil in storage areas designated or agreed to prior to starting work. Construct storage
piles to freely drain surface water. Cover storage piles if required to prevent wind-blown dust.
Maintain topsoil free from contamination-
G. The area where topsoil shall be removed are:
1. Where final contours on the drawings indicate excavation or filling.
2. Under all asphalt pavement.
3. Under all walkways.
4. Under all graveled driveways and storage areas.
5. Under all new building sites.
H. Topsoil shall be placed and graded in landscaped areas. Placement shall not impede drainage
patterns. Topsoil shall not be placed until the areas to be covered have been properly prepared and
grading operations in the area have been completed.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02250 — Topsoil
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02304—AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
PART 1 — GENERAL
11 Description of work
A. The current edition of the Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specification Booklet
is referenced into these specifications.
PART 2- REVISIONS
A. Subsection 304.01 is revised to include the following:
This work shall consist of placing Aggregate Base (Class 5) over previously prepared subgrade
approved by the Engineer. Aggregate Base will be used as fill under the curb, gutter, and
sidewalks if there is not any acceptable material onsite.
The proposed material shall meet the following minimum requirements:
LL Maximum: 30
PI Maximum: 6
"R" Value Minimum: 78
The minimum strength coefficient of the Class 5 Aggregate Base shall be 0.12.
B. Subsection 304.07 is revised to include the following:
Aggregate Base Course will be measured by the ton at proper moisture. Quality will be adjusted
accordingly if moisture is too high. Haul and water necessary to bring mixture to optimum
moisture will not be measured paid for separately, but shall be included in the price for Aggregate
Base.
C. Subsection 304/08 is revised to include the following:
The accepted qualities of Aggregate Base Course will be paid for at the contract price per ton.
D. Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
304-01 A.B.C.(C-5) Tons
The above prices and payments shall include lull compensation for furnishing all labor, materials,
tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in placing Aggregate Base
Course including haul and water, complete -in -place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the
specifications, and as directed by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02304 — Aggregate Base Course
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 1
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02305 - SITE PREPARATION AND RECONDITIONING (from FCCP)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 Work included
A. The contract work lobe performed under this section consists of furnishing the required labor.
materials, equipment, implements, parts and supplies, reconditioning. compaction, wetting or
drying and finish grading as shown on the plans necessary for. or appurtenant to the site
preparation beneath the basketball court.
1.02 Related Sections
A. Section 02522 — Asphalt Court Paving
B. Section 02750 — Concrete Paving
C. Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared by Terracon, dated March 14, 2001.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 Subgrade Materials
A. Strip and remove existing vegetation, debris and other deleterious materials from court areas and
pavement areas. Exposed surfaces should be free of mounds and depressions which could prevent
uniform compaction.
B. Stripped materials consisting of vegetation and organic materials should be wasted from the site or
used to revegetate landscaped areas or exposed slopes after the completion of grading operations.
If there is excess organic materials, they may be stored within the park site for use by Parks
Maintenance.
2.02 Subgrade Preparation
A. Subgrade soils beneath pavements shall be scarified, moisture conditioned and compacted to a
minimum depth of eight (8) inches.
B. Subgrade preparation beneath pavements shall comply with the recommendations of the
Geotechnical Engineering Report.
C. The moisture content and compaction of subgrade soils shall be maintained until concrete or
asphalt pavement construction.
2.03 Fill Areas
A. Areas intended to be filled shall initially be graded to create a relatively level surface and to
provide for a relatively uniform thickness of fill beneath proposed building structures.
B. Exposed areas which will receive fill, once properly cleared and benched where necessary, shall
be scarified to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches, conditioned to near optimum moisture content
and compacted.
C. Use of lime, fly ash kiln dust cement or geotextiles should be considered as a stabilization
technique if unstable conditions develop.
City of Fort Collins Section 02305 - SITE PREPARATION
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 2
2.04 Fill Materials and Placement
A. Clean on -site soils or approved imported materials may be used as fill material. Fill materials and
placement of fill material shall comply with the Geotechnical Engineering Report.
2.05 Tennis and Basketball Court Fine Grade Material
A. Fine grade base material shall be an approved compactable, free draining base material (sand, fine
gravel, etc.)
2.06 Skate Park Reconditioning
A. The top 8" of the subgrade, including fill areas, shall be reconditioned by scarifying and
recompacting. The subgrade shall be thoroughly mixed and dried or moistened to full depth and
compacted as specified in the Geotechnical Engineering Report. The reconditioned surface shall
not vary above or below the lines and grades as staked by more than 0.04 foot under concrete
surfacing or 0.08 foot under aggregate base course. The surface shall be tested prior to application
of base course or concrete. Defective work shall be corrected as directed by the Owner's
Representative. The surface shall be protected and maintained until base course or concrete has
been placed. If the Contractor chooses to use roadbase as a fine grade material or a material to
mitigate over excavated or rain damaged areas this shall be entirely the Contractor's cost and shall
be considered incidental to the Work. The Contractor shall be paid for reconditioning, if
reconditioning has been attempted and muck excavation in the event that unsuitable material is
encountered and removed at the direction of the Engineer. It shall be at the Engineer's discretion
to determine if the Contractor has made a sufficient effort to control the moisture in the subgrade
material and made a reasonable effort to recondition the subgrade.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 Subgrade
A. Where percent, trees, bushes, and a minimum of four inches (4") of top soil will be removed from
the site. The area will be graded to the required depth to accommodate the base and concrete or
asphalt thickness and provide a uniform one percent (11/6) slope at plus or minus one tenth of a
foot (+/- .1') in one plane. Fills will be placed in six inch (6") layers and will be compacted to
ninety five percent (95%) standard density at optimum moisture. The contractor will alert the
owner of'soft spots' or structures that could affect the stability of the slab.
B. The site preparation will be done so as to provide positive drainage away from the play courts and,
if needed, to provide intercepting swales to prevent drainage on to the courts.
3.02 Fine Grade
A. For Tennis and Basketball Courts the base material shall be placed with automatic laser -regulated
equipment capable of providing a true accurate to plus or minus one -quarter inch (+/- �/,'). The
depth of the fine grade base material shall be sufficient to develop a one -quarter inch ('/,')
accuracy.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02305 — SITE PREPARATION -
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02370 — SLOPE PROTECTION AND EROSION CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Description
A. Erosion control materials required within the project site as shown on the plans.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 Erosion Control Materials
A. "Envirofence" silt fence system manufactured by Mirafi, Inc., or equal
B. Curlex erosion control blanket manufactured by American Excelsior Company, or equal
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. All erosion control products and materials will be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the plans.
B. All sediment barriers shall remain in place until seeding has been established, at which time they
shall be removed by the contractor.
3.02 Silt Fence
A. The height of a silt fence shall not exceed 36 inches (higher fences may impound volumes of water
sufficient to cause failure of the structure).
B. The filter fabric shall be purchased in a continuous roll cut to the length of the barrier to avoid the
use of joints. When joints are necessary, filter cloth shall be spliced together only at a support
post, with a minimum 6-inch overlap, and securely sealed.
C. Posts shall be spaced a maximum of 10 feet apart at the barrier location and driven securely into
the ground (minimum of 12 inches). When extra strength fabric is used without the wire support
fence, post spacing shall not exceed 6 feet.
D. A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches wide and 4 inches deep along the line of posts
and up slope from the harder.
E. When standard strength filter fabric is used, a wire mesh support fence shall be fastened securely
to the up sloped side of the posts using heavy duty wire staples at least I inch long, tie wires or
hog rings. The wire shall extend into the trench a minimum of 2 inches and shall not extend more
than 36 inches above the original ground surface.
F. The standard strength filter fabric shall be stapled or wired to the fence, and 8 inches of the fabric
shall be extended into the trench. The fabric shall not extend more than 36 inches above the
original ground surface. Filter fabric shall not be stapled to existing trees.
G. When extra strength filter fabric and closer post spacing are used, the wire mesh support fence
may be eliminated. In such a case, the filter fabric is stapled or wired directly to the posts with all
other provisions of Item F applying.
H. The trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the filter fabric.
I. Silt fences shall be removed when they have served their useful purpose, but not before the up
slope area has been permanently stabilized.
City of Fort Collins Section 02370 — Erosion Control
Parks Planning and Development Division Page 1 of 2
FART 4 - caAINTENANCE
4.01 Silt Fences
A. Silt fences and filter barriers shall be inspected immediately after each rainfall and at least daily
during prolonged rainfall. Any required repairs shall be made immediately.
B. Should the fabric on a silt fence or filter barrier decompose or become ineffective prior to the end
of the expected usable life and the barrier still be necessary, the fabric shall be replaced promptly.
C. Sediment deposits should be removed after each storm event. They must be removed when
deposits reach approximately one-half the height of the barrier.
D. Any sediment deposits remaining in place after the silt fence or filter barrier is no longer required
shall be dressed to conform with existing grade. prepared and seeded.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02370 — Erosion Control
Parks Planning and Development Division Page 2 of 2
3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort
Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following
shall be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to
perform the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the
bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and
within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the
character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of
the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous
contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the
bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6)
the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to
perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality,
availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the
particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future
maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and
(9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of
the contract.
3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work
so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be
accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would
impair his ability to perform or finance this Work.
3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other
contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other
monies due to the City.
4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid,
to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to
familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect
cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself .with
federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may
in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study
and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract
Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or
discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for
identification of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2.
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible
representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement
of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon
performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and
such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction
as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that
12/03 Section 00100 Page 2
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02515 — UNIT PAVERS: OAK STREET PLAZA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Summary
A. This section includes: Concrete pavers set in aggregate setting bed.
B. Related Sections:
1. Earthwork
2. Cast In Place Concrete
3. Joint Sealants
1.02 Submittals
A. Product Data for the following:
C
1. Concrete Pavers, including color charts
2. Sand setting bed sieve analysis report
3. Sand joint filler sieve analysis report
4. Test results from an independent testing laboratory for compliance of paving unit
requirements to ASTM C 936.
5. Layout, pattern and relationship of paving joints to fixtures and project formed details
Sample of full size unit of each type of paver.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate
their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and
addresses, square footage of unit pavers installed, names and addresses of architects and owners
and descriptions of sub -base preparation.
1.03 Quality Assurance
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has at least three years experience placing
unit pavers on projects of similar type and cost.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of unit paver from one source to provide materials and
products of consistent quality and appearance and physical properties.
C. Mockups: Before installing unit pavers, build mockups for each form and pattern of unit pavers
required to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects
and qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following:
1. Build mockups in a location indicated as permanent installation and of the size indicated as
directed by Engineer.
2. Notify Engineer seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.
3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
4. Obtain Engineer's approval of mockups before starting unit paver installation.
5. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
1.04 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Deliver concrete pavers to the site in steel banded, plastic banded, or plastic wrapped cubes
capable of transfer by fork lift or clamp lift. Unload pavers at job site in such a manner that no
damage occurs to the product.
City of Fort Collins Section 02515- Unit Pavers
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4
3. Sand shall be covered with waterproof covering to prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by
wind. The covering shall be secured in place.
C. Coordinate delivery and paving schedule to minimize interference with normal use of buildings
adjacent to paving.
1.05 Environmental Conditions
A. Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall.
B. Do not install sand and pavers over frozen base materials.
C. Do not install frozen sand.
PART 2 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
2.01 Concrete Pavers (Three types)
A. Two types concrete pavers shall be supplied by Pavestone Company or an approved equal.
Denver, CO: 303.287-3700
1. Adirondack pattern, tumbled finish, combination of five (5) sizes, thickness = 2 3/8", color =
buff charcoal, modified to 2/3 buff, 1/3 charcoal
2. Holland Heritage pattern, tumbled finish, thickness = 2 3/8" color = buff charcoal
Any supplier:
3. Black Chinese Granite, flame finish; 2' x 1', thickness = 2 3/8"
B. Pavers shall meet the following requirements set forth in ASTM C 936, Standard Specification for
Interlocking Concrete Paving Units:
I . Average compressive strength of 8,000 psi (55 MPa) with no individual unit under 7,200 psi
(50 MPa).
2. Average absorption of 5% with no unit greater than 7% when tested in accordance with
ASTM C 140.
3. Resistance to 50 freeze -thaw cycles when tested in accordance with ASTM C 67.
C. Pigment in concrete pavers shall conform to ASTM C 979_
D. Material shall be manufactured in individual layers on production pallets.
E. Materials shall be manufactured to produce a solid homogeneous matrix in the produced unit.
2.02 Visual Inspection
A. All units shall be sound and free of defects that would interfere with the proper placing of unit
or impair the strength or permanence of the construction.
B. Minor cracks incidental to the usual methods of manufacture, or chipping resulting from
customary methods of handling in shipment and delivery, shall not be deemed grounds for
rejection.
2.03 Accessories
A. Geotextile Fabric
2.04 Aggregate Bed Materials
A. Graded Aggregate for Sub base;
B. Graded Aggregate for Base:
City of Fort Collins Section 02515 — Unit Pavers
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 4
C. Sand for Leveling Course:
D. Sand for Joints:
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Examination
A. Verify that sub grade preparation, compacted density and elevations conform to the specifications.
Compaction of the soil sub grade to at least 95% Standard Proctor Density per ASTM D 698 is
recommended. Higher density. or compaction to ASTM D 1557 may be necessary for areas subject
to continual vehicular traffic. Stabilization of the sub grade and/or base material may be necessary
with weak or saturated sub grade soils. The Architect/Engineer should inspect sub grade
preparation, elevations, and conduct density tests for conformance to specifications.
B. Verify that geotextiles, if have been placed according to specifications.
C. Verify that aggregate base materials, thickness, compaction, surface tolerances, and elevations
conform to the specifications.
D. Verify that base is dry, uniform, even, and ready to support sand, pavers, and imposed loads.
E. Beginning of bedding sand and paver installation means acceptance of base.
3.02 Preparation
A. Proof -roll prepared sub grade surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional
compaction. Compact sub grade to at least 95% Standard Proctor Density per ASTM D 698.
Proceed with unit paver installation only after deficient sub grades have been corrected and are
ready to receive sub base for unit pavers.
3.03 Installation
A. Place geotextile fabric beneath base course as shown on details.
B. Place aggregate base material to depth indicated on drawings. Compact by tamping with plate
vibrator and screed to depth required to allow setting of pavers.
C. Place leveling course and screed to a thickness of 1 to 1 ''/d', taking care that moisture content
remains constant and density is loose and constant until pavers are set and compacted. Place
leveling course such that installed unit pavers will set 1/8 to 1/4" inches above edge. Do not use
The bedding sand to fill depressions in the base surface.
D. Ensure that pavers are free of foreign materials before installation.
E. Lay the pavers in the pattem(s) as shown on the drawings. Maintain straight pattern lines.
F. Joints between the pavers on average shall be between 1/16 in. and 3/16 in. (2 mm to 5 turn) wide.
G. Fill gaps at the edges of the paved area with cut pavers or edge units.
H. Cut pavers to be placed along the edge with a double blade paver splitter or masonry saw.
I. Use a low amplitude, high frequency plate vibrator to vibrate the pavers into the sand. Use Table
3 below to select size of compaction equipment:
City of Fort Collins Section 02515 — Unit Pavers
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4
Table 3
Paver Thickness Minimum Centrifugal
Compaction Force
60 mm 3000 lbs. (13 kN)
80 mm 5000 lbs. (22 kN)
J. Vibrate the pavers. sweeping dry joint sand into the joints and vibrating until they are full. This
will require at least two or three passes with the vibrator. Do not vibrate within 3 ft. (1 m) of the
unrestrained edges of the paving units.
K. All work to within 3 ft. (1 m) of the laying face must be left fully compacted with sand -filled joints
at the completion of each day.
L. Sweep off excess sand when the job is complete. _
M. The final surface elevations shall not deviate more than 3/8 in. (10 mm) under a 10 ft. (3 m) long
straightedge.
N. The surface elevation of pavers shall be 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch (3 to b mm) above adjacent drainage
inlets, concrete collars or channels.
O. The resanding as necessary of paver joints shall be accomplished by the contractor for a period of
90 days after completion of work.
3.04 Field Quality Control
A. After removal of excess sand, check final elevations for conformance to the drawings. ,
B. Remove and replace unit pavers that are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged or
that do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and
install in same manner as original units, with same joint treatment and with no evidence of
replacement.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02515 — Unit Pavers
Park Planning 8 Development Division Page 4 of 4
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02520 — PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Scope
A. Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, transportation, and perform all operations in
connection with and reasonably incidental to complete installation of concrete paving as shown on
the drawings and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are:
B. Subgrade preparation for plazas, walks, ramps, playground curbs and headers.
C. Form work.
D. Reinforcement.
E. Surface finish.
F. Construction, expansion and control joints.
G. Curing.
H. Concrete plazas, sidewalks, ramps, playground curbs and headers.
I. Interior slabs -on -grade in restroom, etc.
1.02 Work Not Included
A. Items of work specifically excluded or covered under other sections:
B. Excavation and backfrll.
C. Earthwork and grading.
D. Cast -in -place structural concrete or precast concrete, such as foundations, drainage appurtenances,
and pad and building.
E. Joint sealers.
1.03 Related Work
A. Division 2 — Site Work:
a. Section 02050— Demolition.
b. Section 02200 — Earthwork/Grading.
c. Section 02220 — Trenching, Backfrlling, and Compaction.
B. Not Used
C. Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection:
1. Section 07900 — Joint Sealers.
1.04 References
A. ACI 301 — Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ASTM C33 —Concrete Aggregate.
C. ASTM C150 — Portland Cement.
D. ASTM C260 —Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 11
E. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.
F. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting. and Placing Concrete.
G. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
H. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting.
I. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
J. ACI 309 - Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete.
K. ACI 318-89 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
1.05 Regulatory Requirements
A. Conform to applicable code of governing authority for paving work within public right-of-way.
1.06 Tests
A. Submit proposed mix design to testing laboratory for review prior to commencement of work. For
standard premix concrete mixes, the supplier's quality control records may be substituted for job
mix testing.
B. Refer to Division 1, Section 01450 Quality Control and Testing.
C. Coordinate and schedule sampling testing during concrete placement with City Representative.
1.07 Submittals
A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment.
B. Submit data on admixtures and curing compounds.
C. Submit a ten pound sample of aggregate for exposed aggregate finish.
D. Submit manufacturer's data on leave -in -place construction joint form.
E. Submit sample chips of specified colors indicating pigment number and required dosage rate.
Submittals are for general verification of color and may vary somewhat from concrete finished in
field according to Specifications.
F. Submit samples of colored sealers.
1.08 Test Panels
A. Provide a 3' x 3' test panel for finish and tooling of joints for Owner approval. Provide one panel
for each pavement type specified. In casting the panels, use personnel and methods to be
employed on the work.
B. If sample disapproved, cast additional samples until approval is obtained. Maintain test panel on
site until finished work is accepted. Test panel will represent minimum workmanship standard.
C. Work completed prior to text panel approval shall be subject to removal and replacement at
Owner's request.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 Concrete Materials
A. General: Provide materials of same brand and source throughout the project unless otherwise
noted.
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type 1/II, gray color.
I
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving .-
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 11
C. Aggregates: ASTM C33, normal weight. In addition, the combined aggregate shall comply with
the following gradation, shown in percent passing.
Sieve Size %,-Inch Nominal Maximum Size
'14Inch 90— 100
3/8 Inch 60 — 80
No. 4 40 — 60
No. 8 30 — 45
No. 16 20 — 35
No. 30 13 — 23
No. 50 5 — 15
No. 100 0-5
D. Coarse Aggregate for Exposed Aggregate Finish: 5/8-inch maximum size; rounded shape, ratio
of maximum to minimum dimensions not to exceed 2.5:1; color to be tan to brown, no more than
2% white or black combined, no pink, no red, no green.
E. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
2.02 Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete
A. Manufacturer:
1. Davis Colors manufactured by Davis Colors: phone (213) 269-7311.
2. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01600 for substitution request procedures.
B. Materials: Pigments shall contain pure, concentrated mineral pigments especially processed for
mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979.
C. Packaging: If pigments are to be added to mix at Site, furnish pigments in pre -measured Mix -
Ready disintegrating bags to minimize job site waste.
D. Colors: Concrete mix shall contain the dosage rate of pigments indicated in this specification.
Dosage rate shall be based on weight of Portland cement, fly ash, silica fume, lime and other
cementitious materials but not aggregate or sand. Refer to the site plans for locations of the
various colors of concrete.
2.03 Form Materials
A. Slab Edges: Two by lumber permitted for surfaces not exposed to view in the final work. Use
concrete -form grade hardboard, "plyform" grade plywood, or metal for fomvng surfaces exposed
to view. Forms shall be straight and sufficiently stiff and well braced to meet line tolerances
specified in Part 3.
B. Keyed Joint Form: Wooden key or leave -in -place metal construction joint form.
C. Form Coatings: Commercial form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, or adversely
affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
2.04 Reinforcement
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet -steel bars, uncoated finish.
B. Fibermesh: Bundled, fibrillated, virgin polypropylene fibers manufactured for use in premix
concrete and having the following characteristics:
R I. Special Gravity: 0.91.
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 11
2. Tensile Strength: 70 to 100 ksi.
3. Fiber Lengths: '/2 inch,'/4 inch.
4. Accepted Materials: "Fibermesh" by Fibermesh Company of Chattanooga. TN: or "Forta
CR" by Forta Corporation of Groove City. PA.
C. Dowels: ASTM A615; 40 or 60 ksi yield grade, plain steel, uncoated finish; matched sleeve and
cap one end. Provide dowel basket to hold dowels in parallel alignment.
2.05 Admixtures
A. General: Unless specified in the mix or directed in Part 3, no admixtures shall be used without
approval of the Owner's Representative. Do not use admixtures that would result in mixing water
with a concentration of more than 150 ppm of chloride ion.
B. Air Entraining: ASTM C260.
C. Water Reducing: ASTM C494, Type A.
D. Accelerator: Nonchloride, ASTM C494, Type C or E.
E. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D.
F. Color Agent: Davis Colors of Los Angeles, California.
2.06 Related Materials
A. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D1752, closed cell polyethylene,''/2 inch thickness.
B. Joint Sealant: See Section 07900.
C. Surface Retardant: Surface retarding agent intended for exposed aggregate. Retardx-SRO" by
Prokrete of Denver, Colorado, or approved equal.
D. Curing Compound for Standard Non -Colored Walks, Curbs, Gutters, Etc: White pigmented, wax -
resin based compound, ASTM C309, Type I, Class A. Recommended by manufacturer for use on
exterior sidewalks and driveways.
E. Curing Compound for Concrete with Coloring Agent: Davis Seal Color to match colored
concrete.
F. Curing Compound and Sealer for Exposed Aggregate Concrete: Acryseal by Prokete Industries
of Denver, Colorado.
G. Curing Compound for Interior Slabs: Protex Promulsion 100 or equal.
H. Interior Floor Sealer: Protex Triple Seal or equal.
2.07 Concrete Mix
A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94.
1. Provide non -colored concrete for exterior slabs on grade, sidewalks, curb and gutter, walls,
aprons and ramps (except panel inserts) with the following characteristics:
Unit
Measurement
a. Compressive Strength
3,500 psi
at 28 days
b. Minimum Cement
564 lb./cy
c. Maximum Aggregate Size
1 '/2 inches
d. Fibrous Reinforcement
'/41b./cy
e. Air Entrainment
4% to 6%
f. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio
0.46
g. Maximum Slump
4 inches
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 11
2. Provide colored concrete for plazas. ramps and other flatwork with the following
characteristics:
Unit
Measurement
a.
Compressive Strength
3,500 psi
at 28 days
b.
Minimum Cement
564 Ib./cy
c.
Maximum Aggregate Size
1 %2 inches
d.
Fibrous Reinforcement
'/4 Ib./cy
e.
Air Entrainment
4% to 60NO
f.
Maximum Water/Cement Ratio
0.46
g.
Coloring Agent
Per manufacturer's recommendations
(refer to Definition of Bid Items and/or Drawings for
designated colors)
h.
Maximum Slump
4 inches
3. Provide concrete for playground curb
with the following characteristics:
Unit .
Measurement
a.
Compressive Strength
3,500 psi
at 28 days
b.
Minimum Cement
564 Ib./cy
c.
Maximum Aggregate Size
5/8 inches
d.
Air Entrainment
5% to 8%
e.
Maximum Water/Cement Ratio
0.46
f.
Maximum Slump
2.5 inches
4. Provide concrete for interior slabs -on -grade
with the following characteristics:
Unit
Measurement
a.
Compressive Strength
3,500 psi
at 28 days
b.
Type I or II Cement
564 Ib./cy
c.
Maximum Aggregate Size
'/4 inches
d.
Maximum Air
3%
e.
Water reducing agent
3 oz. Minimum to 4 oz maximum
per 100 pounds.; or as recommended
by manufacturer to obtain
desired air content
5. Provide concrete for colored trail flatwork and paving with the following characteristics
Unit
Measurement
a.
Compressive Strength
3.500 psi
at 28 days
b.
Minimum Cement
564 lb./cy
c.
Maximum Aggregate Size
1 % inches
d.
Fibrous Reinforcement
'/4 lb./cy
e.
Air Entrainment
4% to 6%
f.
Maximum Water/Cement Ratio
0.46
g.
Coloring Agent
2 lbs. per sack of Yosemite Brown Color
h.
Maximum Slump
4 inches
B. Pozzolanic mineral admixture is not permitted.
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 11
C . Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather as directed in Part 3.
D. Use set -retarding admixture during hot weather as directed in Part 3.
E. Water reducing agent is permitted.
2.08 Selection of Proportions
A. Mix Design: Cost of concrete mix design is responsibility of Contractor.
B. Selection of Proportions: Use method of ACI 301 3.9. Proportioning base on method of ACI 301
3.10 not allowed.
1. Field test records used for documentation of the average strength produced by a propos mix in
accordance with ACI 301 3.9.3.2 shall, in addition to the requirements listed. comply with the —
following:
a. The test record shall represent production concrete from a single design mix produced
during the past year.
b. The test record shall represent concrete proportioned to produce the maximum slur
allowed by these specifications, and for air -entrained concrete, within a ±0.5% of t
maximum air content allowed.
2. Mixes proportioned on the basis of trial mixtures shall meet the provisions of ACI 301
3.9.3.3.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 Subgrade Preparation
A. Shape and compact Subgrade to match appropriate detail. Compact to 95% density as measured _
by ASTM D698. Coordinate with Section 02200 — Earthwork, Article 3.05, Compaction.
B. Where subgrade cannot be compacted, remove subgrade. Replace with bed course. Compact to
95% density as measured by ASTM D698. _
C. Moisten subgrade to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. Subgrade shall not be
muddy, soft, frozen, or covered with standing water when concrete is placed.
3.02 Form Work
A. General: Design, construct, and brace forms in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. In
addition to those requirements, forms shall be placed and braced so the finished edges and joints
meet the tolerances listed later in this section.
B. Preparation of Form Surfaces:
1. Clean reused forms of concrete matrix residue; repair and patch as required to return forms to
acceptable surface condition.
2. Coat contact surfaces of forms with specified form -coating compound before reinforcement is
placed. Apply form -coating compound according to manufacturer's instructions. Do not
allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or to come in contact with
concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed.
C. Slipforming: Slipfortning of vertical curb and gutter sidewalks is permitted.
D. For Surfaces Exposed To View: Form faces shall be free from raised grain, tears, worn edges,
patches, dents, or other defects which would impair texture of the concrete surfaces. Minimize —
number of seams in form material, and arrange seams in an orderly manner.
3.03 Reinforcement and Embedments
A. General:
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving ^�
Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 11
the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and
convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and
furnishing of the Work.
5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.
5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to
be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or
clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be
issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to
the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions
answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other
interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be
directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should
be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division.
5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as
deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer_
5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the
OWNER as having received the Bidding documents.
6.0 BID SECURITY
6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER
in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security
must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to
OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be
executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions
for surety bonds.
6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until
such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required
contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the
successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish
the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award,
OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder
will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes
to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER
until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the
Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid
Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with
Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after
the Bid opening.
7.0 CONTRACT TIME.
12/03 Section 00100 Page 3
M
1. Fabricate. position, and secure reinforcement and embedded items according to ACI 301 and
ACI 315. Coordinate with other sections for locations, instructions, or equipment for
embedded items.
2. Shop drawings are not required.
3. Welding reinforcement is not permitted.
4. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative. Do not proceed
with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
B. Field -Bending of Reinforcement: Reinforcement partially embedded in concrete shall not be
field -bent. except as noted on the drawings or specifically permitted by the Owner's
Representative.
C. Inspection of Reinforcement Completed installation of concrete reinforcement must be reviewed
by the Owner's Representative before depositing concrete.
D. Unless otherwise indicated, place reinforcement where required at top of slabs on grade. Provide
'/z-inch minimum cover over reinforcement.
E. Dowels: Grease sleeves, insert dowels and through form, secure dowel basket against movement.
F. Notches for Sleeving: Notch both vertical sides of walk or slab where sleeving occurs.
G. Welded wire fabric shall be overlapped one full mesh and tied.
H. Fibrous Reinforcement:
1. Add fibrous concrete reinforcement to concrete materials at the time concrete is batched in
amounts in accordance with approved submittals for each type of concrete required.
2. Mix batched concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for uniform and
complete dispersion.
3.04 Joints
A. General: Place joints in accordance with ACI 301. Conform to the tolerances listed later in Part
3.
B. Isolation/Expansion Joints: Isolation joint and expansion joint are synonymous for concrete
paving.
1. Place isolation joints where work abuts existing walls, curbs and structures, and where shown
on the drawings.
2. Interrupt reinforcement at isolation joint. Install dowels only where indicated on drawings.
3. Joint filler shall extend full depth of the slab. Hold back filler from top of slab as required for
sealant. Attach joint filler to first placement.
4. Seal all expansion joints and joints between concrete and asphalt per Section 07900.
C. Keyed/Construction Joints: Keyed joint and construction joint are synonymous for concrete
paving.
1. Reinforcement, if required, shall continue through the joint.
2. Install where indicated on drawings, or where required by concrete delivery or finishing rate.
3. Key first placement. Key shall be 1'% inches wide and'/4 inches deep.
4. After first placement has hardened, clean and roughen face. Install control joint form at top of
slab.
5. Subject to Owner's Representative approval; manufactured leave -in -place cold joint form
may be used.
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Park Planning & Development Division Page 7 of 11
D. Control/Score Joint: Control joint and score joint are synonymous for concrete paving.
1. Control joints shall penetrate 1 /3 of slab thickness.
2. Sawn Joints: Control joints on play area curb shall be sawn. Kerf shall be 3/16-inch wide.
Start cutting as soon as concrete is able to be sawn without dislodging aggregate. Complete
cutting before shrinkage cracks occur. Joints perpendicular to walls may be less than required
depth within 6 inches of the wall. and may stop 2 inches from the wall. Wash slurry from
concrete to avoid staining of slab.
3. Tooled Joints: Control joints maybe cut into the plastic concrete during finishing operations.
Tooled joints shall have '/4 radius. and shall not incorporate a troweled edge unless
specifically noted on the drawings.
4. Formed control joints are permitted only in conjunction with keyed joints.
5. Unless otherwise indicated, provide control joints at the following intervals:
Use Tyne Maximum Spacing
Uncolored Exterior & Tooled broom Symmetrically placed:
Interior Slabs, Sidewalks over joint 10' maximum or 1.'/2
times width of walk,
whichever is smaller
Curb and Gutter Tooled joints 10' maximum
Pans Tooled joints 15' maximum
Play Area Curb & Header Tooled joints 10' maximum
Concrete Tooled joints 10' maximum
3.05 Concrete
A. Preplacement Inspection: Form work installation, reinforcing steel placement, and installation of
all items to be embedded or cast in, to be verified by the Owner's Representative prior to
placement.
B. General: Comply with ACI 301, ACI 304, and as herein specified.
C. Added Water: Concrete mix has been designed to a specific water cement ratio in order to
enhance durability of the final product. Do not add water at the job site or concrete will not be
accepted.
D. Cold Weather Placement: When depositing concrete after the first frost or when the mean daily
temperatures area below 40 degrees, follow recommendations of ACI 306 as modified herein. Use
specified accelerator. Maintain concrete temperature at a minimum of 55 degrees for not less than
72 hours after depositing. Do not place concrete without approval of the Owner's Representative
on days when temperature at 9:00 a.m. is below 30 degrees. Job -cured cylinders for verification
of strength and/or the adequacy of the Contractor's protective methods will be required.
E. Hot Weather Placement: When depositing concrete in hot weather, follow recommendations of
ACI 305 as modified herein. When the air temperature is expected to exceed 90 degrees, the
Contractor shall obtain acceptance from the Civil Engineer or Owner's Representative of the
procedures to be used in protecting, depositing, finishing, and curing the concrete. The
temperature of concrete at the time of placement shall not exceed 90 degrees. Protect to prevent
rapid drying. Start finishing and curing as soon as possible. Specified water reducing retarding
admixture may be used. The use of continuous wetting or fog sprays may be required by the
Owner's Representative for 24 hours after depositing.
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving —�
Park Planning & Development Division Page 8 of 11
F. Placing: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within the limits of
construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. Deposit concrete as nearly
as practicable in its final location to avoid segregation.
G. Consolidation: Consolidate concrete with internal vibrators with a minimum frequency of 7.000
rpm. Maintain one standby vibrator for every three vibrators used. Consolidate according to ACI
309. Do not transport concrete with vibrators. Work concrete into comers and around
embedments and reinforcement.
H. Surface Leveling: Strike off and level surface with screed of sufficient length to span the slab.
On slabs ereater than 15 feet wide. use intermediate screed strips_
I. Integral colored concrete: Add color by weight directly into the mixer along with the aggregate,
cement and water while the mixer is operating at mixing speed_ Continue mixing for 5-10 minutes
or from 50 — 100 revolutions.
3.06 Finishes
A. Float Finish: After surface stiffens enough to support the operation, float with hand floats or
powered disc floater. Use magnesium float: do not use wood float on air entrained concrete.
Check surface planeness with a 10-foot straight edge, applied at not less than two different angles.
Cut down high spots and fill low spots to produce a surface with Class B tolerance. Refloat the
slab to a uniform sandy texture.
B. Broom Finish: Concrete flatwork shall receive a heavy broom finish applied at a right angle to
the direction of travel. The plaza area shall have smooth troweled joints, 1 %2 inches from the
centerline of the joint, to result in a total trowel width of 3 inches. All other flatwork shall have
broom finish over joints.
C. Exposed Aggregate Finish: Immediately after floating, apply surface retardant. Apply retardant
uniformly. Cover with polyethylene sheet to retain moisture. When mortar is hard enough to
retain aggregate but soft enough to be removed by brushing, wash the surface with water and
remove mortar from surface aggregate by brushing. Do not dislodge aggregate.
D. Coordinate rate of concrete placement with pace of washing crew.
E. Formed Finishes:
1. Surfaces Not Exposed to View: Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins greater than ''/< inch
in height.
2. Surfaces Exposed to View: Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins.
F. Schedule of Finishes:
I. Curbs, gutters, ramps within ROW — per City Specifications.
2. Sidewalk— heavy broom finish.
3. Plaza paving — as shown on plans.
4. Playground curbs and header — exposed aggregate finish.
5. Interior slabs at restroom — medium broom finish.
G. Notch both vertical sides of concrete flatwork to indicate location of irrigation sleeves.
3.07 Curing/Sealing
A. Apply curing compound within 30 minutes of completing finish. Follow manufacturer's
recommendations for applying compound. Reapply in areas exposed to rain within 3 hours of
initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during 7-day curing period.
- Follow manufacturer's instructions for sealing interior slabs.
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Park Planning & Development Division Page 9 of 11
B. Integra] colored concrete is to be cured with the matching Davis Color Sea]. Follow
manufacturer's recommendations for application.
3.08 Tolerances
A. Surface Planeness: Unless otherwise specified, produce slabs with a Class B tolerance.
1. Finishes with Class B tolerances shall be true planes within'/A inch in 10 feet, as determined
by a 10-foot straight edge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction.
2. Slope interior slabs to drains as indicated.
B. Formed Surfaces. Joints, and Embedments: Unless otherwise specified. the finished work shall
meet the following tolerances:
1. Variations of formed, or cut or tooled linear element:
a. In 20 feet: '/2 inch.
b. For entire length: 1 inch.
3.09 Field Quality Control
A. Field inspection and testing will, be performed under provisions of Paragraph 1.06, Tests, and as
specified below.
B. Concrete Tests:
1. Shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be accordance with requirements of ACI 301,
Chapter 16 — Testing, except as noted or modified in this section.
a. Strength test.
i. Mold and cure four cylinders from each sample.
ii. Test one at 7 days and one at 14 days for information and one at 28 days for
acceptance. Keep the remaining one as a spare to be tested as directed by the Owner.
b. Minimum samples.
i. Collect the following minimum samples for each 28-day strength concrete used in
the work for each day's placing:
uanti Number of Samples
50 cubic yards or less one
50 to 100 cubic yards two
100 cubic yards or more two plus one sample for each
additional 100 cubic yards
c. Sample marking.
ii. Mark or tag each sample of compression test cylinders with date and time of day
cylinders were made.
iii. Identify location in work where concrete represented by cylinders was placed.
iv. Identify delivery truck or batch number, air content, and slump.
d. Slump test.
Conduct test for each strength test sample and whenever consistency of concrete appears
to vary.
e. Air content.
Conduct test from one of first three batches mixed each day and for each strength test
sample.
C. Acceptance of Concrete:
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Park Planning & Development Division Page 10 of 11
1. If the average of three consecutive 7-day tests falls below the specified 7-day strength. the
Owner shall have the right to require conditions of temperature and moisture necessary to
secure the required strength and may require core tests in accordance with ASTM C-42.
2. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory so long as average of all sets of three
consecutive strength test results equals or exceeds specified 28-day strength and no individual
strength test result falls below specified strength by more than 500 psi.
D. Failure of Test Cylinder Results:
1. Upon failure of the 28-day test cylinder results, Owner may require Contractor. at his
expense, to obtain and test at least three cored samples from area in question.
2. Concrete will be considered adequate if average of three core tests is at least 85 percent of.
and if no single core is less than 75 percent of the specified 28-day strength.
3. Upon failure of core test results, Owner may require Contractor, at his expense, to perform
load tests as specified in ACI 318, Chapter 2.
4. In the event an area is found to be structurally unsound, the Owner may order removal and
replacement of concrete as required. The costs of the core tests, the load test and the
structural evaluation shall be borne by the Contractor.
5. Fill all core holes with a non -shrink grout as Master Builders Masterflo 713 or approved
equal.
E. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air
temperature, and test samples taken.
3.10 Integral Color Schedule
LOCATION
DAVIS COLOR
DOSAGE/PIGMENT
FINISH
Core Area
Spanish Gold
3 Lbs. 5084
Heavy Broom
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02520 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving
Park Planning & Development Division Page 11 of 11
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02600 — DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY
PART 1 - GENERAL
Scope
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and perform all operations to install potable water services
to within 5' of the restroom and drinking fountain(s) if required.
Related Work
A. See related sections for trenching, backfilling, and compaction.
Job Conditions
A. All work must be done in accordance with standards and conditions as set forth by the City of Fort
Collins Storm. Standards referenced in these specifications must be verified before commencement
of construction.
B. Perform site survey, research public utility records and verify existing utility locations. Contact
utility -locating service for area where project is located.
C. Site Information: Reports on subsurface condition investigations made during the design of the
project are available for informational purposes only; data in reports are not intended as
representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity of conditions (between soil borings).
Owner assumes no responsibility for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this information.
D. When work is not in progress, securely close ends of pipe and fittings.
Quality Assurance
A. References: American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO), American
Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), and Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western
Plumbing Officials Association.
Submittals
A. Furnish four copies of the pipe manufacturer's installation instructions or guides, and submit
technical data and certifications from manufacturer that product complies with specifications.
Product Handling
B. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end -caps through shipping,
storage and handling to prevent pipe -end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
moisture. Pipe shall be handled with slings, pipe tongs, or skids.
C. Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed
— structural capacity of floor when storing inside. Do not stack pipes higher than 5 feet. Pipe shall
be supported evenly along its barrel. Pipe shall not be stored in such a way as to be supported by
the bell.
D. Protect flanges, fittings and piping specialties from moisture and dirt.
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 11
E. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.
F. Lubricant shall be stored and used in a manner which will avoid contamination-
G. Rubber gaskets shall be stored in a cool, dark location away from grease, oil and ozone producing
electric motors.
H. Take precautions not to damage materials during delivery or storage.
1. Store valves off the ground and away from material that could contaminate potable water systems
J. Take precautions to keep joints and internal parts clean -
Installation of Service Taps
A. Utility contractors licensed by the City for utility work in the public right-of-way shall be allowed
to make service taps on water mains which have been initially accepted.
B. Unless prior permission is given by the utility, only the utility shall make service taps on mains
which have passed final acceptance.
C. The Contractor shall not make any taps without permission from the utility.
D. 2-inch and smaller taps on existing line shall be made with a tapping saddle.
Maintenance and Correction
A. The Contractor shall maintain and repair all service lines, meter pits and any associated
appurtenances which leak, were installed incorrectly or otherwise prove to be defective for a
period of two years after final completion and acceptance of the work.
Meter Setters
A. Unless it is otherwise specified, meters, strainers and meter setters 2-inch and less meters shall be
purchased from the utility.
B. Meter settings for meters shall be installed in accordance with Drawing Detail.
Meter Pits
A. Meter pits shall be installed by the Contractor.
1. Meter pits shall be constructed from standard 48-inch inside diameter precast concrete
manhole sections or bituminous fiver; per utility standards.
2. Meter pit covers shall be an aluminum manhole ring and cover with a 12 inch or 24-inch
diameter opening.
a. All meter pit covers shall have a 27/32" worm -lock with a Standard Waterworks
pentagon head.
b. All meter pit covers shall have the word "water" cast in the lid.
1.01 Testing
A. Volumetric Leakage Test:
1. Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings and fittings.
2. Purge air from pipeline before test.
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 11
3. Subject pipe to 150 psi pressure for two hours. Maintain constant pressure. The amount of
additional water pumped in during the test shall not exceed 1.5 gallons per 100 joints.
4. Replace defective pipe, fitting joint. valve. or appurtenance. Repeat the test until the pipe
passes the test.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 Manufacturers
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Drilling Machine Corporation Stops:
a. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc.
b. Hays Division, Romac Industries.
c. Mueller Company, Grinnell Corporation.
2. Bronze Corporation Stops and Valves:
a. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc.
b. Hays Division, Romac Industries.
c. A.Y. McDonald Manufacturing Company.
d. Mueller Company, Grinnell Corporation.
3. Tapping Valves:
a. Clow Valve Company Division, McWane, Inc.
b. East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. .
c. Kennedy Valve Division, McWane, Inc.
d. Mueller Company, Grinnell Corporation.
e. U.S. Pipe & Foundry Company.
4. Gate Valves:
a. American Darling Valve Division, American Cast Iron Pipe Company.
b. Clow Valve Company Division, McWane, Inc.
c. East Jordan Iron Works, Inc.
d. Gem Sprinkler Company Division, Grinnell Corporation.
e. Hammond Valve Corporation.
f. Kennedy Valve Division, McWane, Inc.
g. Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc.
h. Mueller Company, Grinnell Corporation.
i. Nibco, Inc.
j. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc.
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 11
k.
U.S. Pipe & Foundry Company.
1.
Waterous Company.
5. Plastic
Pressure Pipe and Fittings:
a.
Johns-Mansville.
b.
Certaineed.
c.
Gifford -Hill.
d.
North Star.
2.02 Pipes and Tubes
A. Refer to Part 3 for identification of systems where pipe and tube materials specified below are
used.
B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
1. Pipe Marking: NSF 14, "NSF-pw" or "NSF-pvc cto only."
C. Copper Pipe:
1. AWWA C880-66.
2. 2" Type K, annealed copper tubing to be installed from tap to meter and 5 feet beyond meter.
2.03 Pipe and Tube Fittings
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings: Schedule 40, socket -type, ASTM D 2466.
1. Pipe Markings: NSF14, "NSF-pw" of "NSF-pvc cto only."
B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Fittings: Schedule 40, socket -type, solvent cement joint, or
elastomeric gasketed joint.
1. Pipe Markings: NSF14, "NSF-pw" of "NSF-pvc cto only."
2. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal.
C. Copper Pipe Fittings:
1. Wrought copper brazed fittings.
2. Solder shall be 95% tin and 5% antimony.
2.04 Joining Materials
A. Primers for PVC Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: ASTN F 656.
B. Solvent Cement for PVC Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: ASTM D 2564.
C. Push -on joints shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.11-85 (AWWA C 111).
1. All gaskets shall be made of synthetic rubber.
2. Lubricant shall be that which is specified by pipe manufacturer.
2.05 Tapping Saddles
A. All tapping saddles shall have a bronze body with bronze double flat straps and bronze nuts.
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 11
I_ Outlet thread on tapping saddles shall be "cc" type only.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of tapping saddles are:
I. Mueller.
2. Ford.
3. There will be no substitutions allowed.
2.06 Corporation Stops
A. All corporation stops shall conform to AW WA C800-66.
1. All corporation stops shall be constructed of brass.
2. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapping saddles shall be "cc" type only.
3. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapped tees shall be IP type only.
4. All corporation stop outlets shall use a compression connection.
5. Corporation stops shall be used for all taps which are 2 inches and smaller.
6. Corporation stops shall incorporate ball valves only.
a. Plug valves will not be allowed.
B. Acceptable manufacturers of corporation stops are:
1. Mueller.
2. Ford.
3. A.Y. McDonald.
4. There will be no substitutions allowed.
2.07 Couplings
A. All couplings shall use a compression connection.
B. Acceptable couplings and their manufacturers are:
1. Mueller: #H-15403.
' 2. Ford: #C44-"d".
a. "d" equals the diameter of the service.
3. A.Y. McDonald: #4758-22 or #4758T.
4. There will be no substitutions allowed.
2.08 Curb Stops
A. All curb stops shall have compression connections at both ends.
B. The top threads for all curb stops shall be Minneapolis type.
C. Curb stops shall be used for taps which are 2 inches and smaller.
D. Acceptable'/a-inch and 1-inch curb stops and their manufacturers are:
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning 8 Development Division Page 5 of 11
The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be
substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment
(the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement.
8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment
described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without
consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is
indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a
substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished
or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such
acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective
date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such
application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in
the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General
Requirements.
10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of
principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to
Section 00430 contained within these Documents.
10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable
objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of
Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an
acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent
successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the
contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that
proposes to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers,
other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does
not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award
will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of
such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in
the General Conditions.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor,
supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable
objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted
by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance
of the Work.
11.0 BID FORM.
12/03 Section 00100 Page 4
1. Mueller: #H-15155.
2. Ford: #1344-333M and #B44-444M.
3. A.Y. McDonald: #6104-22 or #6104T.
4. There will be no substitutions allowed.
F. Acceptable 1 '/3 -inch curb stops and their manufacturers are:
1. Ford: #B44-666M.
2. Mueller: #H-10287 (with Minneapolis threads) with two #H 15428 ends.
3. A.Y. McDonald: 46104-22 or #6104T.
4. There will be no substitutions allowed.
F. Acceptable 2-inch curb stops and their manufacturers are:
1. Ford: #B44-777M.
2. Mueller: #H-10287 (with Minneapolis threads) with two #H-15428 ends.
3. A.Y. McDonald: 46104-22 or #6104T.
4. There will be no substitutions allowed.
2.09 Valve Boxes for Curb Stops
A. Minneapolis pattern shall be used for all curb stops.
B. Acceptable valve boxes and their manufacturers are:
1. Mueller: #H-10302.
2. There will be no substitutions allowed.
2.10 Meters
A. All meters shall be purchased from the utility for installation by the Contractor unless otherwise
specified.
B. The acceptable manufacturers of meters are:
1. Rockwell.
2. Neptune.
3. Badger.
4. There will be no substitutions allowed.
2.11 Strainers
A. All strainers shall be constructed of brass.
B. The acceptable manufacturers of strainers for water meters are:
1. Rockwell.
2. Neptune.
3. Badger.
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 - Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 11
4. There will be no substitutions allowed.
2.12 Meter Setters
A. Acceptable 1 -inch and 2-inch meter setters and their manufacturers are:
1. Ford.
a. 1 ''/2-inch,#JVVF6612B-13.
b. 2-inch. #VVF7712B-17_
2. Mueller. ##11-1423.
3. There will be no substitutions allowed.
2.13 Meter Pits
A. Acceptable manufacturers of meter pit covers for I %-inch and 2-inch meter pits are:
1. Casting Incorporated, or approved equal.
2.14 Gate Valves
A. Conformance: AWWA C509-87.
1. Type: Solid wedge resilient seat.
2. Stem Seal: O-ring.
3. Direction of Opening: Open right.
4. Valve Ends: Conform to the type of pipe material used.
5. Operator: Underground, 2-inch not.
6. Bubbletight at 200 psi working pressure.
2.15 Valve Boxes
A. Materials and Construction: Water service lines.
1. Type: Cast iron or ductile iron, extension sleeve type.
2. Shaft size: 6-inch minimum.
3. Furnish with suitable wide oral base and cover.
4. Cast word "Water" in cover.
5. Coating: dip in bituminous varnish.
6. Manufacturer: Tyler Series 6860.
2.16 Disinfecting Materials
A Hvnochlorites: Reference AWWA B300-80.
1. Adhesive: Permatex No.l.
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 - Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 7 of 11
2.17 Bedding and Backfill
A. Bedding and backfill as presented in the installation details.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. The Contractor shall not make any taps until the water main has been initially accepted, curb and
gutter has been installed. and service locations and grades have been staked.
B. The Contractor shall obtain permission to tap and schedule an inspection of the lap from the
utility's meters and services supervisor.
l . A minimum of 24 hours notice is required on all tap inspections.
C. Valves and valve boxes shall be examined for cracks, dents, abrasions, and other flaws prior to
installation.
1. Defective valves and valve boxes shall be marked and removed from the site.
D. The Contractor shall adjust stop boxes and meter pits to final grade as determined by the grade
stake.
1. Grade stakes shall be placed a minimum of 5 feet from the location of the stop box.
2. Grade stakes shall not be disturbed prior to inspection of the service by the utility.
E. The Contractor shall mark the location of the water service with a cross chiseled into the face of
the curb and gutter.
F. The Contractor shall flush and satisfactorily disinfect new water lines prior to placing them in
service in accordance with AWWA C651-86.
3.02 Layout of Work
A. Stake out the water service line prior to construction.
B. Verify all existing utility locations prior to commencement of construction.
C. Notify Owner's Representative after staking and prior to construction.
3.03 Pipe and Fittings
A. General:
1. Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debur. Clean pipe ends.
2. Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when necessary to continue
assembly.
B. Pine and Fittings:
1. PVC Rubber-Gasketed Pipe: Use pipe lubricant. Join pipe in the manner recommended by
manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
2. Copper Pipe: Buff surfaces to be joined to a bright finish. Coat with solder flux. Solder so
that a continuous bead shows around the joint circumference.
3. All service lines shall be a minimum of 54 inches and a maximum of 66 inches below the final
grade.
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 8 of 11
4. There will be a maximum of one coupling per service between the main and the curb stop.
a. Service lines (3/4-incb through 2-inch) shall be uniform in size from the corporation stop
to 5 feet past the meter pit: or the curb stop. if the meter is set inside the building.
5. When backfilling the service trench. care shall be taken so that no stones larger than 3 inches
are resting against the service line.
6. Service trenches shall be subject to compaction specifications.
C. Thrust Blocks:
1. Use cast -in -place concrete bearing against undisturbed soil.
2. The surface area for the thrust block that bears against undisturbed soil shall be a minimum
size of 2.0 square feet for a 90 degree bend, and 1.0 square foot for a 45 degree bend.
3.04 Corporation Stops
A. Taps shall not be made within 2 feet of any joint or fitting.
B. Taps shall be separated by at least 2 feet (measured along the pipe length) even when taps are
made on opposite sides of pipe.
C. Taps which are made on the same side of the pipe and within 10 feet of each other (measured
along the pipe length) shall be staggered 15 degrees.
3.05 Curb Stops
A. The Contractor shall adjust the curb stop box to'/2 inch above final grade prior to final inspection.
B. Curb stop box shall be fully extended and screwed onto the curb stop.
C. Curb stop box shall be plumb so that a shut-off key can be placed on the curb stop.
3.06 Meter Pits
A. Exterior meter settings shall be installed in accordance with drawings.
B. Service lines entering meter pits shall be a minimum of 54 inches and a maximum of 66 inches
below the final grade.
C. Meter pit shall not be installed in any street, alley, parking area, driveway, or sidewalk.
D. There will be no major landscaping (trees, shrubs, boulders, etc.) or structure (retaining wall, etc)
within 4 feet of the meter pit.
E. The ground surrounding meter pits shall slope away from the lid at a minimum grade of 2%.
F. There will be no plumbing connections inside the meter pit.
G. All tees, connections, and couplings shall be a minimum of 5 feet from the meter pit wall and on
the outlet side.
1. There will be no tees, connections, and couplings installed between the curb stop and the
meter setter.
H. If the property owner changes the grade of the ground surrounding the meter pit, after the pit has
been installed, he shall be required to adjust the meter pit cover to''/2 above the final grade.
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 9 of 1111
3.07 Valves
A. Valve shall be joined in the same manner used for joining ductile iron fittings.
B. The valve shall be installed in such a manner that the operating nut is perpendicular to the pipe.
C. The joined valve shall be supported in place on compacted granular materials with a concrete
block supporting the valve body.
1. Reference Section 02221.
3.08 Valve Boxes
A. Valve boxes shall be installed on all buried valves.
B. Valve boxes shall be installed so that no stress is transmitted to the valve.
C. Valve operators which are mounted to one side of the valve shall be located to the south or west of
the valve. D. Valve boxes which are to be set over the valve shall be plumb and directly over the valve with the
top of the box on grade.
1. The soil around the valve box shall be carefully compacted around the barrel with hand
equipment to minimize misalignment and the settling of the backfill. '
2. Other valve box types shall be adjusted as required on the construction drawings.
3.09 Disinfecting of Water Lines
A. Filling Pipe: _
1. The City shall operate existing valves to fill the pipe, open air blow -offs and hydrants.
2. If permanent air vents are not available, the Contractor shall install corporation stops at high
points in the water line in order to evacuate air.
a. All corporation stops which were installed to facilitate evacuation of air from the water
main shall be removed and plugged after the water main is filled.
b. Calcium hypochlorite granules shall be placed in the pipe sections during construction.
c. Preliminary flushing shall occur. Reference AWWA C651-86.
d. Chlorinated water shall be introduced into the water lines at a constant, measured rate so
that the chlorine concentration is maintained at a minimum of 25 milligrams per liter of
free chlorine.
i. The entire main shall be filled with the chlorine solution. ~
ii. Reference Table 4 ofAWWA C651-86.
e. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the main for a minimum of 24 hours, at which
time the treated water must contain no less than 10 milligrams per liter of free chlorine
residual throughout the entire length of the main.
B. Final Flushing: After chlorination, the Contractor shall flush the chlorinated water from the water
lines until the chlorine concentration is no higher than that prevailing in the system, or is less than
1 milligram per liter, whichever is higher.
C. Repetition of Procedure:
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 10 of 11 ..
1. If the initial disinfection or subsequent disinfections fail to produce satisfactory samples. the
line shall be rellushed and resampled. If the samples are still not satisfactory. the line shall be
rechlorinated by the continuous feed method of chlorination until satisfactory results are
obtained.
2. If the residual is less than 25 milligrams per liter, as stated above, the water lines shall be
rechlorinated by the continuous feed method of chlorination and retested.
3.10 Inspection
A. "The Contractor shall ensure that the curb stop, corporation and any couplings remain exposed until
after the inspection and the approval for backfill is given by the utility.
B. The Contractor shall turn on water at the corporation stop when the service is ready for inspection.
l . The packing nut on the back of the corporation stop shall be tightened and water shall be
flushed through the curb stop.
C. All tap and service inspections shall be scheduled with the utility's meters and service supervisor.
1. A minimum of 24 hours notice is required on all tap and service inspections
D. The water shall be turned on at the curb stop by the utility only after the service line, curb stop,
stop box and meter setting is approved.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02600 — Domestic Water Supply
Park Planning & Development Division Page 11 of 11
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02601 — MANHOLES
PART 1 —GENERAL
1.01 Description
A. This section covers manholes, including ring and covers, steps, grade rings, fittings and other
appurtenances for storm drainage, sanitary sewers and irrigation supply lines.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Manhole inverts shall not deviate from elevations shown on the drawings by more than + 0.03
feet.
B. All quality control testing to be performed under City of Fort Collins Construction Requirements.
1.03 Submittals
A. Submit shop drawings on precast concrete sections, rings, covers and steps.
1.04 Reference Standards
A. Manholes shall be the City of Fort Collins Standard.
1.05 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Do not deliver precast concrete sections to job until concrete has attained at least 80 percent of
specified strength.
B. Manholes shall be handled, stored and protected in such a manner as to prevent damage to
materials.
1.06 Alternatives
A. Manhole bases may be either monolithically precast or cast -in -place.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 Concrete
A. Concrete
1. Meet the requirements of Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete.
2. Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days.
3. Cement: Type II or Type I/II.
4 B. Mortar
1. One part Portland Cement, ASTM C 150, Type II.
2. Two parts sand, ASTM C144.
3. One-half hydrated lime, ASTM C207, Type S.
C. Grout (non -shrink)
1. Premixed: Master Builders: Masterflow 713, "Sonneborn: Ferrolith G-DS. Redi-Mixed," or
equal.
City of Fort Collins Section 02601 — Manholes
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5
2. Job -Mixed:
a. One part Portland Cement, ASTM C150, Type 11 or Type 1/11.
b. One part sand, ASTM C144.
C. One part shrinkage correcting aggregate. Master Builders: Embco Aggregate,
"Sonneborn: Ferrolith G-DS," or equal.
2.02 Precast Concrete
A. Bases, Barrels, Cones and Flat Tops:
I. Case base and first barrel section monolithic.
2. Meet requirements of ASTM C478.
3. Cement: Type II or Type I/Il.
4. Invert: Cast -in -place concrete as specified above. Provide horseshoe -shaped openings for
manholes to be installed in existing lines.
2.03 Manhole Gaskets
A. All preformed plastic gaskets shall conform to AASHTO M198.
B. Diameter:
1. 48-inch manholes: 1 '/2 inch
2. 60-inch manholes: 13/4 inch
3. 72-inch manholes: 2 inch
C. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Ram-Nek; K.T. Snyder Company.
2. Rub'r-Nek; K.T. Snyder Company.
3. Kent Seal; Hamilton -Kent Manufacturing Company.
4. Approved equal.
2.04 Pipe Penetration Gaskets
A. Resilient connectors shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM C923.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Dukor Company, Kor-N-Seal.
2. A-lok Corporation, A-lok.
3. Approved equal.
2.05 Ring and Cover
A. Material: Gray iron, meeting requirements of ASTM A48, Class 35B.
B. Construction:
1. Size: Minimum clear opening 24-inch diameter. All rings shall be 8 inches in height.
2. Weight: Heavy duty, 400 pounds minimum.
3. Bearing surfaces: Machined.
4. Lid pattern: Checkered top or indented top.
City of Fort Collins Section 02601 — Manholes
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5
5. Pick hole: Concealed.
6. Words: "Sanitary Sewer" or "Storm Sewer" as appropriate, shall be cast into the cover.
7. Acceptable products are: Neenah. R-1706 or approved equal.
2.06 Steps
A. Material: Polypropylene plastic coated steel.
B. Construction:
1. Reinforcing rod: 'h-inch diameter.
2. Length: 10 inches, designed for 6-inch protrusion from manhole wall.
3. Width: 12 inches.
4. Tread: Notched ridge with retainer lugs on each end.
5. Vertical spacing: 12 inches.
C. The maximum distance from the cover of the manhole to the top -most step shall be 24 inches.
D. The maximum distance from the bench of the manhole to the lowest step shall be 18 inches.
E. Manufacturer:
1. M.A. Industries, Inc., PS-2-PFS.
2. Neenah; R-1982-W.
3. Approved equal.
2.07 Manufacturer
A. Forms: Rigid, adequately braced, free from dents, gouges or other irregularities which would
impair quality, appearance or performance of members.
B. Holes and Openings: Incorporate into design and fabrication, openings indicated on drawings.
C. Surface Finish and Formed Surfaces:
1. Provide a smooth, transverse broom finish at top surface of flat -top slabs.
2. Provide smooth, uniform texture and color for formed surfaces.
3. Remove fins and other projections.
D. Shop Marking: Label or paint on each section a shop marking to indicated location and position
of each member.
E. Curing: Cure precast section in accordance with ACI 308 to attain specified design strength.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 Inspection
A. Examine each precast section, ring and cover and appurtenance for cracks and other defects.
Remove all defective materials from the site.
3.02 Manhole Size
A. Unless directed otherwise in the Contract Documents, use 48-inch diameter manholes on sewers 8
inch through 18 inch in diameter; 60-inch manholes on sewers 21 inches through 30 inches in
diameter; and 72-inch manholes on sewers 33 inch through 42 inches in diameters.
- City of Fort Collins Section 02601 - Manholes
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5
B. Use eccentric cones where manhole depth is 60 inches or greater on 48-inch manholes. and 72
inches or greater on 60-inch manholes. Use flat -top manholes when manhole depth is less than the
above and on all 72-inch manholes.
3.03 Installation of Precast Manhole Sections
A. Connect all pipes to precast manhole sections using pipe penetration gaskets. w
B. If inverts are not constructed by precaster and wherever grade and alignment permit; lay the main
sewer continuously through the manhole and split the pipe after construction of the invert. Where
this is not possible, terminate pipe flush with interior manhole wall and construct transition
smooth and of proper radius for uninterrupted flow. In no case shall the invert flow section
through the manhole be greater that that of the outgoing pipe. Finish invert with a steel trowel
prior to adding riser section to the base.
C. The manhole shall be set plumb.
1. Precast concrete adjustment rings shall be used to bring the ring and cover to grade.
a. The total height from the top of the cone section to the finish street grade shall not exceed
16 inches.
b. The adjustment rings shall be flush with the inside of the manhole and grouted.
D. Manhole sections shall be joined to each other and to the base using a double row of preformed
plastic gaskets.
1. All joint surfaces shall be kept clean and dry during installation.
2. The joint between the manhole section and the base shall be grouted on the inside to provide a
smooth surface. _
E. Manhole sections, adjustment shims, ring and covers shall be joined using mortar or preformed
plastic gaskets.
1. All joint surfaces shall be kept clean, dry and warm during installation.
2. When mortar joints are used, each section shall beset with a 1-inch minimum full bed of
mortar.
3. Manhole sections shall be grouted to ring and covers on the inside.
F. All lifting holes, joints and other imperfections shall be filled with an approved non -shrink grout
to provide a smooth finished appearance.
G. If the ground water is above the top of the pipe, the exterior surfaces of manholes shall have a
1/1 6-inch coating of tar.
1. The determination of the need for a tar coating shall be made by the City Representative upon
review of the soils report, or shall be shown on the approved utility plans.
3.04 Field Quality Control
A. Inspect each manhole for and repair all visible leaks.
B. Vacuum Testing Manholes:
1. Manholes shall be tested before the ring and cover and grade adjustment rings are installed.
2. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged and braced.
3. A vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn.
4. The vacuum pump shall be turned off and the time monitored as the vacuum drops 1 inch.
City of Fort Collins Section 02601 — Manholes _
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5
11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which
may be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for
submission with the Bid.
11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices
on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of. conflict,
words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of
sums.
11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the
president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied
by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed
and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate
address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate
name.
11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and
signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the
official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature.
11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the
joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full
name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on
the Bid Form.
11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda
(the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form).
11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by
erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each
such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER
may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed.
11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the
Bid shall be shown.
12.0 BID PRICING.
Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules.
13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS.
13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the
Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope
marked with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the
Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement
of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in
Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery
system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with
12/03 Section 00100 Page 5
a. The vacuum must not drop more than 1 inch for the duration of the time indicated in the
following table:
Specified Test Duration for Diameter of Manhole
(duration indicated in nrinutes:seconds)
48" I 60" I 72"
1:00 1:15 1:30
5. Manholes which fail the vacuum test shall have the defects located and repaired, and the test
shall be repeated.
a. Repair and repeat testing of the failed manhole shall be repeated until the testing
requirements are met.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02601 — Manholes
Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02700 — SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM
PART 1-GENERAL
Description
A. This section covers the installation and testing of the sanitary sewer pipelines and drinking
fountain (if required) drain. Manholes are covered in Section 02601 - Manholes.
Quality Assurance
A. All work shall be performed per the City of Fort Collins Standard Specifications.
B. Do not deviate from line or grade more than I inch for line and ''14 inch for grade, provided such
deviation does not result in a level, more reverse sloping invert. Measure for grade at the pipe
invert, not at the top pipe.
Submittals
A. Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification that products meet requirements of referenced
specifications.
Product Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Do not damage the pipe by impact, bending, compression or abrasion during handling and storage.
B. Store pipe on a flat surface that provides even support for the barrel, with bell ends overhanging.
C. Do not stack pipe higher than 5 feet.
D. Do not store pipe and fittings in direct sunlight for periods in excess of two weeks.
E. Ship rubber gaskets in cartons, and store in a clean area away from grease, oil, ozone -producing
electric motors, heat, and the direct rays of the sun.
F. Use only nylon protected slings or hands to handle pipe. Do not use hooks or bare cables.
1.05 Job Conditions
A. Protection:
1. Prevent foreign material from entering the pipe.
2. Do not place debris, tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe
3. Whenever pipe laying is stopped, close the open end of the pipe with a plug, cap or end dam
to prevent the entry of foreign material into the pipe.
4. Use effective measures to prevent the uplift or floating of the line prior to completion of the
backfilling operation.
B. Do not lay pipe in water or in unsuitable weather or trench conditions. However, rubber gasketed
joints may be completed when the water is not higher than the pipe invert, and when the water is
clear and the trench bottom is clean coarse gravel. Use extreme caution to ensure no gravel is in
the joint.
City of Fort Collins Section 02700 — Sanitary Sewer System
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 5
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 Pipe Materials
A. Type: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), ASTM D 3034, Type PSM. SDR35.
2.02 Manhole Materials
A. Refer to Section 02601 — Manholes.
2.03 Flexible Couplings
A. When jointing two pipes of dissimilar material or two pipes with different outside diameters. use
the following:
1. Pipe sizes 15 inches or smaller:
a. Can -Tex, C-T Adapters.
b. Femco, flexible couplings or reducing couplings.
c. Jointers, Inc., Carder Coupling.
d. Mission, Bushing Adapters.
e. Nashua Pre -Cast Corporation, Flex-O-Joint.
f. Eagle Plastics.
g. Or equal.
2. In pipe sizes larger than 15 inches inside diameter, wrap the joint with two laps of rubber or
vinyl, and band each pipe with a stainless steel band.
a. Lap joint downward at springline of pipe.
b. Rubber or vinyl shall extend at least 6 inches on each pipe past the joint, minimum
thickness 1/1 6-inch rubber or 32-oz. vinyl.
B. Encase flexible couplings in a concrete collar a minimum of 6 inches thick and extending a
minimum of 6 inches either side of the joint.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Preparation
A. Excavate the trench in accordance with appropriate sections relating to trenching, backfilling, and
compaction.
B. Cutting the Pipe:
1. The pipe shall be cut smooth, straight and at right angles to the pipe axis with saws or pipe
cutters that are designed specifically for the materials.
2. The cut end of the pipe shall be beveled in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
3. Burrs shall be removed and all dust shall be wiped off of the jointing surface.
C. Where connections are to be made to existing pipes or appurtenances, the exact location of which
cannot be determined without exposing the existing pipe or appurtenance, excavate and expose the
existing pipe or appurtenance and specify any necessary adjustments in line or grade of the
proposed pipe to accomplish the connection.
D. Joints:
City of Fort Collins Section 02700 - Sanitary Sewer System
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 5
I. Dirt, oil grit and other foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the bell and the
outside of the spigot.
2. A thin film of lubricant shall be applied to the inside surface of the gasket and the spigot end
of the pipe per the pipe manufacturer's recommendations.
3. The lubricated joint surface shall be kept clean until joined.
4. The pipe shall have a depth mark prior to assembly to ensure that the spigot end is inserted the
full depth of the joint.
5. Stabbing of the pipe shall not be allowed.
6. Previously completed joints shall not be disturbed during the jointing operation.
7. All joints shall be watertight and free from leaks.
8. After the initial acceptance of the sewer main, the Contractor shall be responsible for the
repair of any leak resulting from improper workmanship or materials, which is discovered
within a two-year period.
3.02 Pipe Installation
A. Pipe Lavine,:
1. Begin pipe laying at the lowest point, unless otherwise approved by Engineer, and install the
pipe with the spigot ends pointing in the direction flow.
2. Lay pipe true to line and grade, and join in such a manner that the offset of the inside of the
pipe at any joint is held to a minimum at the invert. The maximum offset at the invert shall be
1 % of the inside diameter, or 3/8 inch, whichever is smaller.
3. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, complete the joint in accordance with the
applicable pipe material specification and adjust the pipe to the correct line and grade. Make
adjustments by scraping away or filling pipe bedding under the body of the pipe, and not be
wedging or blocking up the bells.
4. Secure the pipe in place with the specified bedding tamped under and around the pipe, except
at the joints. Do not walk on small diameter pipe or otherwise disturb any conduit after the
jointing has been completed.
3.03 Construction of Appurtenances
A. Install cleanouts and stubs at locations indicated on the drawings. Insert removable watertight
plugs in unused stubs and record location of cleanout or stub referenced to a minimum of two
permanent surface references.
3.04 Field Quality Control
A. Each section of sewer shall meet the requirements of the following tests. Repair all defects as
indicated as a result of the tests. Furnish all equipment, labor, and incidentals necessary, and
conduct tests in the presence of Engineer.
B. Alignment Tests:
L Engineer may lamp each section of sewer between manholes to determine whether any
displacement of the pipe has occurred. Provide suitable assistants to help Engineer.
2. Repair poor alignment, displaced pipe or other defects discovered.
C. Infiltration Tests:
1. Conduct infiltration tests on sections of the sewer where infiltration appears to exceed
specified limits.
.- City of Fort Collins Section 02700 — Sanitary Sewer System
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 5
2. Conduct tests by placing a calibrated V-notched weir in the line as it enters the manhole, and
plugging the line as it leaves the next higher manhole.
3. Allow sufficient time for the water level behind the weir to stabilize before reading. Remove
any foreign matter hanging on the weir before reading. Take successive readings until
consistent results are obtained.
4. Maximum allowable infiltration shall be 0.04 gallons per inch of pipe diameter per foot of
pipe length.
5. If the infiltration rate exceeds the maximum allowable, suspend construction on that section
and provide electronic or photographic visual inspection of the interior of the pipeline.
6. Repair all defects found and continue to test the sewer until the infiltration limits are met prior
to proceeding with further construction-
D. Exfltration Tests:
l . Conduct exfiltration tests on section of sewer where the groundwater table is below the
elevation of the top of the sewer.
2. Where the difference in elevation between inverts of adjacent manholes is greater than 10 feet,
conduct an air test as specified in this section in lieu of an exfiltration test.
3. Test each section between successive manholes by plugging all pipe entrances at manholes,
except those connecting the reach being tested.
4. Fill the upper manhole and pipe with water to a depth of 4 feet above the invert of the sewer at
the center of the upper manhole.
5. Duration of Test: Two hours minimum.
6. Maximum allowable leakage shall be determined by the following formula:
Q = 0.00067 LD (H)'/:
Where L is the length of the sewer tested in feet; Q is the allowable leakage in gallons per
hour; D is the pipe diameter in inches; and H is the difference in elevation between the
water surface in the upper manhole and the invert of the pipe in the lower manhole in
feet; or if groundwater is present above the invert of the pipe at the lower manhole, the
difference in elevation between the water surface in the upper manhole and the
groundwater elevation at the lower manhole.
7. For the purpose of determining the maximum allowable leakage, manholes shall be considered
sections of equivalent size pipe.
E. Air Tests:
1. Air tests maybe used in lieu of exfiltration testing for vitrified clay, PVC, and ABS composite
sewer pipe, but not for manholes or reinforced concrete sewer pipe.
2. Comply with the requirements of ASTM C828.
3. Test manholes and reinforced concrete sewer pipe using exfiltration tests.
4. Preparation for Test: Flush and clean the sewer line prior to testing in order to wet the pipe
surfaces and produce more consistent results. Plug and brace all openings in the main sewer
line and the upper end of any connections. Check all pipe plugs with a soap solution to detect
any air leakage. If leaks are found, release the air pressure, eliminate the leaks, and start the
test procedure over again.
5. Procedure of Test: Add air until the internal pressure of the sewer line is raised to
approximately 4.0 psi gage, at which time the flow of air shall be reduced and the pressure
maintained between 3.5 and 4.5 psi gage for a sufficient time to allow the air temperature to
come to equilibrium with the temperature of the pipe.
City of Fort Collins Section 02700 — Sanitary Sewer System
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 5
6. After the temperature has stabilized, permit the pressure to drop to 3.5 psi gage. at which time
a stop watch or a sweep second hand watch shall be used to determine the time lapse required
for the air pressure to drop to 2.5 psi gage.
7. The time elapsed shall not be less than:
a. t — 0.472d; where t — time in minutes; d = pipe diameter in inches.
R. Maximum Air Leakage: 0.003 cfm per square foot of internal pipe surface.
9. Brace all plugs sufficiently to prevent blowouts, and vent the pipeline completely before
attempting to remove the plugs.
10. Provide pressurizing equipment with a regulator set at 5 psi to avoid ovcrpressuring and
damaging and otherwise acceptable line.
3.05 Cleaning:
A. Prior to substantial completion, remove all accumulated construction debris, rocks, gravel, sand,
silt, and other foreign material from the sewer system. Use mechanical rodding or bucketing
equipment as required.
B. Upon final inspection, if any foreign matter is present in the system, flush and clean the sections of
the line as required.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02700 — Sanitary Sewer System
Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 5
No Text
IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 02810-IRRIGATION
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
2
1.02
SUBMITTALS:
2
1.03
RULES AND REGULATIONS:
3
1.04
TESTING:
3
1.05
CONSTRUCTION REVIEW:
5
1.06
GUARANTEE/WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT:
5
PART 2: MATERIALS
2.01
QUALITY:
5
2.02
SUBSTITUTIONS:
5
2.03
SLEEVING:
6
2.04
PIPE AND FITTINGS:
6
2.05
MAINLINE COMPONENTS:
7
2.06
BUBBLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS:
7
2.07
DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS:
7
2.08
INDEPENDENT CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
7
2.09
OTHER COMPONENTS:
9
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01
INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS:
9
3.02
LAYOUT OF WORK:
9
3.03
EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING:
10
3.04
SLEEVING AND BORING:
11
3.05
ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS:
11
3.06
INSTALLATION OF MAINLINE COMPONENTS:
12
3.07
INSTALLATION OF BUBBLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS:
13
3.08
INSTALLATION OF DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS:
13
3.09
INSTALLATION OF INDEPENDENT CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS_:
13
3.10
INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS:
15
3.11
PROJECT RECORD (AS -BUILT) DRAWINGS:
15
3.12
WINTERIZATION AND SPRING START-UP:
16
3.13
MAINTENANCE:
16
3.14
CLEANUP:
16
DIVISION 2-SITE WORK
SECTION 02810-IRRIGATION
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
Provide labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perform all
operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of
the irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation
details, and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are:
A. Procurement of applicable licenses, permits, and fees.
B. Coordination of Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig").
C. Sleeving for irrigation pipe and wire.
D. Provision and connection of electrical power supply to irrigation control system.
E. Preparation of Record Drawings.
F. Winterization and Spring Start-up
G. Maintenance period.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Deliver four (4) copies of submittals to Owner's Representative within 10 working
days from date of Notice to Proceed. Furnish information in 3-ring binder with
table of contents and index sheet. Index sections for different components and
label with specification section number and name of component. Furnish
submittals for components on material list. Indicate which items are being
supplied on catalog cut sheets when multiple items are shown on one sheet.
Owner's Representative. Incomplete submittals will be returned without review.
B. Materials List: Include sleeving, pipe, fittings, mainline components, sprinkler and
bubbler components, drip irrigation components, control system components,
shop drawings and other components shown on drawings and installation details
or described herein. Include pipe sealant, wire, wire connectors, ID tags, and
other miscellaneous items. Quantities of materials need not be included.
C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and
operating instructions for equipment shown on materials list.
D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings called for in installation details. Show
products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical
dimensions. Note modifications to installation detail.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 028.10 - 2 Irrigation
�.03 RULES AND REGULATIONS:
A. Provide work and materials in accordance with latest edition of National Electric
Code, Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western Plumbing Officials
Association, and applicable laws, regulations and codes of governing authorities.
B. When contract documents call for materials or construction of better quality or
larger size than required by above -mentioned rules and regulations, provide
quality and size required by contract documents.
C. If quantities are furnished either in specifications or on drawings, quantities are
furnished for information only. It is Contractor's responsibility to determine actual
quantities of material, equipment, and supplies required by the project and to
complete independent estimate of quantities and wastage.
D. Notify engineer in writing prior to construction about discrepancies between
contract documents and existing site conditions or manufacturer's specific
recommendations for use of their product.
E. Contractor is responsible for damage to site amenities during construction.
Replace damaged items with identical materials of equal value to match existing
conditions. Make replacements at no additional cost to contract price. Penalty for
specific damage: as valued by an independent auditor or as mutually agreed to
by owner and contractor.
1.04 TESTING:
A. Schedule testing with Owner's Representative a minimum of three days in
advance of testing.
B. Mainline pipe jointed with rubber gaskets or threaded connections may be
subjected to pressure test at any time after partial completion of backfill. Allow
irrigation pipe jointed with solvent -welded PVC joints to cure at least 24 hours
before testing.
C. Subsections of mainline pipe may be tested independently, subject to review of
Irrigation Engineer.
D. Provide clean, clear water, pumps, labor, fittings, and equipment necessary to
conduct tests or retests.
E. Hydrostatic Pressure Test:
1. Subject mainline pipe to hydrostatic pressure equal to 140 PSI for two
hours. Test with mainline components installed.
2. Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings
and fittings.
3. Purge air from mainline pipe before test. Attach pressure gauge to
mainline pipe in test section.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 3 Irrigation
the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the
time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or
any extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and
date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume
full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for
receipt of Bids.
13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and
will not receive consideration.
13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under
different names will not be accepted from one firm or association.
14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS.
14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly
executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the
place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of
Bids.
14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or
an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and
authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids.
14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for
the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with
these Instructions to Bidders.
15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS.
Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud
publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the
amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made
available after the opening of Bids.
16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE.
All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the
Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and
return the Bid Security prior to that date.
17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT.
17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any
and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work,
to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to
12/03 Section 00100 Page 6
4. Observe pressure loss on pressure gauge. If pressure loss is greater than _..
5 PSI, identify reason for pressure loss. Replace defective pipe, fitting,
joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat test until pressure loss is equal to or
less than 5 PSI.
5. Visually inspect irrigation pipe for leakage and replace defective pipe,
fitting, joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat test until pipe passes test.
6. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited.
F. Operational Test:
Activate each remote control valve in sequence from controller. Provide
either one additional personal with radio or use handheld remote to
activate remote control valves from controller. Manually activating remote
control valve using manual bleed mechanism at remote control valve is
not an acceptable method of activation. Owner's Representative will
visually observe operation, water application patterns, and leakage.
2. Replace defective remote control valve, solenoid, wiring, or appurtenance
to correct operational deficiencies.
3. Replace, adjust, or move water emission devices to correct operational or
coverage deficiencies.
4. Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, sprinkler, or appurtenance to
correct leakage problems. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited. —
5. Repeat test(s) until each lateral passes all tests. Repeat tests, replace
components, and correct deficiencies at no additional cost to Owner.
G. Control System Grounding:
1. Test for proper grounding of control system per manufacturer's
recommendations. Test results must meet or exceed manufacturer's
guidelines for acceptance.
2. Replace defective wire, grounding rods, grounding plates, or
appurtenances. Repeat test until manufacturer's guidelines are met.
H. Testing Review:
1. Failure of initial testing review will require additional review. Payment of —
costs, including travel expenses and site visits by Owner's
Representative, for additional reviews that may be required due to non-
compliance with the Construction Documents will be Contractor's
responsibility.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005 _
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 4 Irrigation
1.05 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW:
The purpose of on -site reviews by Owner's Representative is to periodically observe
work in progress, Contractor's interpretation of construction documents, and to address
questions with regard to installation.
A. Schedule reviews for irrigation system layout or testing with Owner's
Representative as required by these specifications.
B. Impromptu reviews may occur at any time during project.
C. A review will occur at completion of irrigation system installation and Project
Record Drawing submittal.
1.06 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT:
The purpose of guarantee/warranty is to ensure that Owner receives irrigation materials
of prime quality, installed and maintained in thorough and careful manner.
A. Guarantee/warranty irrigation materials, equipment, and workmanship against
defects for period of two years from formal written acceptance by Owner's
Representative. Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape, utilities,
structures and site features damaged by settlement of irrigation trenches or
excavations. Repair damage to premises caused by defective items. Make
repairs within seven days of notification from Owner's Representative.
B. Replace damaged items with identical materials and methods per contract
documents or applicable codes. Make replacements at no additional cost to
contract price.
C. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment, and
replacements made during guarantee/warranty period.
PART 2: MATERIALS
2.01 QUALITY:
Use new materials without flaws or defects.
2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS:
A. Use specified equipment, or pre -approved equal. Alternative equipment must be
approved by Engineer prior to bidding. Changes and associated design costs to
accommodate alternative equipment are Contractor's responsibility.
B. Pipe sizes referenced in the construction documents are minimum sizes, and
may be increased at Contractor's option.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 5 Irrigation
2.03 SLEEVING:
A. Provide sleeve beneath hardscape for irrigation pipe. Provide separate sleeve
beneath hardscape for wiring bundle.
B. Provide PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints for sleeving material
beneath hardscape.
C. Sleeve sizing: A minimum of twice the nominal diameter of solvent -welded pipe
or wiring bundle, or as indicated on drawings.
2.04. PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. Mainline Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National
Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material
meeting requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-13, ASTM
Standard D1784, with integral belled end.
2. Use Class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 PSI, conforming to dimensions and
tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241.
3. Use solvent weld pipe for mainline pipe with nominal diameter less than
3-inches. Use Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming
to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784. Use primer approved by pipe
manufacturer_ Use solvent cement conforming to ASTM Standard D2564.
4. Mainline pipe within sleeves: Use solvent weld pipe for mainline pipe with
nominal diameter 3-inches and smaller installed within sleeves.
B. Lateral Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National
Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material
meeting requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM
Standard D1784, with integral belled end suitable for solvent welding.
2. Use Class 160, SDR-26, rated at 160 PSI, conforming to dimensions and
tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at
higher pressures than Class 160 in cases where small nominal diameters
are not manufactured in Class 160.
C. Specialized Pipe and Fittings:
Copper pipe: Use Type "K" rigid pipe conforming to ASTM Standard B88.
Use wrought copper or cast bronze fittings, soldered, flared mechanical,
or threaded joint per installation details or local code. Use a 95-percent tin
and 5-percent antimony solder.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 6 Irrigation
2. Use dielectric union wherever copper -based metal (copper, brass,
bronze) is joined to iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless
steel).
3. Use PVC Schedule 80 nipples and PVC Schedule 40 threaded fittings for
threaded pipe connections.
4. Joint sealant: Use non -hardening, nontoxic pipe thread sealant
formulated for use on threaded connections and approved by pipe fitting
or valve manufacturer.
2.05 MAINLINE COMPONENTS:
A. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: as presented in drawings and installation details
B. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: as presented in drawings and installation
details.
2.06 BUBBLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS:
A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Bubbler Laterals: as presented in
drawings and installation details.
B. Bubbler Assembly: as presented in drawings and installation details.
2.07 DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS:
A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals: as presented in
drawings and installation details.
B. Flush Cap Assembly: as presented in drawings and installation details.
C. Inline Drip Tubing:
Tubing: Use UV resistant polyethylene drip tubing with integral pressure
compensating drip emitters. Emitter spacing as noted in drawings and
installation details_ Use emitters that are pressure compensating from 7 to
70 PSI. Use tubing with O.D. of 0.67", and I.D. of 0.57". Use fittings
compatible with inline drip tubing.
2. Blank Drip Tubing: Use UV resistant polyethylene blank drip tubing for
exhaust manifold tubing, as noted in drawings and installation details.
Use tubing with O.D. of 0.67", and I.D. of 0.57". Use fittings compatible
with inline drip tubing. Use blank tubing from same manufacturer as Inline
drip tubing.
2.08 INDEPENDENT CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
A. Irrigation Controller Assembly:
As presented in drawings and installation details.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 7 Irrigation
2. Lightning protection: Provide one 12"x36"x0.0625 ground plate, one
5/8"x10 foot copper clad UL listed grounding rod, 30 feet of #6 AWG bare
copper grounding wire, two 6-inch round valve boxes, and one
CADWELD connector at each satellite controller group.
3. Wire markers: Prenumbered or labeled with indelible nonfading ink, made
of permanent, nonfading material.
B. Irrigation Controller Assembly enclosure:
As presented conceptually in installation details-
C. Power Wire:
Use AWG #12, solid or stranded copper, Type OF single -conductor cable
or multi -conductor with ground cable, UL approved for direct underground
burial from power source to Controller Assembly.
2. Splices: Use 3M #82-A2 Series with Split Bolts or Butt Connectors for
inline splices and 82-B1 or 90-B1 Series for wye splices.
3. Electrical conduit: Use PVC Schedule 40 conduit conforming to
dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D-1785. Use
Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld sweep fittings for PVC conduit —
conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784 for buried installations.
Use rigid metallic conduit with sweep elbows for above grade
installations. —
4. Warning tape: Inert plastic film highly resistant to alkalis, acids, or other
destructive chemical components likely to be encountered in soils. Three —
inches wide, colored red, and imprinted with "CAUTION: BURIED
ELECTRIC LINE BELOW."
D. Low Voltage Control Wire:
1. Use American Wire Gauge (AWG) No. 14-1 solid copper, 600 volt, Type
OF or PE cable, UL approved for direct underground burial for individual —
control wires and spare control wires from the controller assembly to each
remote control valve or stub -out location. Use American Wire Gauge
(AWG) No. 12-1 solid copper, 600 volt, Type OF or PE cable, UL —
approved for direct underground burial for common ground wire and
spare common wires from controller assembly to each remote control
valve or stub -out location. —
2. Color: Use white for common ground wire. Use easily distinguished colors
for other control wires. Spare control wires shall be of color different from
that of active control wire. Wire color shall be continuous over entire
length.
3. Splices: Use 3M DBY or 3M DBR wire connector with waterproof sealant.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 8 Irrigation
4. Electrical conduit: Use PVC Schedule 40 conduit conforming to
dimensions and tolerances established by ASTM Standard D-1785. Use
Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld sweep fittings for PVC conduit
conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784 for buried installations.
Use rigid metallic conduit with sweep elbows for above grade
installations.
5. Warning tape: Inert plastic film highly resistant to alkalis, acids, or other
destructive chemical components likely to be encountered in soils. Three
inches wide, colored red, and imprinted with "CAUTION: BURIED
ELECTRIC LINE BELOW."
2.09 OTHER COMPONENTS:
A. Tools and Spare Parts: Furnish operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment,
spare parts and other items indicated in drawings and specifications.
B. Other Materials: Provide other materials or equipment shown on drawings or
installation details that are part of irrigation system, even though items may not
have been referenced in specifications.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS:
A. Site Inspections:
Verify construction site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of
this section. Report irregularities in writing to Owner's Representative
prior to beginning work.
2. Commencement of work implies acceptance of existing site conditions.
B. Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"):
Arrange and coordinate Utility Locates with local authorities prior to
construction.
2. Repair underground utilities that are damaged during construction. Make
repairs at no additional cost to contract price.
3.02 LAYOUT OF WORK:
A. Stake out irrigation system. Items staked include: bubblers, pipe, sleeves, control
valves, controller assemblies, and isolation valves.
B. Irrigation System Layout Review: Irrigation system layout review will occur after
staking has been completed. Notify Owner's Representative one week in
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 9 Irrigation
advance of review. Modifications will be identified by Owner's Representative at
this review.
C. Install irrigation components inside of project property lines.
3.03 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING:
A. Excavate and install pipes at minimum cover indicated in drawings or
specifications. Excavate trenches at appropriate width for connections and
fittings.
B. Minimum cover (distance from top of pipe or control wire to finish grade):
1. Mainline pipe: 24-inches to top of pipe.
2. Electrical conduit: 24-inches to top of pipe.
3. Control wire: 2-inches deeper than bottom of mainline pipe.
4. Lateral pipe to bubblers: 12-inches to top of pipe.
5. Supply manifold pipe to drip system: 12-inches to top of pipe.
6. Inline drip tubing in turf areas: 6-inches to top of pipe.
C. Maintain at least 15-feet clearance from centerline of trees.
D. PVC lateral pipes must be installed in open trench. Pipe pulling will not be
allowed. Install pipe at burial depths listed above.
E. Backfill only after lines have been reviewed and tested.
F. Excavated material is generally satisfactory for backfill. Use backfill free from
rubbish, vegetable matter, frozen materials, and stones larger than 2-inches in —
maximum diameter. Remove material not suitable for backfill. Use backfill free of
sharp objects next to pipe.
G. Backfill buried pipe in either of the following manners:
1. Backfill and puddle lower half of trench. Allow to dry 24 hours. Backfill
remainder of trench in 6-inch layers. Compact to density of surrounding
soil.
2. Backfill trench by depositing backfill material equally on both sides of pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting to density of surrounding soil.
H. Backfill buried pipe by depositing backfill material equally on both sides of pipe in
6-inch layers and compacting each layer to 90 percent Standard Proctor Density,
ASTM. D698-78. Use of water for compaction, "puddling", will not be permitted.
I. Enclose pipe and wiring beneath roadways and hardscapes in separate sleeves.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 10 Irrigation _
Minimum compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95 percent Standard Proctor
Density, ASTM D698-78. Use of water for compaction around sleeves,
"puddling", will not be permitted.
J. Dress backfilled areas to original grade. Incorporate excess backfill into existing
site grades.
K. Contact Owner's Representative for trench depth adjustments where utilities
conflict with irrigation trenching and pipe work.
3.04 SLEEVING AND BORING:
A. Provide sleeving at depth that permits encased pipe or wiring to remain at
specified burial depth.
B. Extend sleeve ends twelve inches beyond edge of hardscape. Cap sleeve ends
and mark with stakes. Provide rope or wire through sleeve and secure to stake at
surface grade at each end for future sleeve location.
C. Bore for sleeves under obstructions that cannot be removed. Employ equipment
and methods designed for horizontal boring.
3.05 ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. General:
I
1. Keep pipe free from dirt and debris. Cut pipe ends square, debur and
clean as recommended by manufacturer.
2. Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when
necessary to continue assembly.
3. Trenches may be curved to change direction or avoid obstructions within
limits of the curvature of pipe. Curvature results from bending of pipe
lengths. Do not exceed pipe and fitting manufacturer's allowable
deflection at joints.
Mainline Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:
a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in manner
recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted
industry practices.
b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing
water in pipe.
C. Snake pipe from side to side within trench.
3. Fittings:
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 11 Irrigation
a. Use of cross type fittings is not permitted.
C. Lateral Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:
a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in manner
recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with accepted
industry practices. —
b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before
pressurizing or installing with vibratory plow.
C. Snake pipe from side to side within trench.
3. Fittings: Use of cross type fittings is not permitted.
D. Specialized Pipe and Fittings:
1. Copper Pipe:
a. Use flux and solder. Join pipe in manner recommended by
manufacturer and in accordance with local codes and accepted
industry practices. —
b. Solder so that continuous bead shows around the joint
circumference.
2. Insert dielectric union or flange wherever copper -based metal (copper,
brass, bronze) and iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless
steel) are joined. —
3. PVC Threaded Connections:
a. Use only factory -formed threads. Field -cut threads are not
permitted.
b. Apply thread sealant in manner recommended by component,
pipe and sealant manufacturers and in accordance with accepted
industry practices.
C. Use plastic components with male threads and metal components
with female threads where connection is plastic -to -metal.. —
3.06 INSTALLATION OF MAINLINE COMPONENTS:
A. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: Provide where indicated on drawings. Install at
least 12-inches from and align with adjacent walls or edges of paved areas.
Brand "GV" on valve box lid in 2-inch high letters.
B. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Provide where indicated on drawings. Brand
"QC" on valve box lid in 2-inch high letters.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 -12 Irrigation
3.07 INSTALLATION OF BUBBLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS:
A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Bubbler Laterals:
1. Flush mainline before installation of RCV assembly.
2. Provide where indicated on drawings. Use wire connectors and
waterproof sealant to connect control wires to remote control valve wires.
Provide connectors and sealant per manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Provide only one RCV to a valve box. Locate valve box at least 12-inches
from and align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV
assemblies together where practical. Align grouped valve boxes in
uniform patterns. Allow at least 12-inches between valve boxes. Brand
controller letter and station number on valve box lid in 2-inch high letters.
4. Adjust RCV assembly to regulate downstream operating pressure.
5. Attach ID tag with controller station number to control wiring.
B. Bubbler Assembly:
Flush lateral pipe before installing bubbler assembly.
2. Provide bubbler assembly per installation details at locations shown or
directed on drawings.
3.08 INSTALLATION OF DRIP IRRIGATION COMPONENTS:
A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Drip Laterals:
Flush mainline pipe before installing RCV assembly.
2. Locate as shown on drawings. Connect control wires to remote control
valve wires using wire connectors and waterproof sealant. Provide
connectors and sealant per manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Provide only one RCV to valve box. Locate at least 12-inches from and
align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies
together where practical. Align grouped valve boxes in uniform patterns.
Allow at least 12-inches between valve boxes. Brand controller letter and
station number on valve box lid in 2-inch high letters.
4. Arrange grouped valve boxes in rectangular patterns.
B. Inline Drip Tubing: Install inline drip tubing components in strict accordance with
tubing manufacturer details, guidelines, and recommendations.
3.09 INSTALLATION OF INDEPENDENT CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
A. Irrigation Controller Assembly:
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 13 Irrigation
disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional
Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if
OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project
to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not
responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability
or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by
OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures
and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the
Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements,
and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in
the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.
17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed
for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is
submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating
costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major
items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work
when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction
within the prescribed time.
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest
responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to
OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award
shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The
basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the
case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one
contract will be awarded.
17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful
Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of
the Bid opening.
18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY.
The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's
requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful
Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be
accompanied by the required Contract Security.
12/03 Section 00100 Page 7
Location of controller assembly as depicted on drawings is approximate;
Owner's Representative will determine exact site location during sprinkler
layout review. Install controller assembly and enclosure in accordance
with controller manufacturer recommendations.
2. Lightning protection: Drive full length of grounding rod into soil. Space rod
and grounding plate 20 feet apart in straight line away from each
controller group. Connect #6 AWG copper grounding wire to rod using
CADWELD connection. Install 6-inch round valve box over each
CADWELD connection and grounding plate connection. Provide
connection of grounding wire between controllers in groups in accordance
with controller manufacturer or distributor's recommendations.
3. Coordinate and provide installation of electrical service in accordance
with local codes. Provide primary surge protection arrestors on incoming
power lines in accordance with controller manufacturer recommendations.
4. Provide one valve output surge protection arrestor on each control wire
and one for common wire.
5. Connect control wires to corresponding controller terminal. Attach wire
markers to ends of control wires inside controller assembly housing.
Label wires with identification number (see drawings) of remote control
valve to which control wire is connected.
B. Power Wire:
1. Install with minimum number of field splices. If power wire must be
spliced, make splice with recommended connector, installed per
manufacturer's recommendations. Locate splices in jumbo rectangular
valve box. Coil 3-feet of wire in valve box.
2. Install power wire using open trenches. Use of a vibratory plow is not
permitted.
3. Use green wire as common ground wire from power source to controller
assembly.
4. Carefully backfill around power wire to avoid damage to wire insulation or
wire connectors.
5. Install wire parallel with and below mainline pipe unless noted otherwise
on plans. Install wire at depth required by local codes.
6. Provide continuous run of warning tape above power wire. Install warning
tape six inches above wire. Encase power wire within electrical conduit
where not installed in common trench with PVC mainline pipe.
C. Low Voltage Control Wire:
Oak Street Plaza Renovation
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 14
December 5, 2005
Irrigation
1. Bundle control wires where two or more are in same trench. Bundle with
pipe wrapping tape spaced at 10-foot intervals. Do not tape wires
together where contained within sleeving or conduit.
2. Provide 24-inch excess length of wire in 8-inch diameter loop at each 90-
degree change of direction, at both ends of sleeves, and at 100-foot
intervals along continuous runs of wiring. Do not tape or tie wiring loop.
Coil 30-inch length of wire within each remote control valve box.
3. Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control
valve. Multiple valves on single control wire are not permitted.
4. If control wire must be spliced, make splice with wire connectors and
waterproof sealant, installed per manufacturer's instructions. Locate
splice in valve box that contains irrigation valve assembly, or in separate
standard rectangular valve box. Use same procedure for connection to
valves as for in -line splices.
5. Install wire parallel with and below mainline pipe unless noted otherwise
on plans.
6. Encase wiring within electrical conduit where installed above grade, and
where not installed in common trench with PVC irrigation mainline pipe.
Protect wire not installed with PVC mainline pipe with continuous run of
warning tape placed in backfill six inches above wiring.
3.10 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS:
A. Tools and Spare Parts: Prior to Review at completion of construction, supply to
Owner operating keys, servicing tools, spare parts, test equipment, and other
items indicated in General Notes on the drawings.
B. Other Materials: Provide other materials or equipment shown on drawings or
installation details that are part of irrigation system, even though items may not
have been referenced in specifications.
3.11 PROJECT RECORD (AS -BUILT) DRAWINGS:
A. Submit Record Drawings under provisions of Section 01700 - Contractor
Closeout, Record Documents.
Document changes to design. Maintain on -site and separate from documents
used for construction, one complete set of contract documents as Project
Documents. Keep documents current. Do not permanently cover work until
accurate "as -built" information is recorded.
B. Record pipe and wiring network alterations on a daily basis. Record work that is
installed differently than shown on construction drawings. Record accurate
reference dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points,
of each irrigation system valve, each controller assembly, each sleeve end, and
other irrigation components enclosed within valve box.
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 - 15 Irrigation
C. Obtain from Owner's Representative a reproducible mylar copy of drawings prior
to construction completion. Mylars or CAD data files compatible with AutoCAD
software can be purchased from Engineer. Cost of mylar reproducible drawings
is $25 per sheet and cost of AutoCAD data files on diskette is $150 per project
set. Duplicate information contained on project drawings maintained on -site using
technical drafting pen or CAD. Label each sheet "Record Drawing".
D. Turn over "Record Drawings" to Owner's Representative. Completion of Record
Drawings is required prior to final construction review at completion of irrigation
system installation.
3.12 WINTERIZATION AND SPRING START-UP:
A. Winterize irrigation system in fall following completion, or partial completion, of
irrigation system construction. Start-up irrigation system in spring following
completion, or partial completion, of irrigation system construction. Repair any
damage caused in improper winterization at no additional cost to Owner.
Coordinate winterization and start-up with landscape maintenance personnel.
3.13 MAINTENANCE:
A. Maintain irrigation system for a duration of 30 calendar days from formal written
acceptance by Owner's Representative. Make periodic examinations and
adjustments to irrigation system components in order to achieve the most
desirable application of water.
B. Following completion of Contractor's maintenance period, Owner will be
responsible for maintaining system in working order during remainder of
guaranteetwarranty period, for performing necessary minor maintenance, for
trimming around sprinklers, for protecting against vandalism, and for preventing
damage after landscape maintenance operation.
3.14 CLEANUP:
A. Remove from site machinery, tools, excess materials, and rubbish upon
completion of work.
END OF SECTION
Oak Street Plaza Renovation December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02810 -16 Irrigation
FOUNTAIN MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 02821-FOUNTAIN MECHANICAL
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE:
1
1.02
DISCREPANCIES:
1
1.03
RELATED WORK:
1
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
2
1.05
RULES AND REGULATIONS:
2
1.06
TESTING:
2
1.07
ACCEPTANCE:
3
1.08
GUARANTEE/WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT:
3
PART 2: MATERIALS
2.01
QUALITY:
3
2.02
SUBSTITUTIONS:
3
2.03
CONCRETE VAULT AND COMPONENTS:
4
2.01
PRECAST CONCRETE COMPONENTS:
4
2.04
PIPE AND FITTINGS:
5
2.05
PIPING COMPONENTS:
6
2.06
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS:
7
2.07
OTHER COMPONENTS:
8
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01
INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS:
9
3.02
EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING:
9
3.03
CONCRETE VAULT COMPONENTS:
10
3.04
PRECAST CONCRETE:
10
3.05
ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS:
10
3.06
INSTALLATION OF PIPING COMPONENTS:
12
3.07
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS:
13
3.08
INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS:
13
3.09
PROJECT RECORD (AS -BUILT) DRAWINGS:
14
3.10
MAINTENANCE:
14
3.11
CLEANUP:
14
DIVISION 2-SITE WORK
SECTION 02821-FOUNTAIN MECHANICAL
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perform
all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of
the fountain system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation
details, and as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are:
A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees.
B. Removal of all existing fountain mechanical equipment within existing vault.
C. Excavation, installation, and backfill of all fountain piping, display nozzles, and
associated components in the plaza.
D. Connection of electrical power to all fountain mechanical equipment to be
installed within the existing mechanical vault.
E. Installation of balance tank.
F. Connection to existing sanitary sewer and storm sewer manholes.
G. Maintenance period.
1.02 DISCREPANCIES:
It is the intent of these plans and specification that the fountain system be complete and
workable. It is the Fountain Contractor's responsibility to make sure that the equipment
furnished is compatible and adheres to all regulations. Any discrepancies should be
noted immediately and should be reported to the fountain Engineer for clarification.
1.03 RELATED WORK:
A. Division O-Bidding and Contract Requirements:
B. Division 1-General Requirements:
C. Division 2-Site Work:
D. Division 15-Mechanical:
E. Division 16 — Electrical:
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 1 Fountain Mechanical
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01300-Submittals.
Deliver four (4) copies of all submittals to the Engineer within 15 days from the
date of Notice to Proceed.
B. Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, fountain components, and control system
components. Quantities of materials need not be included.
C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and
operating instructions for all equipment supplied.
D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings called for in the installation details or --
specifications. Show products required for proper installation, their relative
locations, and critical dimensions. Note modifications to the installation detail.
1.05 RULES AND REGULATIONS:
A. Work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National
Electric Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western
Plumbing Officials Association, and applicable laws and regulations of the
governing authorities.
B. When the contract documents call for materials or construction of a better quality
or larger size than required by the above -mentioned rules and regulations,
provide the quality and size required by the contract documents.
C. If quantities are provided either in specifications or on these drawings, these
quantities are provided for information only. It is the contractor's responsibility to —
determine the actual quantities of all material, equipment, and supplies required
by the project and to complete an independent estimate of quantities and
wastage.
1.06 TESTING:
A. Notify the Owner's Representative three days in advance of testing.
B. Fill system with water, provided by Owner, to proper level for operation after all
electrical and mechanical connections have been completed.
C. Operate pump recirculation system.
D. Adjust or move system components to correct deficiencies. Repeat the test until
the Owner's Representative approves the test results.
E. Cement or caulking to seal piping or mechanical system leaks is prohibited.
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 2 Fountain Mechanical N�
1.07 ACCEPTANCE:
A. Pre -maintenance inspection will occur at substantial completion of the fountain
system, record (As -Built) drawings, and all installation, operation, and
maintenance manuals. Comply with Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
B. Final inspection will be performed at the end of the maintenance period in
accordance with Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
1.08 GUARANTEEMARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT:
The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives fountain and
plumbing materials of prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful
manner.
A. For a period of two year from commencement of the formal maintenance period,
guarantee/warranty fountain materials, equipment, and workmanship against
defects. Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape or structural features
damaged by the settlement of trenches or excavations. Repair damage to the
premises caused by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of
notification from the Owner's Representative.
B. Contract documents govern replacements identically as with new work. Make
replacements at no additional cost to the contract price.
C. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and
replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period.
PART 2: MATERIALS
2.01 QUALITY:
Materials used in the system shall be new and without flaws or defects of any type, and
shall be the best of their class and kind.
2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS:
Pipe sizes referenced in the construction documents are minimum sizes, and may be
increased at the option of the Contractor.
2.03 DISPLAY NOZZLES:
Provide display nozzles and associated equipment per installation details. Display
nozzles shall be provided by a single source as noted on the drawings. Display nozzles
and associated controls can be obtained from Fountain Supply Company, Santa Clarita ,
California.
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 3 Fountain Mechanical
2.04 FOG SYSTEM:
Provide complete fog generation system as noted on the drawings and installation
details including pump, filters, nozzles, and tubing. All equipment shall be provided by
one single company. Fog system can be obtained from FOGCO, Chandler, Arizona.
2.05 WATER QUALITY SYSTEM:
Provide complete water quality system as noted on the drawings including a auto
backwash media filter, circulation pump, controls, water quality monitoring equipment,
bromine feeder, acid injection pump, and all other miscellaneous equipment. Water
quality system to be provided by Roman Fountains, Albuquerque, New Mexico or
Engineer approved equal.
2.06 CONCRETE VAULT AND COMPONENTS:
A. Ventilator Stack. and Cover:
1. Supply galvanized steel or cadmium plated expansion bolts and anchors
necessary for mounting.
2. Provide electrical wires and approved conduit.
3. Use 20 gauge galvanized steel pipe, 12-inch diameter, for construction of
the stack.
4. Cover shall be 12-inch diameter galvanized steel stack cover with louvers
to prevent rain from entering stack. Bottom of cover must be mounted at
least 6-inches above final grade.
B. Sump and Sump Pump:
1. Maintain operation of existing sump pump.
2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE COMPONENTS:
A. Provide shop drawings showing complete information for the fabrication and
installation of the precast concrete sections. Include special reinforcement and
lifting devices necessary for handling and erection.
B. Provide layout dimensions, and identification of each precast unit. Detail inserts,
connections, blockouts, joints, accessories and openings.
Oak Street Plaza
Aqua Engineering, Inc.
02821 - 4
December 5, 2005
Fountain Mechanical
d
C. Manufacturer of precast concrete units is responsible for design of reinforcement
and its placement. Fabricate units with concrete having minimum compressive
strength of 4000 PSI at 28 days using Type 1-II cement.
1. Furnish test reports of concrete indicating compressive strength.
2. Certify that the concrete units fabricated and installed will support the
required design loads.
D. Fabricate precast sections in conformance with to ASTM C-478 designation for
manufacturing, testing, and quality control.
E. Furnish precast units with concrete finish equal to smooth steel formed as -cast
concrete. Small surface holes caused by air bubbles, normal form joint marks,
minor cracking, chips and spalls, and normal color variations will be permitted.
'N F. Furnish as shown on drawings:
1. Insert type plastic coated steel access steps installed on 12-inch centers.
2. Cast out gasketed openings for intake pipe as shown in details.
3. Traffic rated lids for laminar flow nozzle jet vaults.
4. Manhole lid and frame for balance tank.
G. Furnish precast concrete sections manufactured with tongue and groove joints
installed with a joint sealant.
2.07 PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. PVC Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National
Sanitation Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material
meeting the requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-13,
ASTM Standard D1784, with an integral belled end suitable for solvent
welding.
2. Use Schedule 80 conforming to the dimensions and tolerances
established by ASTM Standard D1785.
Use Schedule 80, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings conforming to ASTM
Standards D2466 and D1784.
Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to
conform to ASTM Standard D2564.
F
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 5 Fountain Mechanical
B. Specialized Pipe and Fittings:
1. Copper pipe: Type "K" rigid conforming to ASTM Standard B88.
Fittings shall be wrought copper or cast bronze, soldered or threaded per
the installation details. Solder shall be 95% tin and 5% antimony.
2. Steel pipe: Schedule 40 steel pipe, ASTM Standard A120.
Fittings shall be flanged or grooved, standard weight, malleable iron
fittings. Use ITT Gruvloc or Victaulic grooved fittings.
3. Galvanized steel pipe: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, ASTM
Standard A120.
Fittings shall be galvanized, threaded, standard weight, malleable iron
fittings.
4. Use a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass,
bronze) is joined to an iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless
steel).
5. Assemblies calling for threaded pipe connections shall utilize PVC
Schedule 80 nipples and PVC Schedule 80 threaded fittings.
6. Joint sealant: Use only Teflon -type tape pipe joint sealant on plastic
threads. Use nonhardening, nontoxic pipe joint sealant formulated for
use on water -carrying pipes on metal threaded connections.
2.08 PIPING COMPONENTS
A. Lug -Type Butterfly Valve:
1. One piece body constructed of cast iron.
2. Stem constructed of 316 stainless steel; disc constructed of aluminum
bronze.
3. Use lubricated bronze stem bushings.
4. Use 10 position locking lever operator.
5. Seat constructed of EPDM.
6. Grooved fitting valve, Victaulic or Gruvlok, may be substituted.
B. Basket Strainer:
1. Provide 4-inch cast iron basket strainer with flanged connections.
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 6 Fountain Mechanical
19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT.
When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be
accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the
Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within
fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the
required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents
to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER
shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each
counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with
appropriate identification.
20.0 TAXES.
OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and
equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be
included in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and
Supplementary Conditions.
21.0 RETAINAGE.
Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement.
22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS.
Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid
assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions.
A copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and
Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office.
A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121
requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products
containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement
kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel.
23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS.
Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or
sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your
authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is
not a collusive or sham Bid.
24.0 BID RESULTS.
For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-
addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you.
Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after
the Bid Opening.
12/03 Section 00100 Page 8
2. Lift out stainless steel screen with 5/32-inch perforations.
3. 1 1/2-inch flush/drain plug located at bottom of basket.
C. Wafer -Type Check Valve:
1. Silent check style with cast iron body, free from blow holes, sand holes,
and other impurities.
2. Use a disc, seat, and stem guide constructed of machined bronze and
aligned to allow proper seating and full closure before flow reversal.
D. Wall Penetration Seal:
1. Use Link Seal, as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation, Wayne, MI
48184.
2. Size seal as recommended by manufacturer to fit pipe and wall opening.
E. Pressure Gauges:
1. Furnish two (2) liquid filled pressure gauges, minimum diameter 3-inches.
2. Use stainless steel housing, bronze internals, and a 0-50 PSI pressure
range.
F. Pipe Support Stand: Furnish manufactured or fabricated steel pipe support
stand. Support must be capable of supporting 500 lbs. dead load and be
adjustable within the range shown on the vault piping detail.
2.09 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS:
-- A. Fountain Control Panel:
1. Furnish NEMA 12 control with hands -off automatic switch to house pump
magnetic starter, pilot operating lights, PLC, relays, transformers, etc.
2. Provide bill of materials and electrical schematic to Engineer for approval
prior to fabrication.
�.. 3. Control panel must perform the following functions:
a. Start and stop the display pump.
b. Protect pump. recirculation motor against lightning, phase failure,
and low voltage.
C. Shut down pump at low water level, low suction pressure, and low
flow.
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 7 Fountain Mechanical
d. Provide ground fault interruption circuits for all electrical
equipment.
e. Use panel suitable for wall mounting and which is lockable.
f. Start and stop the fog pump.
g. Open and Close all solenoid valves for each display nozzle.
h. Open and Close actuator for each laminar flow nozzle.
i. Start and Stop the filter pump.
B. Low Pressure Switch:
1. Furnish low pressure switch to shut off pump at low suction pressure.
2. Use NEMA 12 enclosure.
3. Range: 30-inches vacuum to 10 PSI.
4. Use Allen Bradley Catalog No. 836-C2J.
C. Flow Switch:
1. Furnish flow switch to shut off pump at low discharge flow.
2. Use NEMA 12 enclosure.
D. Conduit:
1. Use galvanized, rigid or flexible, conduit in the vault.
2. Use PVC type, approved waterproof conduit for buried underground
installations.
3. All conduit which conforms to Underwriters Laboratories specifications.
4. Furnish inert plastic yellow warning tape, minimum 3-inches wide,
imprinted with "CAUTION: BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW" above all
direct buried conduit.
2.10 OTHER COMPONENTS:
A. Tools: Provide operating keys, servicing tools, test equipment, and other items
indicated in the General Notes of the drawings.
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 8 Fountain Mechanical
B. Spare Parts:
1. Provide complete gasket set for centrifugal pump.
2. Provide complete spare mechanical seal assembly for centrifugal pump.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS:
A. Site Inspections:
1. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section.
Report irregularities to the Engineer\Landscape Arch itect\Owner's
Representative prior to beginning work.
2. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verify locations of underground utilities.
3.02 EXCAVATION TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING:
A. Excavate to permit the pipes to be laid at the intended elevations and to permit
work space for installing connections and fittings.
B. Minimum cover, distance from top of pipe or electrical conduit to finish grade:
1. 24-inch over fountain display pipe and over electrical conduit.
2. 36-inches over gravity return pipe, or as noted on drawings.
C. Excavated material is generally satisfactory for backfill. Backfill shall be free from
rubbish, vegetable matter, frozen materials, and stones larger than 2-inches in
maximum dimension. Remove material not suitable for backfill. Backfill placed
next to pipe shall be free of sharp objects which may damage the pipe.
D. Backfill pipe in either of the following manners:
1. Backfill and puddle the lower half of the trench. Allow to dry 24 hours.
Backfill the remainder of the trench in 6-inch layers. Compact to density
of surrounding soil.
2. Backfill the trench by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides
of the pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting to the density of surrounding
soil.
E. Dress backfilled areas to original grade. Incorporate excess backfill into existing
site grades. Dispose of excess backfill off site.
r'
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 9 Fountain Mechanical
F. Where utilities conflict with irrigation trenching and pipe work, contact the —
Engineer\Landscape Architect\Owner's Representative for trench depth
adjustments.
3.03 CONCRETE VAULT COMPONENTS:
A. Steel Access Cover: Install as shown in detail and per manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Ventilator. Stack, and Cover:
1. Install stack and cover as shown in detail.
C. Access Ladder: =�
1. Install ladder where indicated in detail.
2. Installation must conform to OSHA and all applicable building codes.
3. Secure both sides of the ladder to the floor and vault walls with 3/8"x1
1/2" galvanized or cadmium plated steel bolts in expansion anchors.
3.04 PRECAST CONCRETE:
A. Coordinate exact location of fixtures with Architect prior to installation.
B. Install units on a 6-inch gravel subbase over compacted subgrade in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Lift, place, and secure units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and —
final shop drawings. Do not install units until supporting members are in place
and secured.
1. Lift only at lifting points provided and install temporary shoring and
bracing as necessary.
2. Level units accurately and in acceptable condition to allow installation of
subsequent work.
3. Grout all joints and repair damaged exposed surfaces as required.
3.05 ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. General:
1. Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debur.
Clean pipe ends.
2. Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when
necessary to continue assembly.
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 10 Fountain Mechanical
B. Fountain Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:
a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in a manner
recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with
_ accepted industry practices.
b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing
water in pipe.
C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.
C. Specialized Pipe and Fittings:
1. Copper Pipe:
a. Buff surfaces to be joined to a bright finish. Coat with solder flux.
b. Solder so that a continuous bead shows around the joint
circumference.
2. Steel Pipe:
a. Join pipe in the manner recommended by manufacturer and in
accordance with accepted industry practices.
b. Use factory -made threads whenever possible. Field -cut threads
will be permitted only where absolutely necessary. Cut threads on
axis using clean, sharp dies.
C. Apply Teflon -type tape or pipe joint compound to the male threads
only.
d. Install grooved pipe and flanged connections per manufacturer's
recommendations.
3. Insert a dielectric union wherever a copper -based metal (copper, brass,
bronze) and an iron -based metal (iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel)
are joined.
4. PVC Threaded Connections:
a
Use only factory -formed threads. Field -cut threads are not
permitted.
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 11 Fountain Mechanical
b. Use only Teflon -type tape.
C. When connection is plastic -to -metal, the plastic component shall
have male threads and the metal component shall have female
threads.
5. Make metal -to -metal, threaded connections with Teflon -type tape or pipe
joint compound applied to the male threads only.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF PIPING COMPONENTS:
A. Lug -Type Butterfly Valve:
1. Install where indicated on drawings.
2. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Basket Strainer:
1. Install where indicated on drawings.
2. Provide sufficient room for strainer access.
3. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Wafer -Type Check Valve:
1. Install where indicated on drawings.
2. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Wall Penetration Seal:
1. Install where indicated on drawings.
2. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
E. Pressure Gauges:
1. Install where indicated on drawings.
2. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Pipe Support Stand:
1. Install where indicated on drawings.
2. Secure to concrete floor with galvanized or cadmium plated steel
expansion bolts.
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 12 Fountain Mechanical
3.07 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS:
A. All installation of electrical components shall be performed by a licensed
electrician, and conform to the National Electric Code and all local building
codes. Fountain electrical must specially conform to Article 680 of the National
Electric Code-
B. Fountain Control Panel:
Mount control panel where indicated on drawings.
2. Run all wiring in approved conduit.
3. Manufacturer to provide two days of start-up and programming of all
display functions. Start up and programming to be provided after
contractor has demonstrated that all mechanical and electrical
components are operating properly.
C. Low Pressure Switch:
1. Install low pressure switch where indicated in detail.
2. Weld thread-o-let fitting on steel pipe for switch mounting.
D. Conduit: Install a continuous run of warning tape, placed in the backfill 6-inches
above all direct buried conduit.
3.08 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS:
A. Tools: Prior to the Pre -Maintenance Review, supply to the Owner operating
keys, servicing tools, test equipment, and any other items indicated on the
drawings.
B. Spare Parts: Prior to the Pre -Maintenance Review, supply to the Owner the
spare parts indicated in these Specifications or on the drawings.
C. Paint all unfinished steel surfaces with at least two (2) coats of Sherwin-Williams
Polane textured epoxy. Prepare metal surfaces and prime per manufacturer's
instructions. Color will be determined by the Engineer\Landscape
Architect\Owner's Representative
D. Other Materials: Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or
installation details to be part of the fountain system, even though such items may
not have been referenced in these specifications.
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 13 Fountain Mechanical
3.09 PROJECT RECORD (AS -BUILT) DRAWINGS:
A. Submit Record Drawings under provisions of Section 01700 - Contractor
Closeout, Record Documents.
Maintain on -site and separate from documents used for construction, one
complete set of contract documents as Project Documents. Keep documents
current. Do not permanently cover work until as -built information is recorded.
B. Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed
differently than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference '
dimensions, measured from at least two permanent reference points.
C. Prior to Final Review, obtain from the Engineer a reproducible mylar copy of the —
drawings. Using technical drafting pen, duplicate information contained on the
project drawings maintained on site. Label each sheet 'Record Drawing".
Completion of the Record Drawings will be a prerequisite for the Final Review. —
3.10 MAINTENANCE: -
A. Upon completion of Final Review, maintain fountain system for a duration of 30
calendar days. Make periodic examinations and adjustments to the system
components so as to achieve the most desirable operating conditions.
3.11 CLEANUP:
A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess
materials, and rubbish.
B. Remove all debris and foreign material from the fountain area and pump vault —
prior to operating the system.
END OF SECTION
Oak Street Plaza December 5, 2005
Aqua Engineering, Inc. 02821 - 14 Fountain Mechanical
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02870 - MISCELLANEOUS SITE FURNISHINGS
PART 1: GENERAL
Section Includes
A.
Drinking Fountain
B.
Table and Chairs
C.
Bike Rack
D.
Site Benches
E.
Trash Receptacles
F.
Planter Pots
G.
Tree Grates
H.
Fountain Vault Lids
1.
Umbrellas
J.
Umbrella Bases
Submittals for Review
A.
Submittals shall be directed to the Owners Representative and shall be approved in writing before
affected work commences.
B.
Submit shop drawings and technical literature from manufacturer for all items specified in Section
1.01 above.
C.
Submit all color swatches on finish metal colors for each of the above site furnishings at the same
time.
D.
Submit warranty information at time of review.
Substitutions
A.
Alternative bid proposals, which propose material substitutions, must be fully supported by
necessary documentation showing compatibility/comparability with specific materials.
µ
Substitutions must be submitted to the Owners Representative prior to the bid opening.
Substitutions must also comply with the General Conditions. Some Materials may not be
substituted.
1.04 Warranty
A. Warranty all products under this section for a period of two years from the date of Substantial
Completion. In addition to the manufacturer's product Warranty, Contractor shall warranty the
installation of all products in this section exclusive of normal wear and tear and damage caused
out of the Control of the Contractor. This Warranty shall extend to removal and replacement of
any defective materials or damaged products arising out of the failure of the product of improper
installation of the Contractor.
City of Fort Collins Section 02870 — Site Furnishings
�' Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4
PART 2: MATERIALS
2.01 Drinking Fountain
One (1) Hi-Lo Pedestal Mounted Drinking Fountain - Haws Model 43511.
Allow 10-12 weeks for delivery
Color: Custom (To Be Determined).
2.02 Table and Chairs
Seven (7) Tables and Twenty -Eight (28) Chairs. Cabaret Series - Model #CB6-SQ
Color: Custom (To Be Determined). _
Allow 10-12 weeks for delivery
Factory Representative: Keystone Ridge Designs, Inc. P.O. Box 2008, 670 Mercer Rd. Butler,
Pennsylvania 16003-2008. 1-800-284-8208 Website www.keystoneridgedesigns.com
2.03 Bike Rack
One (1) Tandem TD Series Bicycle Rack.
Fabrication: 1.9-inch OD, 0.145-inch wall, Schedule 40 steel pipe.
Bicycle Capacity: 6. —
Mounting: Embedded.
Finish: CreativeCoat TGIC polyester powder coated.
Color: Custom (To Be Determined).
Allow 8-10 weeks for delivery
Factory Representative: Creative Pipe, Inc., PO Box 2458, Rancho Mirage, California 92270-1087.
Toll Free (800) 644-8467. Web Site www.creativepipe.com.
2.04 Site Benches
Two (2) Yuma Curved Bench with Back - 6fl., surface mount - Model #Y2CU6
One (1) Yuma Bench with Back - 811., surface mount - Model #Y28
Color: Custom (To Be Determined).
Allow 10-12 weeks for delivery
Factory Representative: Keystone Ridge Designs, Inc. P.O. Box 2008, 670 Mercer Road, Butler,
Pennsylvania 16003-2008, 1-800-284-8208. Website www.keystoneridgedesigns.com
2.05 Trash Receptacles
Two (2) Profile Trash Receptacles - Model #086CI. _
Finish: Cast Iron
Allow 12-14 weeks for delivery
Factory Representative: IAP 101 Henry Adams Street, Suite 380 San Francisco, CA 94103 1-800-
426-6471. Website www.iapsf.com
2.06 Planter Pots
Four (4) Orbit 42" Planter - Model #041 Cl
City of Fort Collins
Park Planning 8 Development Division
Section 02870 - Site Furnishings
Page 2 of 4
M
END OF SECTION
12/03 Section 00100 Page 9
Wo (2) Orbit 36" Planter -Model #041 C]
Three (3) Orbit 24" Planter - Model #041C1
Three (3) Fairfax 18" Planter- Model #034C1
Finish: Cast Iron
Factory Representative: IAP 101 Henry Adams Street. Suite 380 San Francisco, CA 94103 1-800-
426-6471. Website www.iapsf'.com
2.07 Tree Grates
Six (6) 4' Square Tree Grates with "P" Paver Frames - Model #OT Title-24 4' SQ
Tree grate is to be modified to a 22" round tree opening.
Finish: Cast Iron
Allow 8-10 weeks delivery
Factory Representative: Urban Accessories, 465 East 151h Street, Tacoma, WA 98402 1-877-487-
0488. Website www.urbanaccessories.com
2.08 Fountain Vault Lids
Two (2) 36" Round Lids with "S" Standard Frames - Model #OT36
One (1) 36" Round Open Lid Pattern with "S" Standard Frame - Model #OT36. This lid is to be like
an open drain cover.
All Three (3) lids are to have a special 2"cored hole from the factory. Coordinate with Owner's
Representative and Aqua Engineering.
Finish: Cast Iron
Allow 8-10 weeks delivery
Factory Representative: Urban Accessories, 465 East 151h Street, Tacoma, WA 98402 1-877-487-
0488. Website www.urbanaccessories.com
2.09 Umbrellas
Five (5) 6.5' Square, Bay Master Umbrellas with Armor -Wall Aluminum poles, manual lifting system,
no vent, silver hub, and Market Style canopy profile.
Finish: Brushed Aluminum
Fabric: Awning & Furniture Grade
,. Fabric Colors: One (1) 4600-Erin Green, One (1) 4601-Pacific Blue, One (1) 4602-Sunflower Yellow,
One (1) 4603-Jockey Red, One (1) 4609-Orange.
Allow 8-10 weeks for delivery.
Factory Representative: TUUCI - USA / International Headquarters, 2900 NW 35'h Street, Miami, FL
33142 1-305-634-5116. Website www.tuuci.com
2.10 Umbrella Bases
Five (5) Flush Mount "In Ground" (SSFM Base) with 12" sleeve to be embedded in concrete. Refer to
manufacturer for installation details.
Allow 4-8 weeks for delivery.
City of Fort Collins Section 02870 - Site Fumishings
"' Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4
Factory Representative: TUUCI — USA / International Headquarters, 2900 NW 35'h Street, Miami. FL
33142 1-305-634-5116. Website www.tuuci.com
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 Site Furniture
A. Locate tables and chairs, umbrellas. and benches on site for review by Engineer prior to
installation. See plan for dimensional locations.
B. Prior to completion of project, clean all furniture, as needed, to remove any dust and dirt, and
provide a clean factory finish at time of final review. Touch up paint as needed.
3.02 Bike Rack
A. Install bike racks per manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Set racks plumb with grade, as shown on plans, and parallel and perpendicular to building walls
and/or walks.
C. Provide all concrete footings and hardware necessary for installation per plans and manufacturer's
recommendations.
D. Prior to completion of project, clean bike racks, as needed, to remove dust and dirt. Provide a
clean factory finish at time of final review. Touch up paint as needed.
3.03 Protection
A. Protect all painted surfaces from cracking or chipping during installation. Use blankets, tarps etc.,
to protect paint surfaces while handling.
B. Do not accept materials damaged during shipping. Damaged parts shall not be accepted. If minor
repairs are required, it shall be at the discretion of the Owners Representative whether the items
are acceptable.
C. Verify proper operation of all equipment prior to acceptance. Contractor shall be responsible for
proper operation of all materials.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02870 — Site Furnishings
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4
/'
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02912 — LANDSCAPE TREES, SHRUBS AND PERENNIALS
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 Work Included
A. Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perform all
operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to complete installation of the plantings
and guarantee as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are:
I . Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees.
2. Installation of trees, shrubs and perennials.
3. Mulch.
1.02 Related Work
A. Tree Protection: Section 02122
B. Irrigation Installation: Section 02810
C. Seed Construction: Section 02940
D. Sod Construction: Section 02950
E. Planting Maintenance: Section 02970
1.03 Submittals & Quality Assurance
A. Submittals and test results shall be directed to the City Representative and shall be approved in
writing before affected work commences. ALL COSTS TO ENSURE QUALITY SHALL BE
PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR.
I. Submit three copies of manufacturer's specifications and literature on all products.
2. Submit three copies of complete materials list including quantities and descriptions of
materials.
B. Summary of submittals from this section:
1. Soil amendment analysis.
2. Mulch.
3. Plant material.
C. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the
work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best
methods for their installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section.
1.04 Inspections
A. Site Inspection:
1. Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of
this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil
of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in all disturbed areas as specified. Verify that
the areas to be revegetated are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent
areas. Note any previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding or mulching and
discuss with the City Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegetation.
` City of Fort Collins Section 02912 — Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 6
Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to the City Representative before
initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of
existine conditions_
2. Contractor shall notify City Representative prior to start of work. City Representative will be
responsible to monitor the work.
B. Pre -planting Inspections:
I. All plant material shall be inspected by a City Forestry Representative before planting.
Inspection of materials may be sequenced by major planting areas to accommodate efficient
planting operations. Plants for inspection must be in a single location preferably on the
project site. All rejected materials must be removed from the site, replaced and reinspected
before planting. If the supplier is a local nursery, tagged plants may be inspected at the
nursery. Photographs of the plant materials to be obtained from non -local sources may be
submitted to the City Forestry Representative for preliminary inspection. This preliminary
inspection is subject to final approval of plants at the job site. The Owner reserves the right
to reject any plant material at any stage of construction or guarantee period.
2. All soil amendments, backfill mixes and mulches will be inspected at the site by the City
Representative before they are used in planting operations.
3. City and Forestry Representatives will inspect staked locations of all trees before digging for
those plants occurs. City Representatives will inspect the location of all shrubs in their
containers at the proposed locations before digging commences. Contact City Representatives
at least two days in advance.
C. Final Inspection:
As soon as all planting is completed, a review and preliminary inspection to determine the
condition of the vegetation will be held by the City Representatives upon request by the
Contractor.
2. The inspection will occur only after the following conditions have been met:
a. All areas will be free of weeds and neatly cultivated;
b. All plant basins shall be in good repair;
c. Irrigation systems shall be fully operational with all heads properly adjusted;
d. All debris and litter shall be cleaned up and all walkways and curbs shall be cleaned of
soil and debris left from planting operations.
3. If, after the inspection, the City Representative is of the opinion that all work has been
performed as per the Contract Documents, and that all vegetation is in satisfactory growing
condition, he will give the Contractor Written Notice of Acceptance and the Guarantee
Period shall begin.
4. Work requiring corrective action in the judgment of the City Representative shall be
performed within the first ten (10) days of the guarantee period. Any work not performed
within this time will necessitate an equivalent extension of the guarantee period. Corrective
work and materials replacement shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents, and
shall be made by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
5. Final approval and Substantial Completion notice will be given when all deficiencies are
corrected.
City of Fort Collins Section 02912 — Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 6
D. End of Guarantee Period Inspection:
l . At the end of the second full growing season City Representatives will inspect all trees for
satisfactory condition. The inspection shall take place in September and the City shall contact
the Contractor concerning replacements. Replacements may take place the following spring if
deemed proper or necessary.
2. The Contractor is responsible for removal of all tree stakes. wire and webbing at the end of the
guarantee period.
1.05 Guarantee
A. Guarantee landscape construction materials against defects due to any cause for a period of two
years.
B. Guarantee plant material used in this section against defects due to any cause for a period of two
full erowinp seasons from the date of acceptance of all work. This guarantee includes insect
infestation or infection by disease organisms.
C. This guarantee will not be enforced should woody vegetation die due to vandalism; improper
maintenance procedures carried out by the Owner involving over or under watering, lawn mower
damage, over -fertilization, fire, flood, or hail or other similar circumstances beyond the control of
the Contractor.
D. Replace woody vegetation when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the
City Representative for the duration of the Guarantee Period. Make replacements within fourteen
days of notification from the City Representative. Replacement planting for trees shall be done in
the spring planting season, except as approved otherwise. Remove dead plants within seven days
of notification. If a tree is in marginal condition at the end of the guarantee period it may be
agreeable to both parties to wait until the end of the growing season before deciding whether to
replace that tree.
E. All replacements shall be of the same kind and size as originally specified and shall be installed as
described in the contract documents unless changes are approved by City Representatives. Repairs
and replacements shall be made at no expense to the Owner.
F. Guarantee shall apply to originally specified and installed plants and other landscape materials,
and any replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 Plant Material
A. A complete list of plants including a schedule of quantities, sizes and other requirements is shown
on the Landscape Plan. If discrepancies occur between quantities of plants indicated in the plant
list and as indicated on the plan, the plan quantities shall govern.
B. No substitutions shall be accepted without approval from the Owner's Representative.
C. Plant material shall be a first-class representative of its species; healthy, vigorous, well -branched
and well proportioned with respect to height and width relationships. Inspect to assure that all
plants are free from disease, injury, insects and weed roots; and conform to the requirements of the
American Standard for Nursery Stock, ANSI 260.1 All plants are subject to inspection see 1.04
B.
D. Plant material that is grown in a zone more mild than USDA zone 5 shall be acclimated to
Colorado conditions prior to planting.
E. Digging, Wrapping, and Handling: Plants shall be dug and prepared for shipment in a manner that
will not cause damage to branches, shape, and future development after planting:
City of Fort Collins Section 02912 — Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 6
1. Balled and burlapped plants shall be nursery grown stock adequately balled with firm, natural
balls of soil in sizes and ratios conforming to the Colorado Nursery Act as cited above. Balls
shall be firmly wrapped with non -treated burlap. secured with wire or jute, Broken balls will
not be accepted.
2. Container grown plants shall have been nursery grown in containers and shall have sufficient
roots to hold the entire soil mass together after container removal without being root -bound.
3. Options as to method: if all other requirements are met, a container grown plant may be
substituted for a balled and burlapped or field collected plant. Trees transplanted by
mechanical tree spade may be substituted for balled and burlapped trees as long as minimum
ball sizes are equal to or larger than AAN Standards-
F. Plant Protection: Plants shall be handled so roots are adequately protected at all times from drying
out and from other injury. Protect balls of balled plants which cannot be planted within twelve
hours of delivery with mulch or other suitable material. Where possible, store plants in the shade.
Keep all plant roots moist before, during, and after planting.
2.02 Soil Amendment
A. Use compost or two year cured manure free from lumps, stones or other foreign matter. Do not
use Colorado mountain peat, sphagnum peat is acceptable. Soil amendment must be free of
mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life and have the following properties:
Organic Matter: 35-40%
pH: 7.4 to 8.5
Salt: < 7 mmhoslcm
Submit test results prior to application.
2.03 Staking Materials
A. Tree Stakes: 6-foot long metal "T" posts, safety caps.
B. Guying and Staking Wire: Galvanized iron or steel 12-gauge wire.
C. Webbing: 2-inch nylon webbing.
2.04 Landscape Fabric
A. (Consider the situation before specing this) Weed barrier or landscape fabric which allows the
exchange of water and air and staples.
2.05 Mulch
A. Shredded wood: Mulch shall be shredded branches, chipped or shredded pallets is not acceptable.
Mulch shall be free from noxious weed seed and all foreign material harmful to plant life. Submit
samples.
2.06 Herbicide:
A. Round -Up
2.07 Watering:
A. No water will be available on site until installation of the irrigation system is complete. It is the
intent that all plant material be watered using the irrigation system after installation.
City of Fort Collins Section 02912 — Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 6
QT 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Planting Woody Vegetation
A. Location: stake tree locations and place container shrubs as shown on the plans. Coordinate
review of locations with City Representative.
B. The following table identifies the minimum distances from trees to utilities etc.
Item Minimum Distance (feet)
Curbs 5
Sidewalks 5
Electric buried cable 4
Water lines b
Sewer lines 10
Gas lines 4
Street lights — Shade trees 40
Street lights — Ornamental trees 15
Street signs 7
Intersections 30
Vaults and pits 5-10
Irrigation rotor heads 12-20
In turf areas:
Tree to tree — Shade trees 25
Tree to tree — Evergreen trees 15
Tree to tree — Ornamental trees 15
C. Planting Pits:
1. Dig planting pits two times the width of the root ball, see planting detail.
2. Roughen sides of the pit to remove any compacting or glazing. Mix loosened soil with
specified backfill.
D. Backfll Material: Tree and shrub planting pits shall be backfilled with the following mix:
1. 2/3 existing pit soil by volume.
2. 1/3 soil amendment by volume.
Thoroughly mix backfill material in accordance with industry accepted technique in order to
obtain a uniform, evenly blended consistency, free from pockets of unblended material and clods
or stones greater than two inches in diameter. Coordinate review of backfill mix with City
Representative.
E. Planting:
1. Place each tree and shrub in the planting pit so that it will be two inches above finish grade for
trees and one inch above finish grade for shrubs.
2. Untie and remove burlap from top third of root ball on balled and burlapped material.
Remove all burlap that is treated (green in color). Complete removal of wire baskets is
preferred, at a minimum remove wire baskets from top and sides of root ball.
City of Fort Collins Section 02912 — Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials
Park Planning & Development Division Page 5 of 6
3. Backfill planting pit with backfill material and tamp to compact. Water in thoroughly. Be
sure no soil is placed on top of the root ball.
4. Stake all trees in a true vertical position per the appropriate construction detail.
5. Place safety caps on tree stakes within 15 feet of the playground curb.
6. Coordinate woody vegetation operations with other construction activities so that the
irrigation system can be used to water the vegetation immediately after planting.
3.02 Placing Fabric and Mulch
A. Place weed barrier in all shrub beds. Lay out weed barrier around shrubs using staples to secure
edges and seams. Do not use weed barrier in perennial or groundcover beds.
B. Place a layer of wood mulch in all tree rings to the depth of 3-4 inches as shown on the
construction detail. Do not install weed barrier in tree rings. Deciduous tree rings shall be 4 feet
in diameter, coniferous tree rings shall extend I foot beyond the drip line.
C. Place mulch in all planting beds, if shrub or perennial beds are planned. Place mulch to a 3-4 inch
depth. Gently brush mulch off of perennials once installed. Take care in placement not to damage
newly planted vegetation.
3.03 Maintenance
A. Continuously maintain all plantings included in the Contract from the beginning of Contract work
and during the progress of work, see Section 02970 Planting Maintenance.
B. The Owner will assume the responsibility of maintenance including watering, fertilizing, weeding,
etc. upon written acceptance of Substantial Completion from the Owner. The Contractor shall
periodically inspect the project during the two year guarantee period and immediately notify the
Owner's Representative of any irregularities or deficiencies which will affect the guarantee.
C. Round -Up herbicide may be used in mulched tree rings if grass seed has sprouted from seeding
operations.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for resetting of any plants to an upright position or to proper
grade and for the removal and replacement of any dead plant material.
3.04 Project Record (As -Built Drawing)
A. Maintain one complete set of contract documents on site. Keep documents current. Record any
changes in location, quantity and species of plant material. Submit corrected drawings to the
Owner's Representative prior to final inspection.
3.05 Tree Stakes
A. Remove all metal T-posts, wire and webbing one year after installation or at the end of the
two year warranty period.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02912 - Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Perennials -.
Park Planning & Development Division Page 6 of 6
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02930 - SOD CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Work Included
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all work and
services necessary for sod construction in the quantities required.
B. Furnish and install all supplementaryor miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental
to or necessary for a healthy. sound, and complete, craftsman -like installation. Work to include:
1. Application of herbicides.
2. Soil preparation.
3. Fine grading of all planting areas.
4. Sod installation.
5. Maintenance during establishment.
1.02 Submittals & Quality Assurance
A. Submit three copies of:
1. Manufacturer's specifications and literature on all products.
2. Manufacturer's tests (within 6 months of application) on supplied products.
3. Sod grower's letter certifying the sod's species composition.
B. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the
work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best
methods for their installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section.
1.03 Inspection
A. Initial Inspection:
1. Contractor will inspect existing site conditions and note irregularities affecting the work of
this section. Verify that grading operations have been satisfactorily completed and that topsoil
of adequate quantity and quality has been placed in all disturbed areas as specified. Verify
that the areas to be sodded are protected from concentrated runoff and sediment from adjacent
areas. Note any previous treatments to the areas such as temporary seeding or mulching and
discuss with the City Representative how these treatments will affect permanent revegetation.
Report all irregularities affecting work of this section to the City Representative before
initiating work. When the Contractor begins work under this section, it implies acceptance of
existing conditions.
B. Substantial and Final Acceptance:
1. Contractor shall notify City Representative prior to start of work. City Representative will be
responsible to monitor the work.
2. Sodded areas shall receive "Final Acceptance" provided a healthy, even colored, viable turf is
established, free of weeds and undesirable grass species, disease and insects.
City of Fort Collins Section 02930 — Sod Construction
Park Planning & Development Division Page 1 of 4
1.04 Guarantee
A. Guarantee sod against defects for a period of one growing season from the date of final
acceptance-
B. This euarantec shall not be enforced should sod die due to vandalism, improper maintenance by
Owner. lawn mower damage or other circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor.
C. Replace sod when it is no longer in a satisfactory condition as determined by the Owner's
Representalive for the duration of the guarantee period.
D. Areas sodded in the spring shall be inspected for required coverage the following fall not later than
October. Areas sodded in the fall will be inspected in October of the following year.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 Herbicide
A. Round -Up
2.02 Soil Amendment
A.. Use compost or two year cured manure free from lumps, stones or other foreign matter. Soil
amendment must be free of mineral matter or chemical composition harmful to plant life and have
the following properties:
Organic Matter: 35-45%
pH: 7.4 to 8.5
Salt: < 7 mmhos/cm
2.03 Fertilizer
A. Commercial Fertilizer (20 — 20 — 10) apply at manufacturers recommendation.
2.04 Sod
A. Provide strongly rooted sod not less than 2 years old and free of weeds.
B. Species composition shall be a mix of Kentucky Bluegrass and Perennial Rye. Furnish in rolls:
1. Uniformly mowed height when harvested.
2. Free of disease, nematodes, pests and pest larvae.
3. Thickness: Soil thickness of sod cuts shall not be less than 3/4 inch nor more than I inch.
C. Weeds:
1. Free of Bermuda grass, Quack grass, Johnson grass, poison ivy, nut sedge, nimble will,
Canada thistle, bindweed, bent grass, wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel.
2. Containing less than 10 Jimsonweed, mustard, Iamb's quarter, chickweed, cress or crabgrass
plant per 100 sq. ft.
2.05 Water
A. Free of substances harmful to plant growth. Contractor responsible for watering even if area
sprinkler system is not operational.
2.06 Pegs
A. Softwood, 3/4 inch diameter, 8 inch length.
City of Fort Collins Section 02930 — Sod Construction —,
Park Planning 8 Development Division Page 2 of 4
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
1,
PART Z - EXECUTION
3.01 Site Preparation
A. Prepare areas as follows:
I. Remove any existing vegetation not scheduled to remain.
2. Rip existing topsoil to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches in one direction using an
agricultural ripper with tines spaced at no greater than 18 inches. Areas adjacent to walks,
structures, curbs. etc., where the use of large mechanical equipment is difficult, shall be
worked with smaller equipment or by hand.
3. Place soil amendment at a rate of six (6) cubic yards per 1,000 square feet.
4. Till all areas to be planted to a depth of six (6) inches.
5. In tree protection areas, the topsoil shall be worked by hand to a depth of 3 inches.
6. Remove all rubble, stones, plant material and extraneous material over 1'/z inches in diameter
from the site.
7. Apply pre -planting fertilizer as specified in Part 2 of the Section.
8. Restore fine grade with float drag to remove irregularities resulting from tilling operations.
Float drag in two directions. Coordinate restoration of fine grade to establish the vegetation
subgrade at one inch below adjacent paved surfaces. Match grade at property lines and work -
limit lines.
B. Remove any additional stones over 1 %z inches that have come to the surface. Perform drainage test
by applying water with the irrigation system. Do not plant until the finished grade is reviewed by
City Representative. This review does not reduce Contractor's responsibility to provide a finished
product that drains properly.
3.02 Installation
A. Sod areas indicated on drawings.
B. Selection of the time of sodding shall be the Contractor's responsibility, consistent with weather
limitations. Coordinate with Parks Maintenance if fall watering is required for establishment.
C. Begin sodding from bottom of slopes.
D. Lay first row of sod in a straight line with long dimension of pads parallel to slope contours.
E. Butt side and end joints.
F. Stagger end joints in adjacent rows.
G. Do not stretch or overlap sod.
H. Peg sod on slopes greater than 3 to 1 with a minimum of two pegs per sq. yd.
1. Water sod immediately after transplanting.
J. Roll sod, except on pegged areas, with roller weighing not more than 150 lbs. per foot of roller
width.
K. Water sod and soil to a depth of 4 to 6 inches within four hours after rolling.
L. Provide sufficient barriers and signage notifying the public to keep off the newly sodded areas.
3.03 Maintenance
A. Sod establishment period:
City of Fort Collins Section 02930 — Sod Construction
Park Planning & Development Division Page 3 of 4
1. Sod establishment period shall begin immediately after installation and continue through the
second or third mowing when turf is established. Maintenance shall include watering.
mowing, fertilizing and weed control as necessary.
2. Watering: Water sod areas as needed to keep wet to a depth of4 to 6 inches for 2 to 3 weeks
until grass is established. Avoid standing water, surface wash or erosion from over -watering.
Reduce water application after the first few weeks.
3. Mowing: Mow when grass is over four (4) inches. Mow at a height of three (3) inches. Do
not mow more than one third (1/3) height of grass. Reduce irrigation prior to mowing to
prevent damage to turf Mow with walk behind mower.
4. Disease and Insect Control: A licensed applicator shall apply fungicides and insecticides as
required to control disease and insects in accordance with state law requirements.
3.04 Re -sod and Repair
A. Resod areas where there is not a satisfactory stand of grass at the end of establishment period.
B. Sod shall be established at least 30 days prior to Final Acceptance. r
C. Re -sod spots larger than 1 sq. ft. not having a uniform stand of grass.
END OF SECTION
City of Fort Collins Section 02930 — Sod Construction --�
Park Planning & Development Division Page 4 of 4
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02935 — PLANTING MAINTENANCE
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 Scope
A. Furnish all supervision, labor. material equipment, and transportation. and perform all operations
in connection with and reasonably incidental to maintaining all planting, including winter
watering, called for under this contract. Maintain landscape materials in an attractive, healthy,
operable condition until seeded areas are established, landscape punch list items are complete, and
all landscape work is accepted by Owner.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Work Force: Contractor's representative shall be experienced in planting and irrigation
maintenance.
B. Maintenance Record: Submit to the Owner's Representative a monthly record of all maintenance
operations performed, including a record of all herbicides, insecticides, and disease control
chemicals used.
1.03 Environmental Conditions
A. The requirements for winter treatment of plants will be applicable when the maintenance period
extends past October 15.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 Materials
A. Replacement materials shall conform to the specifications for original installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Tree Care
A. Watering: When hand watering, use a water wand to break the water force. All trees and shrubs
shall be winter watered using a need type root feeder at least once per month between irrigation
system winterization and spring start-up. Irrigation system may be used for winter watering,
providing the system is re -winterized after each use.
B. Staking: Inspect stakes monthly to prevent girdling of trunks or branches, and to prevent rubbing
that causes bark wounds. Remove stakes and guys after one year, or as determined by Owner's
Representative. Stakes will remain the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site.
C. Weed Control: Keep planting areas free of weeds. Use recommended legally approved
herbicides. Avoid frequent soil cultivation that destroys shallow roots. Weed at least once per
week.
D. Insect and Disease Control: Maintain reasonable control with approved materials to prevent visual
and structural damage to the plants.
E. Wounds: All wounds or injuries should be traced out and disinfected with alcohol or equal. No
tree wound compounds or paints shall be applied.
F. Tree rings: Mulched tree rings shall be kept tidy and weed free.
City of Fort Collins SECTION 02935 - Planting Maintenance
�` Park Planning & Development Division Page t of 2
G. Replacement of Plants: Remove dead and dying plants and replace with plants of an equal size,
condition, and variety or original planting plan. Replacements shall be made at no expense to
Owner.
H. Trash Removal: Remove trash, clipped grass. and blown dirt weekly from shrub beds. lawns,
walks. and tree basins. Keep the entire area within the limits of planting free from trash and dirt
(water or wind carried) at all times. Repair erosion damage for duration of maintenance period.
3.02 Turfgrass Care
A. Mowing: Mow only the turf areas as needed to maintain a height of 3 inches. Do not mow
wildflowers.
B. Edging: Trim edges at least twice monthly or as needed for neat appearance. Catch clippings and
removed from lawn areas. Vacuum or blow off walks.
C. Watering: Water turf areas at the frequency required to obtain proper turf establishment and to
maintain a lush, green lawn. Apply water in such a way to encourage deep root growth.
3.03 Low Maintenance Grasses
A. Mowing: Mow low maintenance grasses and wetlands grasses only after they have produced
mature seeds and/or gone dormant for the winter or for weed control.
B. Watering: Water as frequently as needed to obtain plant establishment (usually 6 to 8 weeks) and
thereafter as needed to avoid dieback. Apply water slowly and deeply to prevent runoff and
encourage deep root growth.
C. Weed Control: The Owner will determine the need for weed control.
END OF SECTION 11
City of Fort Collins SECTION 02935 - Planting Maintenance
Park Planning & Development Division Page 2 of 2
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish, bend and install all reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, ties and supports.
B. Furnish and install fiber reinforcing materials.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricate and place reinforcing steel in accordance with the latest edition of ACI 315,
"Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", and as
detailed on the Drawings.
B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Refer to Section 03300 for requirements.
C. Reference Standards: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards,
except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. ACI 318, "ACI Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
2. ACI 315, "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures".
2. ACI 301-72, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
3. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice".
4. CRSI "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars".
5. CRSI "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports".
6. AWS D12.1, 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts
and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction".
D. Contractor shall obtain specific approval from the Architect/Engineer for the following
items:
1. Relocation of bars to an extent that causes placement tolerances to be violated.
2. Bar chairs and spacers.
3. Splices not shown on the Drawings and mechanical connectors.
4. Bending of reinforcement embedded in hardened concrete.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver reinforcement to site in strongly tied bundles with metal tags corresponding to bar
schedules and diagrams. Store on the site free of rust, scale, oil or other coating. Store
bars off the ground and protect from moisture, dirt, oil or deleterious coatings.
B. If concreting is delayed for any considerable period of time after reinforcement is in
place, it shall be protected by suitable covering.
C. Protect exposed reinforcement intended for bonding with future extensions by suitable
covering, if applicable.
03200 - 1
0537.02
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Bars: ASTM A615-82, 60 KSI grade, deformed billet steel bars, plain finish, as indicated on
the Drawings. Bars shall be free of scale or other bond -reducing coatings.
B. Ties, stirrups and field bent bars, #3 or smaller, may be ASTM A615, 40 KSI grade.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 or A497, plain type in flat sheets, plain finish, welded
intersections, in sizes as indicated on the Drawings. Use of coiled rolls shall not be
permitted.
D. Steel Wire: Provide plain cold -drawn wire conforming to ASTM A82.
E. Fiber Reinforcing: Collated, fibrillated polypropylene fiber, Fiber Mesh I, Fiber Mesh, Inc.,
Chattanooga, TN, or equal.
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Accessories shall be of suitable type conforming to ACI 315 and shall include spacers,
chairs, tie bars, support bars and all other devices for properly assembling, placing and
supporting reinforcement, weight of concrete and workmen without displacement of
reinforcement. Wood, brick, block, concrete chips and other non-metallic devices are not
acceptable.
B. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms,
provide supports with legs which are hot -dipped galvanized, plastic protected or stainless
steel protected.
C. Wire Ties: Wire for tying shalt be annealed, cold -drawn wire of at least 16-gage.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Shop fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions with
fabrication tolerance complying with ACI 315. Cold bend bars in a manner which will not
injure material.
B. Straightening or rebending at site will not be permitted for bars over 40 KSI yield strength.
C. Where reinforcing bars are shown welded to structural steel, bars are to be furnished by
rebar supplier and welded in place by structural steel erector.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
accordance with the requirements of Section 02225. If the foundation structure design
shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly conform to this requirement,
advise Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work of this Section.
3.02 SPLICES
A. Splices not shown on the Drawings must be approved by the Architect/Engineer.
B. Lapped splices shalt be securely wired together. Minimum laps shall be in accordance with
requirements of ACI 318 and ACI 301-72 and as shown on the Drawings. Offset vertical lap
03200 - 2
0537.02
splices at least one bar diameter.
Lapped splices for welded wire fabric shall be made so that overlap of outermost wires is
not less than one full mesh. Lace splices together with 16-gage wire.
3.03 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL
A. Prior to placing into position, thoroughly clean reinforcement of mill and excessive rust,
scale, dust, mud, oil, ice and all other deleterious coating which may destroy or reduce
bond.
B. All reinforcing shall be placed in accordance with the Drawings and the "Manual of
Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315, ACI 301 and ACI
318.
C. Accurately place and support reinforcing steel with chairs, bar supports, spacers or
hangers as recommended by ACI detailing manual except in slab -on -grade work. Support
bars in slabs -on -grade and footings with approved accessories.
D. Place reinforcing bars to a tolerance of +/- 1 /4", except that minimum spacings between
bars shall be to a tolerance of +/- 1/4". Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid
interference with other reinforcing steel,'conduit or embedded items. The Architect/
Engineer's approval must be obtained prior to moving bars under these circumstances.
E. Securely anchor and tie reinforcing bars and dowels prior to placing concrete.
F. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for concrete protection
shown on the Drawings and specified. Do not place reinforcement with additional
concrete cover unless expressly approved by the Structural Engineer.
G. Steel reinforcing bars shall run continuous through cold joints.
3.04 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC
A. Welded wire fabric shall be placed 2" below slab surface or as indicated on the Drawings
and shall not be permitted to be placed on subgrade prior to concrete placement and
hooked into position. Reinforcement shall be fully supported at required elevation prior
to concrete placement. Use continuous chairs or support bars in structural slabs to
maintain proper locations as shown on the Drawings.
B. Install welded wire fabric using full sheets as large as possible. Lap adjoining pieces as
specified herein. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either
direction.
3.05 PLACING FIBER REINFORCING
A. Place fiber reinforcing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and
recommendations.
1. 1-1 /2 lbs. per cu. yd., unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer.
PART 4 SCHEDULES
_. 4.01 SCHEDULE OF REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing materials shall be placed in quantities, sizes and spacing as shown on the
Drawings and/or as scheduled herein:
1. Reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric shall be installed where shown or
03206 - 3
0537.02
scheduled on the Drawings.
Fiber reinforcing shall be placed in all poured -in -place concrete flatwork, including
exterior concrete drives, apron pavements and curb and gutter sections, sidewalks,
etc., regardless of whether these already are reinforced with steel or wire
materials.
3. Fiber reinforcing is not required in footings, foundation walls, grade beams and
piers.
END OF SECTION
03200 - 4
0537.02
SECTION 03300
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
FOR SHELTER, SIGNS AND LIGHT POLES
PART GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for footings, foundations, piers, and any other
concrete work required but not itemized.
B. Furnish and install cast -in -place concrete for thrust restraint, encasement or other work.
C. Furnishing and placing joint materials.
D. Furnish and install cast -in concrete accessories, unless arranged for otherwise.
E. Apply sandblast finish to exposed concrete surfaces where specified.
F. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01450, Quality Control and Testing.
2. Section 02220, Demolition.
3. Section 02221, Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting.
4. Section 02520, Portland Cement Concrete Paving.
5. Section 02870, Site Furnishings.
6. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement.
7. Section 05120, Structural Steel.
8. Section 07900, Sealants and Joint Fillers.
9. Division 16, Electrical.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Except as modified or supplemented in these Specifications,
structural concrete shall meet the requirements of the following standards. Refer to the
standards for detailed requirements.
1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2. ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork".
3. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforcing Concrete'.
" 4. ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete".
5. ACI 305, 'Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting'.
6. ACI 306, 'Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting'.
7. ASTM C94, "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete".
8. ASTM C33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates".
9. ASTM C150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement".
10. ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete".
11. ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete".
` 12. ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete".
13. Uniform Building Code, current edition.
r B. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Contractor shall have in place a quality assurance
program to monitor the composition of the ready -mixed concrete provided for this
project. The quality assurance program shall detail:
03300 - 1
0537.02
1. Quality and types of aggregates, cement, mineral admixtures, chemical admixtures
and water.
2. Batching of these materials, including properties of the batched mix(es).
3. Delivery and placement requirements for the batched mix(es).
4. Regular contractor monitoring and testing of batched materials.
C. Contractor shall maintain a copy of ACI SP-15-72, "Field Reference Manual" in the field
office at all times.
D. Contractor shall employ an experienced and competent foreman for all concrete work.
The foreman shall be thoroughly familiar with all phases of concrete construction, —
including formwork. Upon request submit records of qualifications and experience of the
foreman to the Architect.
E. All concrete work which does not conform to specified requirements, including strength, --
tolerances and finishes, shall be corrected or removed and replaced as directed by the
Architect/Engineer, at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible
for the cost of corrections to any other work affected by or resulting from correction to
concrete work and for any additional testing of work in place which may be required.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design(s) in accordance with ACI 304 for approval by the
Architect/Engineer. Submit written design mix reports for each class of concrete at least
fifteen (15) days prior to start of work. Include the following in each report:
1. Project identification.
2. Concrete class. —
3. Specified properties for concrete.
4. Source of concrete aggregate and cement.
5. Cement type and brand. —
6. Manufacturer and brand name of admixtures.
7. Proportions of concrete mixed per cubic yard.
8. Test results for each property specified for design mix.
9. Unit weight.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data with application and installation
instructions for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming —
accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, joint systems, color additives and concrete
stains, sealers, hardener and finishing compounds.
C. Contractor Quality Assurance Program: Submit for review by the Architect/Engineer in
accordance with paragraph 1.02.B.
D. Certificates:
1. Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates. '~
2. Certification of appropriate use for hardening and sealing products, as specified in
paragraph 2.05.
E. Contractor shall retain for Architect/Engineer's review, if requested, all delivery tickets
for each load delivered to the site. Tickets shall show truck number, concrete strength,
cement brand and type, cement content, water content (also expressed as water/cement
ratio), amount of course aggregate and fine aggregate, name and amount of admixture,
number of yards delivered, time of arrival at site and mixing time.
03300 - 2
0537.02
AmAdininistrative Services
Purchasing f)ivisoll
City of Fort Collins
ADDENDUM No. 1
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Description of Bid: 5951 Oak Street Plaza
OPENING DATE: 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock) January 11, 2006
To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above,
the following changes are hereby made.
GENERAL CLARIFICATION
1. Structure quantities on sheet A-1 are 1(one) Street Sign, 1(one) Shelter, and 9(nine) Light
Fixtures.
2. Digital data for grading of plaza provided upon request (Park Planning & Development).
3. Legend on sheet S-1 Custom Handrail and Custom Metal Fence (By Others). "By Others"
refers to these items being manufactured by artist "Mind Over Metal", but will still need to be
coordinated by the General Contractor for installation.
4. In DIVISION 2, Section 02240 — Tree Removal, 1.02 A. A Licensed Forester is to bid this
portion of the work and not the whole project.
5. The cable attachment for the string lights is shown on the structural drawings Sheet SF-1,
Cable shall be 7X19 Galvanized Aircraft Cable sized to meet 1000# load as shown on Sheet
SF-1, with thimble and wire rope clips for the required load. Layout of the cable and lights is
shown on sheet E-2.
6. Existing Mechanical Vault: The existing water feature mechanical equipment shall be
removed and disposed of off -site. The existing centrifugal pump, basket strainer, display
pump piping and valves shall be removed. All existing electrical control panels, conduit, and
wiring shall be removed. The existing ventilation fan shall be removed. The existing potable
water meter, sump pump, sump pump piping, and cover over sump pit shall remain in place.
7. Heat Tape: The heat tape to be wrapped around the %" copper fog nozzle supply pipe shall
'he RayChem WinterGard Wet, 120V, 6-watt cable suitable for wet applications. Pipe and
heat tape shall be wrapped with electrometric Insul-Tube pipe insulation. All heat tape and
insulation to be installed per manufacturers recommendations.
8. Irrigation Controller: The irrigation controller shall be as shown on the irrigation drawings
details and specifications. The controller is to be located in the water feature mechanicai
vault as shown in the drawings. The 120 VAC electrical service to the controller shall be as
shown on the electrical drawings.
215 North Mason Street • 2nd Fluor • F.O. Box 580 • Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580 " (970) 221-6775 • Fax (970) 221-6707
www.fcizov.com
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
PROJECT: Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza
Place I�+- L4Jl t �S , CO Q11111006�
Date
1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated
Lteem&E,r,7, and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned
a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or
Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado
hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract
Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed
on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules.
2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this
proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any
other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in
pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the
Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the
detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be
done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned.
3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid
bond in the sum of j ya
($ ) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid
and Instructions to Bidders.
4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance
Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within
fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the
award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this
Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder
proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as
follows: DEbEt,;�0646 SiL�r� AMP ��%�.✓tr�, fin., PP Bc�c y69rJXS� I,ktiv���,lA V02yd
5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with
their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned,
included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by
the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule,
irrespective of whether it is named in said list.
6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or
Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents.
7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No.
_through ._.
7/96 Section 00300 Page 1
1.04 INSPECTION
A. Provide free access for the Architect/Engineer to locations where concrete materials are
stored, proportioned or mixed. Do not place concrete until forming and reinforcing for a
given pour has been approved by the Architect/Engineer.
B. Provide minimum 24 hours advance notice for inspection to the Architect/Engineer, but
ensure that forming and reinforcing are substantially complete at the time of notification.
1.05 TESTING
A. Inspection and testing of concrete mix will be performed by an independent testing agent
approved by the Architect. Testing fees shall be paid as specified in the General and
Supplementary Conditions.
B. Provide free access to work and cooperate with the appointed firm.
C. Submit proposed concrete mix design to the inspection and testing firm for review prior to
commencement of work.
D. Field Quality Control Testing: Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during
the placement of concrete, as follows:
1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172, except modified for slump to comply with
ASTM C94.
2. Slump: ASTM C143; one (1) test for each set of compressive strength test
specimens.
3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, one (1) test each set of compressive
test specimens, or when the indication of change requires.
4. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31; one (1) set of four (4) standard cylinders
for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed.
5. Cast and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens and field -cured test
specimens as specified in ASTM C31.
E. Compressive Strength Tests:
1. ASTM C39: One (1) set for each 50 cu. yds. or fraction thereof of each mix design
placed in any one day, or for each 5,000 sq. ft. of surface area placed; one (1)
specimen tested at seven (7) days, two (2) specimens tested at 28 days, and one
(1) specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
2. When the frequency of testing will provide less than three (3) strength tests for a
given mix design, conduct testing from at least five (5) randomly selected batches
or from each batch if fewer than three (3) are used.
3. Report test results in writing to the Owner, Architect, Structural Engineer,
Contractor and ready -mix supplier on the same day that tests are made. Reports
of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and
number, date of concrete placement, name of contractor, name of the concrete
supplier and truck number, name of the concrete testing service, concrete type
and class, location of concrete batch in the structure, design compressive strength
at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength
and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests.
4. The testing agency will make additional tests of in -place concrete when test
results indicate the specified concrete strengths and characteristics have not been
attained in the structure, as directed by the Architect/Engineer. The testing
agency shall conduct tests to determine the strength and other characteristics of
the in -place concrete by compression tests on cored cylinders complying with ASTM
C42, by load testing specified in ACI 318 or other acceptable non-destructive
03300 - 3
0537.02
testing methods, as directed. The Contractor shall pay for this additional testing.
F. Slump Test: One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
G. Air Entrainment Test: One (1) air entrainment test will be taken for each set of test
cylinders taken.
H. Test hourly when air temperature is 400 F and below, and when 800 F and above and each
time a set of compression test specimens are made.
-1.06 EVALUATION OF QUALITY CONTROL TESTING
A. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has slump or total air
content outside the specified values.
B. Compressive strength tests for laboratory -cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if
the averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or
exceed the 28-day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete and no
individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500
psi.
C.. If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the
concrete represented by such tests will be considered -deficient in strength and subject to
additional testing as herein specified or removal and replacement of the concrete which
the test represents.
1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store cement in watertight enclosures and protect against dampness, contamination and
warehouse set.
B. Stockpile aggregates to prevent excessive segregation or contamination with other
materials or other sizes of aggregates. Use only one (1) supply source for each aggregate
stockpile.
C. Store admixtures to prevent contamination, evaporation or damage. Protect liquid
admixtures from freezing or harmful temperature ranges.
D. Allow a maximum of 90 minutes between the time water is added and the time the
concrete is completely placed.
1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Do not place concrete during rain, sleet or snow, unless adequate protection is
provided. Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or damage the
surface finish.
B. Cold Weather Concreting:
1. Refer to ACI 306, 'Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting'.
2. Temperature of concrete when placed shall not be less than the following:
Minimum Concrete Temp. Degrees
Air Temp.
F Section with Least Dimension
Degrees F
Under 12" 12" and Over
30 to 45
60 50
0 to 30
65 55
Below 0
70 60
03300 - 4
0537.02
3. When placed, heated concrete shall not be warmer than 80' F.
4. Prior to placing concrete, all ice, snow, surface and subsurface frost shall be
removed and the temperature of the surfaces to be in contact with the new
concrete shall be raised above 350 F.
5. Protect the concrete from freezing during specified curing period.
6. Heated enclosures shall be strong and windproof to ensure adequate protection of
corners, edges and thin sections. Do not permit heating units to locally heat or dry
the concrete. Do not use combustion heaters during the first 24 hours, unless the
concrete is protected from exposure to exhaust gases which contain carbon
dioxide.
C. Hot Weather Concreting:
1. Refer to ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting'.
2. Take precautions when the ambient air temperature is 900 F or above.
Temperature of concrete when placed shall not exceed 850 F.
3. Cool forms and reinforcing to a maximum of 900 F by spraying with water prior to
placing concrete.
4. Do not use cement that has reached a temperature of 2700 F or more.
5. Do not place concrete when the evaporation rate (actual or anticipated) equals or
exceeds 0.20 pounds per sq. ft. per hour.
6. Approved set -retarding and water -reducing admixtures may be used with the
Architect/Engineer's approval when ambient air temperature is 900 F or above to
offset the accelerating effects of high temperatures.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II. Use only one (1) brand of cement in any individual
structure.
B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, sharp, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33.
C. Coarse Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: Clean, strong crushed gravel or stone
conforming to ASTM C33. Gradation shall be as specified under concrete mixes.
D. Water: Clean, fresh potable supply, free from oil, acid, alkali, organic materials or other
deleterious substances.
E. Admixtures: Use only when specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer.
1. Air -Entraining Agent: ASTM C260, manufactured by Master Builders MBVR, Sika
AER, Grace Darex AEA, Protex, or equal.
2. Non -Chloride Accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E.
3. Retarder: ASTM C494, Type B or D.
4. Water Reducer: ASTM C494, Type A, manufactured by Master Builders Pozzo-Lith,
Grace WRDA, Protex PDA 25XL, Sika Plastocrete, or equal.
5. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F.
6. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are specifically
prohibited.
7. Fiber Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200 and paragraph 3.02 of this Section.
03300 - 5
0537.02
2.02 NON -SHRINK GROUT
A. Provide premixed, factory -packaged non -shrink, non-metallic grouting compounds
specified in Section 05120.
2.03 CONCRETE BONDING AGENTS
A. Provide an aqueous phase, film forming, freeze -thaw resistant compound suitable for
brush or spray application, complying with Military Specification MIL-B-19235. —
1. Chem Master Polyweld, Grace Daraweld-PBA, Larson Weldcrete, Euclid Eucoweld,
Protex Prowetd-D, or equal.
B. Provide a two -component all-purpose epoxy bonding agent for structural repair or —
corrections.
1. Protex Probond ET-150, Sika Colma-Dur, or equal.
2.04 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
A. Expansion and Isolation Joint Filters: Refer to Section 03100. B. Fiber Reinforcing: Polypropylene fiber reinforcing, specified in Section 03200.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION —
A. Notify any trades that may have items to be embedded in concrete, or that may require
openings in concrete, of placing schedule. Coordinate work to avoid cutting of concrete and to avoid delays in the work. This work may include, but is not limited to:
1. Site furnishings.
2. Fencing.
3. Bicycle racks and lockers.
4. Concrete reinforcing.
5. Structural steel.
6. Electrical work specified in Division 16.
B. Surfaces shall be true to line and grade and free from loose earth, frost, ice, mud and
standing or running water. Protect bottom of excavation against freezing. Do not deposit —
concrete against frozen ground.
C. Make all preparations required for protection of concrete during placing and curing under
detrimental. weather conditions. —
D. Notify the Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours prior to placing of any concrete. Do not
deposit any concrete before the Architect/Engineer has observed reinforcement and other
work in place and given permission to proceed. Such inspection and permission to proceed —
shall in no way relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for proper placement of
reinforcement and placing of concrete and of responsibility for adherence to other
requirements of the Construction Documents. -
E. Form and install concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, except as amended by this
Section. Concrete formwork shall be as specified in Section 03100.
F. Site preparation and compaction of existing and/or imported fill materials shall be in
accordance with the requirements of the Soils Investigation Report and Section 02225. If
the foundation structure design shown on the Drawings and/or specified will not strictly
03300 - 6
0537.02
conform to this requirement, advise the Architect/Engineer before proceeding with work
of this Section.
G. Ensure that form inserts for all exposed edges and corners requiring chamfers are properly
placed, as specified in Section 03100.
H. Ensure that sleeves and other site items to be installed under concrete work are properly
located and installed, as specified in other Sections.
I. Smoothing and Resurfacing Coating: All surfaces in contact with coating shall be free of
dirt, oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants.
J. Patterned Concrete Slab -on -Grade: Do not begin concrete work until all operations are
complete enough to allow placement to be carried on as a continuous operation for the
entire section that is to be placed.
3.02 DESIGN MIXES
A.
Concrete mixes shall be as itemized on the Drawings or specified herein for specific
locations.
B.
Concrete which does not meet the minimum requirements for strength at 28 days shall be
reviewed and is subject to removal at the option of the Architect/Engineer.
C.
Proportion normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 211.1. Concrete for all parts of
the work shall be of the specified quality, capable of being placed without excessive
segregation and, when hardened, of developing all characteristics required by these
Specifications and the Contract Documents. Proportion ingredients to produce a mixture
which will work readily into the corners and angles of the forms and around
reinforcements by the methods of placing and consolidation employed on the work.
D.
Design mixes shall be made and reported by an approved testing laboratory for each class
of concrete, at the Contractor's expense.
E.
Design mixes shall contain all admixtures required by these specifications and/or proposed
by the Contractor to be used in concrete.
F.
Proportion concrete design mixes so that compressive strength of laboratory -cured
cylinders will be at least 15% greater than minimum specified strength. Refer to
paragraph 1.05 for testing requirements.
G.
Concrete Mixes:
1. Class I: For piers and caissons, 4,000 psi (minimum), 5.5 sacks of Type II
cement/cubic yard (minimum), maximum aggregate size 3/4", 3" to 5 slump. Air
entrained 5% to 7%. No fly ash substitution.
H.
In lieu of designing new mixes for this project, existing mix designs meeting all
requirements specified for each concrete mix and used successfully on previous projects
under conditions similar to those anticipated on this project may be used, providing the
following are submitted for the Architect/Engineer's approval for each class of concrete:
1. Reports of concrete mix design and test results.
2. Reports of sufficient consecutive sets of 7- and 28-day concrete strength test made
during the last six (6) months and the calculations of standard deviation for these
tests.
3. Reports of compliance tests of fine and coarse aggregates made during the last six
(6) months.
4. Mix submittals and required statistical strengths shall be in accordance with ACI
301.
I.
Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200.
Y
0537.02
03300 - 7
z
3.C' '01`11CRETE BATCHING AND MIXING
A. Ready -mixed batch plant equipment and facilities must comply with the requirements of
ACI 614 and ASTM C94. The plant must have sufficient capacity to produce and deliver
concrete of specified qualities in quantities required to meet the construction schedule.
B. Site -mixed concrete will not be permitted. Measure, mix and deliver concrete in —
accordance with ASTM C94, except as specified herein.
C. All concrete not placed within 90 minutes of initial contact of cement and water shall be
rejected. —
D. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited. Obtain the Archi-
tect/Engineer's approval for any addition of water. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible water/cement ratio or maximum slump under any circumstances. —
3.04 PREPARATION OF INSERTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for pipes, conduits, sleeves and other work to be
embedded in and passing through concrete members.
B. Coordinate work of other Sections and cooperate with trades involved' in forming and —
setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors and other -inserts.
C. Accurately position and securely fasten all anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit,
sleeves, masonry anchorages and other materials to be embedded in the concrete. —
D. Install conduits between reinforcing steel in walls or slabs with reinforcing in both faces
and below reinforcing in slabs with only one (1) layer of reinforcing steel.
E. Embedments shall be clean when installed. Remove concrete spatter from all surfaces not —
in contact with concrete.
3.05 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Transit -mixed concrete shall be truck -mixed in accordance with "Specification for Ready -
Mixed Concrete", ASTM C94-67. —
B. Concrete shall have a temperature of 700 F ± 200 F at the time of placing, unless prior
permission has been granted in writing by the Architect/Engineer to exceed these
tolerances. —
C. Transport the concrete from mixer to final position as rapidly as practical without
segregation, contamination or loss of material. Maximum not -to -exceed from introduction
of water to placement of concrete is 90 minutes. Place concrete in forms with drop —
chutes, baffles or other methods which will prevent segregation. Comply with the
requirements of ACI 614.
1. Contractor shall assess the placement requirements of the site, construction
staging and other factors, and provide concrete pumping equipment for concrete
placement as may be necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Concrete foundation structures shall be placed on undisturbed, clean surfaces free from —
frost, ice, mud, standing or running water.
E. Ensure that hardened concrete, wood chips, shavings and other debris have been removed
from the interior of the forms and all hardened concrete and foreign materials have been
removed from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying equipment. Forms shalt be
wetted, oiled or treated with an approved form -coating material prior to placing concrete.
Reinforcement shall be cleaned, secured in position, inspected and approved by the
Architect/Engineer before starting the pouring of concrete.
03300 - 8
0537.02
r..•ncrete shall be deposited in the forms as nearly as practical in its final position so as to
a,aidrehandling. Special care shall be exercised to prevent splashing the forms or
reinforcement with concrete in advance of pouring.
G. Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 24" thick, unless otherwise required by
specific conditions of the work, i.e., round, tubular fiber -formed columns. Place
successive layers at such speed so that the preceding layer is still plastic.
H. Immediately after depositing, the concrete shalt be compacted to force out all air
pockets, working the mixture into corners, around reinforcement and inserts to prevent
Lhe formation of voids. Consolidate concrete by vibration, spading or rodding. Do not
over -vibrate or use vibrators to transport concrete. Insert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther apart than the visible effectiveness of
the machine. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set.
1. Mechanical vibrators need not be used for thrust restraints.
2. When vibrating is not practical, concrete shall be consolidated and all faces well
spaced by continuous working with a suitable tool in a manner acceptable to the
Architect/Engineer.
3.06 TOLERANCES
A. Maintain the following tolerances for all cast -in -place concrete work. Defective work shall
be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
1.
Variation from Plumb:
a. 0-10%
1 /4" maximum.
b. 20' or more:
3/8" maximum.
2.
Variation in Thickness:
1 /4" to 1 /2" standard, 5% for footings.
3.
Variation in Grade:
a. 0-10':
1 /4" standard, 1 /8" for floor slabs.
b. 10-20':
3/8" standard, 1 /4" for floor slabs.
C. 40' or more:
3/4" standard, 3/8" for floor slabs.
4.
Variation in Plan:
a. 0-20%
1 /2".
b. 49 or more:
3/4" standard, +1 /2" for footings.
5.
Variation in Eccentricity:
2% for footings.
6.
Variation in Openings:
a. Size:
b. Location:
1 /4".
B. Slab
Tolerances:
1.
Interior Floor Slabs:
1 /8" in 10'.
2.
Exterior Sidewalks, Slabs and Ramps: 1 /4" in 10'.
3.07 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a
period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening.
B. Refer to Section 03100 for stripping and removal of formwork after curing.
C. Refer to the manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for curing of
concrete slabs -on -grade to receive stains, sealers or other special finishes.
03300 - 9
0537.02
A
D. Start curing immediately after finishing. Cure for at least seven (7) days, not necessarily
consecutive, during which air temperature surrounding concrete is above 500 F. Wood
forms shall be kept wet. If forms are removed during curing period, an approved curing _
method must be started immediately.
E. Cure slabs by approved moisture -retaining coverings, lapped and seated, and kept
continuously wet. Approved curing compounds may be used if compatible with specified —
finishes. Specific approval is required from the Architect/Engineer. Curing compounds
shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of freshly placed concrete from vandalism, —
accidental damage by workmen or equipment, or damage resulting from subgrade
settlement or subsequent construction traffic. Take adequate precautions to restrict
traffic in the area of fresh concrete during the curing period. Damaged concrete shall be
repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Owner's discretion.
G. Comply with the requirements of ACI 305 when hot weather conditions exist.
Temperature of concrete when placed shall be less than 901 F. When necessary to prevent —
premature drying, arrangements for installation of windbreaks, shading, fog spraying,
sprinkling, ponding or a wet covering of light color shall be made in advance of placement,
and such protective measures shall be taken as quickly as concrete hardening and finishing —
operations will allow.
H. Comply with the requirements of ACI 306 when cold weather conditions exist. When
atmospheric temperature is 400 F and below, maintain concrete temperature at not less
than 500 F for at least six (6) days. When necessary, make arrangements before concrete
placing for heating, covering insulation or housing as required to maintain specified
temperature and moisture conditions without injury due to concentration of heat. —
1. Maintain protective cover on concrete so that changes in temperatures of concrete shall
be as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5° F in any one (1) hour or 50' F in any 24-
hour period. —
3.08 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE APPLICATIONS
A. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations
as shown on the Drawings or required by the work. Set anchor bolts for machines and
equipment to template at correct elevations. Comply with certified diagrams or
templates of the manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. Items include but are
not limited to:
1. Pumps and tanks.
2. Electrical transformers. Coordinate sizes of transformer bases and other equipment
with the governmental agency or utility having jurisdiction.
3.09 APPLICATION OF SMOOTHING AND RESURFACING COATING
A. General: Prepare surfaces to receive coating per manufacturers requirements and —
recommendations.
1. Surfaces shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants.
2. Remove unsound concrete to ensure a good bond. —
3. Mechanically abrade smooth, dense surfaces to provide necessary bonding.
4. Moisten area prior to application.
5. Maintain contact areas between 400 F and 900 F prior to repair and during initial
curing period.
03300 - 10
0537.02
✓-
B. Mixing: Use a mechanical mixer with rotating blades on low rpm for 3-5 minutes to
achieve desired consistency.
C. Placing: Place material consistently without multiple layers, using a putty knife, trowel or
sponge float.
1. Apply in applications from feather edge to 1 /8" thickness.
2. For areas greater than 1 /8" thick, apply U. S. Spec Quickset 20 to within 1 / 16" of
final repair, then apply finish coat.
D. Finishing: Follow standard ACI curing practices.
3.10 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Remove and replace defective concrete not conforming to required line, detail and
elevation as directed by the Architect/Engineer.
B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and
other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural concrete, except
upon express direction of the Architect.
C. Concrete damaged after placement shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the
Owner's discretion.
3.11 PATCHING AND POINTING
A. Patch and point all vertical and horizontal formed concrete surfaces where exposed to
view, as defined in paragraph 3.07.
B. Fill holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades,
unless otherwise shown or directed, after such work is in place.
C. Mix, place and cure concrete to blend with in -place construction.
D. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the work.
3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Exposed cast -in -place concrete work shall be subject to evaluation to the satisfaction of
the Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics:
1. Tolerances specified in paragraph 3.06.
2. Joint materials and placement.
3. Surfaces of fiber formed architectural columns.
B. Power wash, or clean by other acceptable means, all dampproofing or waterproofing
overspray or other surface visual defect.
END OF SECTION
0537.02
03300 - 11
SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish, fabricate and erect all structural steel framing, including columns, canopies,
bracing and other framing members.
B. Furnish and fabricate items to be imbedded in concrete or masonry such as anchor bolts,
angles or plates for attachment of structural steel and other work.
C. Furnish, fabricate and install miscellaneous non-structural steel items, such as caps and
cover plates, unless arranged for otherwise.
D. Repair and/or reinforce existing structural steel members as indicated on the Drawings.
E. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01450; Quality Control and Testing.
2. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
3. Section 05999, Miscellaneous Metals.
4. Section 09900, Painting.
1.02 RELATED WORK FURNISHED BY OTHERS
A. Electrical light fixtures, outlets and wiring attached to and concealed by steel
fabrications.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Comply with the following codes and standards, except as otherwise
shown or specified:
1. AISC: Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for
Buildings.
2. AISC: Manual of Steel Construction.
3. AISC: Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. Make the
following modifications to the AISC Code of Standard Practice.
a. Delete Paragraph 3.3. Substitute the following: All things which, in the
opinion of the Contractor, appear to be deficiencies, omissions,
contradictions or ambiguities in the Contract Documents shall be brought to
the attention of the Architect/Engineer. The Contract Documents will be
corrected or a written interpretation of the alleged deficiency, omission,
contradiction or ambiguity will be made by the Architect/Engineer before
the affected work proceeds.
b. Delete Paragraph 4.2.1. Substitute the following: Approval by the Owner
and/or Architect of Shop Drawings prepared by the Fabricator indicates
that the Fabricator has correctly interpreted the contract requirements.
Approval does not relieve the Fabricator of the responsibility for accuracy
of dimensions on Shop Drawings, nor the general fit -up of parts to be
assembled in the field. Approval does not relieve the Fabricator of design
responsibility for any connections designed or modified as part of the
05120 - 1
0537.02
Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza
ADDENDUM 3
REVISED BID SCHEDULE
B. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)
LUMP SUM $ �59�• 00 (- t
In words: 1VJ� �jiy�(¢p &Ei7 /✓&� /< 1AVk$,W-0 //IWZV'-'O & f Ts�Dollars
UNIT PRICES
For additions or deletions to the Contract, the following'unit prices shall
be applicable for the specific items listed. Prices shall be complete, in
place including materials and installation, i.e., fittings, etc. and anything
incidental to the proper installation as specified.
A. The Contractor agrees that for requested and/or required changes in the
scope of work, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted in accordance with the
following unit prices, where the Owner elects to use this method of
determining costs.
B. The Contractor is advised that the unit prices will enter into the
determination of the successful bidder. Unreasonable prices may result
in rejection of the entire bid proposal. Unit prices listed below refer
to all items installed and completely in place.
C. Unit prices for irrigation shall include pipe, fittings, valves, concrete
thrust block and stabilizers and any other items shown on the Drawings,
as described in the Specifications or recommended by the manufacturer as
part of the installation.
D. The unit prices quoted by the Contractor shall be those unit prices that
will be charged or credited for labor and materials to be provided
regardless of the total number of units and/or amount of labor required
for added or deleted items of work.
UNIT PRICE ITEM UNIT PRICE
Demolition
A. Demolition of 6-Inch Concrete Slab
B. Demolition of City Curb and Gutter
C. Unclassified Excavation
D. Reconditioning Subgrade
E. Sawcutting
Utilities
F. Storm Inlets
G. 2-Inch PVC Sewer Pipe
H. 12-Inch Storm Sewer Curb Inlet
$ Q, TI Square Foot
$ /60s -/ Linear Foot
$ �j • �q�t� Cubic Yard
$ 55• f / Cubic Yard
$ Linear Foot
$ ;736.00
$ 60• S Z
$ 3$13.5 7
Each
Linear Foot
Each
preparation of shop drawings. —
4. AISC: Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts Approved
by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering
Foundation.
5. AWS: Code for Welding in Building Construction.
6. ASTM A36: Structural Steel.
7. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners.
8. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
9. ASTM A500-13: Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Structural Steel.
10. ASTM A572-50: High -Strength, Low -Alloy Columbium Vanadium Structural Steel.
11. FS TT-P-31: Iron Oxide, Ready Mix, red and brown.
12. ASTM A525: Sheet Steel, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dipped Process.
B. Fabricator Qualifications: Experienced in fabrication of structural steel for projects of
similar size and complexity.
C. Welding Qualifications: Welding shall be performed only by welders or welding operators —
currently certified in accordance with the AWS Code to perform the type of welding
involved.
1. All welders shall have evidence of current certification.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Specifications: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions showing
compliance with the specifications for filler metal for welding, shop paint and grout.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, including job standards for shop and field
connections, anchor bolt and base plate plans, erection drawings for framing, and detail
drawings of ail structural members.
1. Erection drawings shall show all necessary erection details, location, type and size of all bolts and welds, clearly distinguishing between shop and field bolts and
welds.
2. Indicate all joints and attachments between the work of this Section and the work
specified in Section 05999.
3. Connector plate drawings shall show each plate type or condition to scale, with
anchor bolt placement.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications
not submitted under separate Sections.
1.05 TESTING
A. Testing and inspection of shop and field welding shall be as specified in Section 01410.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Materials to be Installed by Others: Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices
which are embedded in cast -in -place concrete to the project site in time to be installed
before the start of cast -in -place concrete operations. Provide setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other devices.
B. Handle members in a manner to prevent damage, distortion or abrasion of shop paint.
Repair or replace damaged materials, members or structures as directed by the
Architect/ Engineer.
05120 - 2
0537.02
C. Storage of Structural Steel: Structural steel members stored at the project site shall be
above ground on platforms, skids or other supports and stored upright to prevent twisting.
Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weathertight and dry place until
ready for use. Store packaged materials in their original, unbroken package or container.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES
A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36.
B. Rolled Steel Shapes: Comply with ASTM A572-50.
C. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, fully welded constructions.
Comply with ASTM A500, Grade B.
D. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B.
E. Solid Steel Bars and Plates: Comply with ASTM A36-81 a.
2.02 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS
A. Unfinished threaded fasteners shall be regular low -carbon steel bolts and nuts complying
with ASTM A307, Grade A.
B. High -strength threaded fasteners shall be heavy hexagonal structural bolts and nuts and
hardened washers complying with ASTM A325 or ASTM A490.
C. Electrodes for manual shielded and metal arc welding shall be covered mild steel
electrodes conforming to the AWS Code and ASTM A233, Series E-70.
2.03 PRIMER AND PAINT
A. Shop Paint: Provide paint conforming to FS TT-P-636, manufacturer's standard red. Field
touch-up paint shall be the same as shop paint.
B. Asphaltic Paint: Provide an asphaltic base paint for all surfaces below grade and for all
members exposed in crawlspaces, and all exterior members to be in contact with
concrete, or as shown on the Drawings.
1. Sonneborn Hydrocide Semi -Mastic.
C. Bus shelter, light fixtures and street sign to be prepared as noted below.
2.04 POWDER COAT FINISH
A. Surface Preparation: "Commercial Blast Cleaning', SP-6.
2.05 NON -SHRINK GROUT
A. Provide factory -packaged non -shrink non-metallic flowable grout where shown on the
Drawings, manufactured by Embeco, Five Star or equal.
1. One (1) day compressive strength of 5,000 psi minimum.
05120 - 3
0537.02
_.I
FART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to
commencing work of this Section. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing of any
discrepancies or conditions which may affect the successful installation of the structural
steel work. Do not begin work until conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to
the Erector.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of
structural steel members prior to commencing erection.
B. Prior to start of erection of the steel, verify the location of embedded anchor bolts and —
report deviations from the anchor bolt setting plan to the General Contractor in writing.
C. Make provision for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain
structure safe, plumb and in true alignment until completion of erection.
3.03 PREPARATION FOR STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS
A. Contractor shall be responsible for checking all dimensions, elevations and assuring fit of
structural steel members prior to commencing installation.
B. Field welding as a part of this work shall only be allowed where specifically approved by
the Architect/Engineer.
1. Contractor shall be responsible for the repair or replacement of any existing
construction damaged or destroyed by this work at no additional cost to the
Owner.
2. Protect adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or
sparks during field welding.
3.04 FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL
A. General: Structural steel shall be detailed and fabricated in accordance with the
referenced codes, AISC Specifications and standards and in compliance with the final
approved shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members as shown.
B. Shop -fabricate and assemble in complete components for delivery and erection on the
site.
C. Coordinate fabrication and delivery sequence to expedite erection and minimize field _
handling of materials. Plates and anchor bolts to be built into concrete work shall be
shipped loose.
D. Cutting and Fitting: Perform necessary cutting, fitting and drilling for the accommodation —
of other trades. Secure correct information for same, both before and after steel is
delivered. Cutting or drilling wilt not be permitted on the job without the approval of the
Architect/Engineer. —
E. Steel to be Exposed in Finished Structure: All steel canopies, connector plates, beams,
columns and other items to be exposed in the completed work shall be fabricated and cut
square, true and uniform, with uneven, rough or abraded edges sanded smooth prior to
powder coating.
05120 - 4
0537.02
3.05 SHOP AND FIELD CONNECTIONS
A. Weld or bolt shop connections, unless otherwise shown. Bolt field connections, except
where welded connections are shown or specified.
1. All welds exposed to view are to be "Architectural Grade", sanded smooth.
B. Finish work in accordance with the approved shop drawings. Work shall be true and free
from twists, kinks, buckles, open joints and other defects.
3.06 POWDER COATING
A. After fabrication, remove all loose scale, rust, weld slag or flux deposit, oil, grease, dirt or
other foreign materials. Clean to meet SP-6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning" requirements.
B. Apply one (1) coat of powder coating to all steel, except as specified herein. Dry film
thickness shall not be less than 2 mils.
3.07 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL
A. General: Erect steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and Code of Standard Practice
and other specified requirements, including. special provision of CSHA and COSH.
B. Erection equipment shall be of adequate capacity to perform all work safely.
C. Maintain work in safe and stable condition during erection. Provide temporary shoring and
bracing as required.
D. Clean bearing and other surfaces which will be in permanent contact before assembly.
1. Allowable Tolerances: Comply with requirements of AISC Code of Standard
Practice. Leveling and plumbing shall be based on a mean temperature of
700 F. Compensate for difference in temperature at time of erection.
E. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates on steel wedges or on other
adjustable devices. Tighten anchor bolts after the supporting members have been
positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims.
F. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. Do not use gas cutting torches in the
field for correcting fabrication errors. All gas cutting must have prior approval of the
Engineer.
G. Field Modifications: Written approval of the Architect/Engineer must be obtained before
using cutting torch for field modification or refabrication of structural steel. Contractor
shall be responsible for errors in fabrication and for correct fit in the field.
3.08 FIELD PAINTING
A. Paint only when ambient air temperature is above 40' F. Surfaces to be painted shall be
free of rust, oil, dirt and mud. Immediately after erection, touch-up field welds, bolted
connections and abrasions of the shop coat.
B. Apply asphaltic paint to portions of columns, including base plate that will be below grade
or top of slab -on -grade, and to all connections or other surfaces exposed in crawlspaces or
to be in contact with concrete in exterior applications.
C. Refer to Section 09901, Powder Coating, for field finishing of exposed steel surfaces.
05120 - 5
0537.02
3 09 P+_ACEMENT OF NON -SHRINK GROUT
A. Inspect surfaces prior to placement of grout. Check for cleanliness and proper placement —
and installation of steel work to be in general conformance with the Drawings.
B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use. Follow
manufacturer's printed instructions. _
C. Place in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Pack grout solid taking care
that there are no voids. Refrain from tightening anchor bolts until grout has set and
cured. —
3.10 CLEANING
A. Clean all steel surfaces in preparation for field finishing. —
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL —
A. Shop- and field -welding of exposed structural steel members shall be subject to evaluation
to the satisfaction' of the Architect, including but not limited to, the following —
characteristics:
1. Alignment of members.
2. Flushness and plumb of adjacent members. —
3. Quality and appearance of finished welds.
END OF SECTION
05120 - b
0537.02
SECTION 05999
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
PART GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install miscellaneous fabricated items of ferrous and non-ferrous metals as
shown on the Drawings, including but not limited to:
1. Pipe bollards.
2. Miscellaneous steel channels, angles, lintels, and straps, if not furnished by other
Sections.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 05120, Structural Steel.
2. Section 09900, Painting.
1.02 WORK FURNISHED BUT INSTALLED BY OTHERS
A. Section 02520, Portland Cement Paving: Metal fabrications cast in concrete.
B. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete: Metal fabrications cast in concrete.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Conform to requirements of the following standards and codes:
1. ASTM A36: Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners.
3. ASTM A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
4. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code.
5. FS TT-P-86: Paint, Red -Lead Base, Ready Mixed.
6. FS TT-P-645: Primer, Paint, Zinc -Chromate, Alkyd Type.
7. Uniform Building Code, current edition.
1.04 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Handrail and guardrail components shall be fabricated and installed to meet all current
building code requirements, whether detailed on the Drawings or not, including but not
limited to:
1. Railing extensions at the top and bottom of stair runs.
2. Railing returns to walls.
3. Uninterrupted grip on railings.
4. Spacing between handrail and guardrail components.
5. Height of handrails and guardrails.
B. Installed railing systems shall resist minimum lateral force of 50 lbs. per foot at top
member, without permanent set or damage to members or anchors.
05999 - 1
0537.02
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature for any miscellaneous or
specialty metal fabrications not submitted under separate Sections.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of any miscellaneous or specialty metal fabrications
not submitted under separate Sections.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL MATERIALS
A. Structural Steel: Conform to ASTM A36.
1. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: High -strength type recommended for structural steel
joints, ASTM A307.
2. Welding Materials: Applicable AWS D1.1, type required for materials being
welded.
3. Primer: Zinc -chromate alkyd FS TT-P-645. B. Structural Tubular Steel: Square, cold -rolled steel tubing, fully welded construction.
Conform to ASTM A500, Grade B.
C. Structural Steel Pipe: Comply with ASTM A53, Grade B. —
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Shop -fabricate and assemble items in largest practical components for delivery and
installation on the site. Extent of shop assembly shall be as approved in the shop
drawings.
B. Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured.
C. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces.
1. All welds exposed to view to be "Architectural Grade". D. Supply components required for proper anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate
anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication,
unless otherwise specified. E. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to prime
painting.
F. Prime paint items for field finishing as specified in Section 09900. Do not shop -prime
surfaces in contact with concrete or requiring field welding. Shop -prime in one (1) coat.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Contractor shall check all lines and levels and verify existing conditions prior to
commencing work of this Section. Notify Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies or
conditions which may affect the successful installation of the work. Do not begin work
until such conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
B. Contractor shall field verify all dimensions affecting the work of this Section and
coordinate fit and installation details with related trades prior to fabrication.
05999 - 2
0537.02
C. Ensure that items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry are supplied
to the site prior to concrete or masonry work, complete with necessary setting templates.
D. Ensure that ferrous metal surfaces have been properly painted where in contact with
aluminum or other dissimilar metals as required to prevent electrolysis.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install prefabricated items in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions and recommendations. Install items square and level, accurately fitted and
free from distortion.
B. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment.
C. Replace items damaged in course of installation.
D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.
PART 4 SCHEDULES
4.01 SCHEDULE OF MISCELLANEOUS METALS
A. Pit Ladders: As detailed on the Drawings.
B. Miscellaneous Steel Channels, Angles, Lintels and Straps: Furnish under this Section,
unless arranged for otherwise.
END OF SECTION
05999 - 3
0537.02
SECTION 07150
DAMPPROOFING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Prepare and prime surfaces to receive dampproofing.
B. Furnish and apply bituminous dampproofing to all below -grade concrete wall surfaces
adjacent to earthen backfill, including but not limited to the following locations:
1. Below -grade surfaces of concrete retaining walls.
2. Other areas where shown on the Drawings, or required by project conditions.
C. Seal joints and protrusions through dampproofing.
D. Furnish and install protection material over applied dampproofing.
E. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 03360, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
2. Section 07180, Water Repellant Sealers.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Conform to the current requirements and recommendations of
applicable portions of standards, codes and specifications, except where more stringent
requirements are shown or specified.
1. Mastic: FS SS-C-00153C Type 1, Class B; ASTM D2822-75, Type 1.
2. Semi -Mastic: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823-75.
3. Liquid or Spray -Applied: FS SS-A-694D; ASTM D2823, Type 1.
f
4. Fiber -Free: FS SS-A-701 B.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's written product literature and instructions for
proper application.
1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for
the application and curing of the dampproofing materials.
B. Do not apply bituminous dampproofing materials unless ambient air temperature is above
400 F.
1.05 WARRANTIES
A. Provide manufacturer's standard one-year warranty covering defects in material
performance.
07150 - 1
0537.02
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS
A. General: Provide types and product selections indicated for bituminous dampproofing or,
where not otherwise indicated, provide type recommended specifically by manufacturer
for application indicated.
1. Spray -on, liquid form where substrate is smooth.
2. Semi -mastic form where substrate is textured or porous.
3. Heavy -mastic form where substrate is coarse, very porous or with deep joints or
cracks.
4. Other special-purpose form as indicated. —
B. Dampproofing: ASTM D1227 Type I and FS-R-1981 Type I multi -purpose, cold -applied
dampproofing, solvent -base, clay emulsion with fibers. Provide brush -on or trowel type,
1 /8" thick minimum. _
1. Approved Product and Manufacturer: Hydrocide Series by Sonneborn Building
Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434.
2. Manufacturers providing materials of same function and performance are
acceptable.
C. Protective Fabric: Roll roofing type, minimum 30 lbs. per square or polyethylene film
type, minimum 6 mil thickness.
D. Protection Material: 1 /4" protection board, Celotex or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Ensure that surfaces to receive dampproofing materials are fully cured, dry and free from
frost, oil, grease, form release agents, curing compounds, laitance and loose materials
detrimental to adhesion and monolithic application of dampproofing.
B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter with scraper, wire brush or other
recommended method. Remove grease or oil with solvent, effective alkaline cleaner or
detergent. If solvents are used, follow with an application of alkaline cleaner or
detergent and scrub surfaces clean with water.
3.02 APPLICATION OF DAMPPROOFING MATERIALS
A. General: Apply dampproofing in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions
and recommendations. Apply in one (1) continuous and uniform coat.
B. Application Rate:
1. Liquid Form: 1.0 gal. per 30-35 sq. ft. of surface. _
2. Semi -Mastic Form: 1 /8" wet film; 8-9 gal. per 100 sq. ft. of surface.
C. Coverage: Apply from 2" below finished grade, down to one of the following, as required
for the particular application or as shown on the Drawings.
1. Bottom of grade beam or footing for slab -on -grade or retaining wall applications.
D. Seal construction joints occurring below grade, including joints between concrete walls,
footings and floor slabs. Ensure that coating is continuous and free from breaks and
pinholes. Form cover at junctions of horizontal and vertical surfaces for drainage away
from the structure.
07150 - 2
0537.02
Paving and Wall
I.
6-Inch City Curb and Gutter
S /
Linear
Foot
p✓:5,
J.
Concrete Header - 6" wide by 18" deep
!
$ /, /`
Linear
Foot
K.
Integral Colored Specialty Concrete
$
Square
Foot
L.
Concrete Pavers
$ 10,7Z
Square
Foot
M.
1'x 2'x 2" Thick Granite Pavers
$ ?.
Square
Foot
N.
1'x 21x 3" Thick Granite Pavers
$
Square
Foot
0.
Smooth Step
/� y
$ % / /
Square
Foot
P.
Smooth Radial Stairs - 6 inch
$ �✓Z•�
Square
Foot
Q.
Smooth Radial Stairs - 4 inch
$
Square
Foot
(19,35
R.
Smooth Radial Retaining Wall - varies
$ 7 /+ 51
Face Foot
Lighting
S.
Pedestrian Light
77>
$ /G(�ZQ•(%!D
Each
T.
String Light
$
Linear
Foot
Furnishings
U.
Handrail - custom
�j
$ 3 / t,�7-70
Linear
Foot
V.
Handrail - 1 ;1" diameter
$ ! z3.3 V
Linear
Foot
W.
Tree Grate
$ /353.$7
Each
X.
Bench - 8 Foot
$ Z/ Y3- ZZ
Each
Y.
Bicycle Rack
$ / Yc/> Z • % Z
Each
Z.
Trash Receptacle
$ b 0 1 16
Each
AA.
Planter Pot - 42 Inch
$ /KZ8 • 70
Each
BB.
Planter Pot - 36 Inch
$j(/38.3 6
Each
CC.
Planter Pot - 24 Inch
$ W 0l//
Each
DD.
Planter Pot - 18 Inch
$ S�Y3• ! b
Each
EE,
Custom Sign
/b
$ / / p - s
Each
E. Seal around items and services projecting through dampproofing surfaces. Apply in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and ensure that sealed areas are
moisture -tight.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION MATERIAL
A. Protect dampproofing from damage during backfilt operations by adhering protective
fabric over treated surfaces. Use of dampproofing materials as an adhesive is not
acceptable.
B. Backfitl within seven (7) days of application, but not before allowing 24-48 hours for curing
of the dampproofing, or as recommended by the manufacturer. Ensure that back fill is
placed so as not to dislodge the protective fabric, rupture or damage the dampproofing
membrane or dislodge the dampproofing from the coated substrate.
C. Reapply dampproofing where damaged by backfilling or compaction processes to provide
continuous, moisture -tight membrane.
END OF SECTION
P�
r
07150 - 3
0537.02
SECTION 07900
SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS
PART GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Clean and prepare joint surfaces.
B. Furnish and install joint backing materials.
C. Furnish and install joint caulking and sealants.
D. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 02520, Portland Cement Paving.
2. Section 03100, Concrete Formwork: Joint fillers for cast -in -place concrete work.
3. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete.
4. Division 15, Mechanical.
5. Division 16, Electrical.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer of sealants and caulking shall have minimum five (5) years of successful
experience with projects of similar size and complexity.
B. Installer shall be continuously employed in work of this type.
C. Certification: Manufacturer/Supplier of sealant and accessory materials shall certify that
materials supplied are acceptable and appropriate for the materials, substrates and
conditions under which sealants are to be installed.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendations and installation
instructions for each type of sealant, caulking compound and associated miscellaneous
material required.
' B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturers standard color line for each type of sealant
specified for exposed locations for selection by the Architect.
C. Sample Installation: Select a test area on the exterior and install caulking. Notify the
Architect for approval and acceptance prior to proceeding with caulking. The test area
will become the standard for quality control of remaining caulking.
/" 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions or when
temperatures are below 400 F or above 1000 F. Proceed with the work only when
forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper curing and development of high
early bond strength. Where joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations,
install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in lower third of the
manufacturers recommended installation temperature range so that sealant will not be
subjected to excessive elongation and bond stress by subsequent low temperatures.
Coordinate time schedule with Contractor to avoid delay of project.
07900 - 1
0537.02
I 05 WARRANTIES
A. Provide manufacturer's written 5-year warranty covering defects in materials when such _
materials are properly applied and fully cured as described in the manufacturer's product
data sheets. The Contractor further agrees to replace sealants which fail because of loss
of cohesion or adhesion, or that do not cure properly due to improper application or _
curing, or when the materials installed are not appropriate for that application, joint type
or other factor beyond the manufacturer's control, for a period of five (5) years.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS
A. General: Supplier/Installer of work of this Section shall certify that materials specified
and/or furnished for this project are appropriate for use in the specified applications for
the following criteria:
1. Compatibility of sealant material with adjacent materials.
2. Compatibility of sealant material with type and degree of weather exposure.
3. Compatibility of sealant material with expected use of space.
4. Compatibility of sealant material with joint type, width and depth. —
B. Exterior: One- or two-part polyurethane -based elastomeric sealants complying with FS TT-
5-00230, Class A, Type I (self-leveting) or Type II (non -sag).
1. One -Part Sealant: Sonotastic NP-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as
recommended by manufacturer for type of application.
2. Two -Part Sealant: Sonolastic NP-2 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as
recommended by manufacturer for type of application. —
C. Concrete Slab Joints: One -part non -priming urethane -based self -leveling pourable sealant
complying with FS TT-S-00230C, Class A, Type 1 (horizontal use).
1. Sonolastic SL-1 by Sonneborne as basis of design or as recommended by
manufacturer for type of application.
2. Ensure that sealant is compatible with seamless flooring systems specified in
Division 9.
3. Ensure that sealant is compatible with special concrete floor finish system
specified in Section 09800.
D. Color(s): —
1. Colors are to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of standard
colors.
2. Design intent is to match sealant color to color of adjacent material, unless —
indicated otherwise. The Architect shall have final authority for color selection,
including variations from this policy.
E. Approved Manufacturers:
1. Sonneborne Building Products, Minneapolis, MN, (612) 835-3434.
2. Tremco Sealants, Cleveland, OH, (800) 321-7906.
3. Schnee -Morehead Inc., Irving, TX, (800) 255-9427.
4. Manufacturers providing materials of same design, function and performance are
acceptable.
0537.02
2.02
ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Primer: Non -staining type for joints as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type recommended by sealant manu-
facturer, compatible with joint forming materials.
C. Joint Filler: ASTM D1056, round polyethylene foam rod, over -sized 30-50%, as
recommended by manufacturer of sealant used.
1. Provide closed cell or open cell foam rod materials, as recommended by the
Installer for specific applications.
D. Bond Breaker: Pressure -sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit
application.
E. Joint Fillers for Cast -in -Place Concrete Work: Refer to Section 03100.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Installer shall examine joint surfaces, backing and anchorage of units forming sealing
rabbet and conditions under which sealant work is to be performed and notify Contractor
of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work, performance and curing of
sealants. Do not proceed with sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
B. Clean, prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove
any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant.
C. Ensure that horizontal and vertical surfaces are of sufficient dimension for required
bonding of sealant materials as recommended by the manufacturer.
D. Ensure that sealants are compatible with the substrates to which they are to adhere.
E. Verify that joint shaping materials and release tapes are compatible with sealant.
F. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios.
G. Install joint filler to achieve required joint depths to allow sealants to perform properly.
H. Install bond breaker where required.
I. Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces which may be marred or damaged by sealant
materials.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS
A. General: Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply sealant
within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be
applied within recommended temperature ranges.
B. Tool joints slightly concave in vertical surfaces and flush in horizontal surfaces.
C. Maintain joints free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges or sags.
D. Ensure that sealant is applied leaving crisp, clean lines with adjacent materials. Do not
allow sealant to bleed onto adjacent surfaces. Immediately wipe excess sealant materials
off adjacent surfaces.
E. Remove and replace any sealants improperly applied, to the satisfaction of the Architect.
F. Repair and replace any adjacent materials that have been damaged, marred or discolored
by work of this Section, to the satisfaction of the Architect.
07900 - 3
0537.02
K S FS
4.01 SCHEDULE OF SEALANT WORK
A. Install sealants as indicated on the Drawings or scheduled herein, including but not limited
to:
1. Expansion joints in exterior concrete flatwork adjacent to structures and retaining
walls.
2. Expansion joints in exterior concrete pavements, aprons, sidewalks, ramps and _
curb and gutter sections.
3. Vertical expansion and control joints in concrete walls.
4. Miscellaneous vertical and horizontal joints between dissimilar materials, where
required for contraction and expansion of joints, or where required to maintain the
weathertightness of the project.
5. Other joints as indicated, as required for neat appearance, or as directed by the
Architect.
B. Refer to other Division 2 sections for sealants required for site concrete work and other
materials. _
END OF SECTION
07900 - 4
0537.02
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Prepare surfaces to receive opaque painted finishes as specified.
B. Finish surfaces as indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section. Generally, the
scope of work shall include painting all exposed surfaces, whether specifically noted or
not, and certain concealed surfaces, except where materials are prefinished or where
intended to remain unfinished as described in paragraph 1.02 below.
C. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Section 01600, Material and Equipment:. Maintenance materials.
2. Section 09901, Powder Coating.
3. Section 10430, Signage.
4. Division 15, Mechanical.
5. Division 16, Electrical.
1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED
A. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces in concealed areas and
inaccessible areas such as furred spaces, foundation spaces, utility tunnels, pipe spaces
and duct shafts.
B. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and
similar finished materials will not require painting under this Section, except as may be so
specified.
C. Materials, fixtures and equipment specified or supplied by the manufacturer as prefinished
shall not be painted, unless otherwise indicated in the Schedule at the end of this Section.
Materials supplied with factory -applied primer coats shall be field finished by this
Section, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Do not paint moving parts of operating units, mechanical or electrical parts such as valve
operators, linkages, sensing devices and motor shafts, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Priming or finishing of certain surfaces may be specified to be factory -applied or installer -
performed under other Sections.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Finish work shall be performed only by qualified personnel employed by firms specializing
in work of this type, with a minimum of five (5) years successful experience in projects of
similar size and complexity.
B. Materials shall be applied with appropriate equipment and tools as specified herein, or as
required to provide the specified quality.
C. Coordination of Paint Finishes, Primers and Substrates:
1. Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime coats actually used.
2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying the prime
coats to be used and assuring compatibility of the total coating system for the
various substrates.
09900 - 1
0537.02
3. Upon request, furnish information on the characteristics of the specific finish ^
materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used.
4. Provide barrier coats over non -compatible primers or remove the primer and —
reprime as required.
5. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using the specified
coating systems over prime coatings or substrates supplied under other Sections. _
D. Certification: Supplier shall certify that all paint materials supplied contain no lead or
other toxic substances.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and specifications to show _
compliance with the specified requirements.
B. Materials List: Submit materials list of all items proposed to be provided under this
Section.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver paint materials in original, sealed and labeled containers bearing manufacturer's
name, type of paint, brand name, color, designation and instructions for mixing and/or
reducing.
B. Provide adequate storage facilities to store materials at minimum ambient temperature of
450 F in a welt -ventilated area.
C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. —
1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. General: Follow manufacturers written specifications and recommendations for product
handling and application. Adhere to all applicable OSHA regulations related to product
application and handling of removed paint, rinse water and other residual materials. —
B. Ensure that surface temperature or the surrounding air temperature is above 40' F before
applying finishes. Minimum application temperatures for latex paints for interior work is
45' F; 50° F for exterior work.
C. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain
temperatures above 45' F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of
finishes.
D. Provide minimum 15 footcandles of lighting on surfaces to be finished.
1.07 PROTECTION
A. Adequately protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of
inadequate or unsuitable protection.
B. Furnish sufficient dropctoths, shields and protective equipment to prevent spray or
droppings from soiling surfaces not being painted and, in particular, surfaces within
storage and preparation area.
C. Place cotton cloths and any material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed, metal
containers and remove daily from the site.
D. Remove electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to painting
operations. These items are to be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion
of work in each area. Do not use solvents to clean hardware that may remove permanent
1
09900 - 2
0537.02
lacquer finish.
1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Contractor shall furnish Owner additional maintenance stock of not less than one (1) gallon
shall be adequate for all accent and trim colors.
B. Containers are to be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FINISH MATERIALS
A. Paints, Enamels and Fillers: Type and brand scheduled herein, ready -mixed, except field -
catalyzed coatings. Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of
readily and uniformly being dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture. Paints shall
have good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of
streaks or sags.
1. Paint materials shall contain no lead or other toxic substances. Refer to paragraph
1.03.c.
B. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not
specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified, of high quality
and approved manufacturer.
C. Color(s) as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full color selection, unless
otherwise indicated. Painter shall prepare samples for the Architect's approval of each
paint color selected. Remake samples until approved, at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Approved Manufacturers: Use the same brand throughout the project for each type of
paint material specified:
1. Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200, as basis of design.
2. Paint: Pittsburgh, Diamond Vogel, ICI Dulux, Fuller O'Brien, Benjamin Moore, Kelly
Moore, Kwal-Howell and Sophir Morris. Using product lines of same quality,
function and performance are acceptable only as approved by the Architect prior
to bidding.
3. Powder coating: Refer to Section 09901.
4. Strippers and Paint Removers: Refer to Section 09905.
2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT
A. For application of the specified paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for
application of the particular paint by the manufacturer.
B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that the proposed equipment is actually
compatible with the material to be applied and that integrity of the finish will not be
jeopardized by use of this equipment.
2.03 COLOR SCHEDULES
A. The Architect will prepare marked -up elevations or a color schedule with samples for
guidance in painting. Contractor shall furnish samples of all other related finish materials
for coordination in preparation of the color schedule.
09900 - 3
0537.02
B. The Architect may select, allocate and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the
work, subject to the following:
1. A maximum of three (3) different colors will be used, plus variations for
miscellaneous work. —
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Subcontractor shall thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be painted or finished prior
to commencing work. Notify the Architect of any condition that may potentially affect
proper application and final appearance. Do not commence work until such defects have
been corrected to the satisfaction of the painting subcontractor. Beginning work shall be
considered acceptance of surfaces.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES
A. General: All preparatory work shall be subject to evaluation and acceptance by the
Architect. Painting subcontractor will accept responsibility for the preparation of all
surfaces, as specified herein, prior to finishing.
B. Ensure that the Contractor has corrected defects in all surfaces which may adversely
affect work of this Section, including but not limited to:
1. Metal doors and frames.
2. Metal stair components.
3. Gypsum wallboard surfaces and texturing.
4. Plaster surfaces and finishing.
5. Welding and other attachments.
6. Steel plate connectors at exposed wood trusses.
C. Remove surface contamination and oils from galvanized surfaces and wash with solvent. —
Apply a coat of etching -type primer.
D. Remove grease, rust, scale, dirt and dust from steel, ferrous metal and iron surfaces.
Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by wire brushing, sandblasting or any —
other necessary method.
1. Clean unprimed surfaces by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric
acid solution, ensuring that weld joints, bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned. —
Prime surfaces as required.
2. Sand and scrape shop -primed surfaces to remove loose primer and rust. Feather
out edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent —
and prime surfaces as required.
3. Back -prime structural steel and ferrous metal surfaces to be in contact with
concrete, unless furnished by other Sections. —
4. Ensure that excess weld slag or flux deposits are removed, and that all exposed
welds are ground or sanded to specified appearance.
E. Remove all hardware from doors before painting. Masking of hardware is unacceptable.
F. Schedule painting prior to installation of prefinished materials, specialties, furnishings and
fixtures to the extent possible, including but not limited to:
1. Finish hardware. —
2. Cabinetry and casework.
09900 - 4
0537.02
3. Surface -mounted mechanical and electrical devices such as thermostats,
prefinished grilles and diffusers, switchplates and outlet cover plates, etc.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply finish materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Ensure that surfaces have been property prepared and primed prior to
application of finish coats.
B. Apply each coat at the proper consistency. Allow each coat of finish to dry before the
following coat is applied, unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. Sand lightly
between coats to achieve the required finish.
C. Brush Applications:
1. Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surface in an even film.
2. Finish coats shall be finished by roping the paint, moving from wet to dry areas.
3. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness and other
surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
D. Spray Applications:
1. Except as specifically otherwise approved by the Architect, confine spray
application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush work would
be inferior.
2. Gypsum wallboard walls, ceilings and soffits shalt be finished by spray application,
then back -rolled with roller equipment to result in specified mil thickness, moving
from wet to dry areas.
3. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent
of brush coats.
4. Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two (2)
coats in one (1) pass.
E. For completed work, match the approved samples as to texture, color and coverage.
Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with the specified requirements.
3.04 PAINTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. General: Painting of exposed equipment, louvers, ductwork, piping, conduits, etc. shall
be work of this Section, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Paint all ductwork, piping, conduit and devices to be exposed to view in the
completed project, unless prefinished or in concealed areas as defined in
paragraph 1.02.
2. Coordinate extent of field finishing of mechanical and electrical equipment with
the Architect as necessary.
3. Architect retains the right to require prefinished diffusers, grilles and other
mechanical or electrical devices to be field finished, whether or not specifically
called for.
4. Prime and paint insulated and bare pipes, conduits, boxes, insulated and bare
ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports in exposed locations, except where
items are plated or covered with a prefinished coating, or where located in
mechanical chase spaces. Finish paint primed equipment to color selected.
B. Color Coding: Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Sections for requirements concerning
color coding, identification branding of equipment, ducting, piping and conduit, if
required.
09900 - 5
0537.02
Irrigation
FF. Planter Pot Irrigation Supply $ SAS' ZQ Each
GG. Netafim Dripline $ `•00 Linear Foot
HH. 1-Inch Class 200 Irrigation Lateral Pipe $ 1,71 Linear Foot
Landscape
1,1
//b'�y�>I
II.
2 Inch Caliper Ornamental Tree
$
Each
CD
JJ.
2 Inch Caliper Ornamental Tree
$ S-ao" /
Each
L1.5.a
KK.
1 '1 Inch Caliper Ornamental Tree
$ l q
Each
LL.
6-8 Foot Ornamental Tree
$ S / S.% %
Each
MM.
5 Gallon Deciduous Shrub/Ornamental
Grass $ sli•�J�
Each
NN.
1 Gallon Perennial/Ornamental Grass
$ �//• yQ//
Each
00.
4-Inch Perennial/Ornamental Grass
$ �D•/
Each
PP.
Annuals
$
Each
D
QQ.
Sod
$ o /
Square Foot
Miscellaneous
RR. Stucco Patching
SS. Core Drilling
TT. Bus Stop
UU. Pop -Jet Nozzle with Drain
W. Pop -Jet Service and Return Lines
WW. String Light with LED Bulbs
XX. Drinking Fountain
$ 2 / • 3 %
Square Foot
$ .G2/9.//�`o
Each
$ 3 , S3 3.7 0
Each
$ Z5,91,A08
Each
$ `20
Linear Foot
/13,
$
Linear Foot
(/��qj•/�js/�
$ 7 / /b, N
Each
0
1. Color code equipment, piping, conduit and exposed ductwork in accordance with
requirements indicated.
2.' Color banding and identification (flow arrows, naming, numbering, etc.). —
C. Remove grilles, covers and access panels for mechanical and electrical systems from
location and paint separately.
D. Paint face(s) and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment before installing
backboards and mounting equipment on them.
1. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when
painted over or spattered.
E. Do not paint gas meters, electric meters and similar exterior equipment provided by
outside utility providers, if not permitted by those agencies. Coordinate requirements
with the appropriate Subcontractor prior to painting. —
1. Exposed gas piping leading to the gas meters shall be painted.
2. Exterior surface -mounted meter centers, disconnects, CT cabinets and similar
equipment shall be painted, where not specifically excluded above.
3. Interior panelboard cabinet frames and doors shall not be painted, unless specified
elsewhere.
3.05 AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCERN
A. The bus shelter light poles and lights, street sign and railings shall be powder coated with
touch up by the painting subcontractor using materials provided by powder coating
subcontractor.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Promptly remove paint from adjacent materials or surfaces as work proceeds where
spilled, splashed or splattered.
B. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools,
equipment, surplus materials and debris.
C. Place cotton cloths and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal
containers and remove daily from the site.
D. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean, to the satisfaction of the
Architect.
3.07 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Painted finishes shall be subject to evaluation and approval to the satisfaction of the
Architect, including but not limited to, the following characteristics: —
1. Consistency and smoothness of surface.
2. Coverage and mil thickness.
3. Color match between adjacent areas. --
4. Compliance with approved sample(s).
PART 4 SCHEDULES
4.01 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE
NOTE: MWF indicates minimum wet film thickness which is a per coat measurement in mils
thickness. Systems are based on Sherwin-Williams (S-W) or as noted.
09900 - 6
0537.02
A. Exterior Exposed Steel Surfaces:
1. Location: Exposed surfaces of exterior steel structures and railings.
B. Exterior Metal Surfaces:
1. Location: Metal doors and frames.
2. Primer: One (1) coat shop prime or inhibitive metal primer, MWF 3.6 mils.
3. Finish: Two (2) coats alkyd enamel, semi -gloss, MWF 4.4 mils.
4. Product: S-W Industrial Enamel.
5. Color(s): To be selected.
C. Metal Boxes, Conduits and Mechanical Equipment:
1. Location: As shown on the Drawings.
2. Primer: One (1) coat, factory primed.
3. Finish: Two (2) coats acrylic latex, MWF 3.6 mils where not factory finished.
4. Product: S-W A-100 Satin Latex House and Trim.
5. Color: To match adjacent surfaces.
D. Louvers and Vents: Paint where not prefinished by manufacturer.
E. Exterior Signage: Prefinished by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
r
r
r
09900 - 7
0537.02
SECTION 10430
EXTERIOR SIGNAGE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish surface -mounted, individual letter directional signage at street sign, each face,
where shown on the Drawings.
B. Installation of same, unless arranged for otherwise.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature and schedule of required signage
indicating type, size, style and method of installation.
t. Schedule shall illustrate each required sign for size, style and copy, and indicate
quantity required for each.
B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's full line of standard colors and finishes for
selection by the Architect. Submit one full-size sample representative of each signage
system specified. Sample will be returned upon approval.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Package separately or in like groups, as applicable. Include installation template,
hardware or adhesive specified and installation instructions.
1.04 WARRANTIES
A. Provide manufacturer's written one-year warranty covering defects in materials and
workmanship.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MONUMENT ENTRY SIGNAGE
A. Type: Surface -mounted, individual cutout letter type.
B. Letter Material: 3/8" brass or aluminum plate, as recommended by the fabricator.
C. Mounting: Stud mounted into steel framing at street sign, each face of sign.
D. Finish: Manufacturer's standard Polished Brass finish, #1155 by Gemini Inc. as basis of
design.
E. Letter/Numeral Style: Copper Plate.
` F. Letter/Numeral Sizes: 3".
G. Copy Position: Centered.
H. Letter Spacing: Normal.
I. Capitalization: All caps.
J. Copy: Signage to read "OAK STREET PLAZA" in individual letters, each face of sign.
K. Quantities: Two (2) faces of one (1) sign, as shown on the Drawings.
10430 - 1
0537.02
41pproved Signage Fabricators:
1 Flat, cutout metal letter signage system as manufactured by Gemini Inc., Cannon
Falls, MN, (507) 263-3957, as basis of design.
2. ABC Sign Works, Inc., Fort Collins, CO, (970) 223-9211.
3. Manufacturers providing products of same function, performance, design and
appearance are acceptable. —
4. Custom signage companies offering design services and fabrication capabilities
meeting the design intent of this Section are acceptable upon approval by the
Architect prior to bidding. --
END OF SECTION
10430 - 2
0537.02
SECTION 16050
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes: This section includes requirements for basic electrical materials and methods
for the following items.
1. Raceways
2. Conductors and Cables
3. Supporting Devices for Electrical Components
4, Electrical Identification
5. Electricity -Metering Components
6. Concrete Equipment Bases
7. Electrical Demolition
8. Cutting and Patching for Electrical Construction
9. Touchup Painting
1.03
REFERENCES
A.
The latest edition of the following standards and codes, standard publications of professional
organizations, and the local authorities having jurisdiction are the minimum requirements for this
work.
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
3. Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC)
4. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
5. Insulated Cable Engineer's Association (ICEA)
6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
7. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)
8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
9. NFPA 70, The National Electrical Code (NEC)
10. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
11. State, City, and Local Authorities
1.04
DEFINITIONS
A.
Instructions such as "Provide" shall mean the same as though the words "This Contractor shall"
preceded each such instruction. "Provide"" shall mean Furnish and Install." Where the words
r
"Accepted" or "Acceptable" are used, such',Accepted" or "Acceptable" action by the Engineer
and/or Architect denotes that the work or equipment item is in conformance with the design
concept of the project and, in general, complies with pertinent information given in the Contract
P
Documents.
B.
EMT: Electrical metallic tubing
P
Oak Street Plaza 16050-1 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
RMH Proj.
#17109 AND METHODS
r
C. LNT:
Electrical nonmetallic tubing
D. FMC:
Flexible metal conduit —
E. IMC:
Intermediate metal conduit
F. LFMC:
Liquidtight flexible metal conduit
G. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit
H. RMC: Rigid metallic conduit
I. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit —
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code.
C. All equipment and materials will be new and unused and shall conform with the current applicable
industry standards. Workmanship and neat appearance shall be as important as electrical and
mechanical operation. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired prior to final
acceptance in a manner meeting approval of Architect and/or Engineer and at no additional cost
to Owner.
1.06 SEQUENCING
A. Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and
arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installation.
B. Set inserts and sleeves in poured -in -place concrete, masonry work, and other structural
components as they are constructed.
C. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow —
of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the
building.
D. Coordinate electrical service connections to components furnished by utility companies.
1. Coordinate installation and connection of exterior underground and overhead utilities and
services, including provision for electricity -metering components.
2. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and of utility company providing _
electrical power and other services.
E. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by finished
surfaces. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors." —
F. No work shall be concealed until after inspection and approval by proper authorities. If work is
concealed without inspection and approval, Contractor shall be responsible for all work required
to expose and restore the concealed work in addition to all required modifications.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS 16050-2 Oak Street Plaza
AND METHODS RMH Proi. #17109
G. Where electrical identification devices are applied to field -finished surfaces, coordinate
installation of identification devices with completion of finished surface.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAYS
A. Metallic Conduit Systems:
1. EMT: ANSI C80.3, zinc -coated steel. EMT shall be galvanized on the outside and coated
on the inside with a hard smooth lacquer finish. EMT fittings shall be set -screw type. EMT
shall comply with UL 797 and ANSI C80.3.
2. FMC: Flexible metal conduit shall be galvanized steel with steel fittings and shall comply
with UL 1.
3. IMC: ANSI C80.6, zinc -coated steel, with threaded fittings. Intermediate steel conduit shall
be hot -dipped galvanized.
4. LFMC: Zinc -coated steel with sunlight -resistant and mineral -oil -resistant plastic jacket.
Liquidtight Flexible Steel conduit shall comply with UL 514C. Liquid and moisture tight
conduit shall be American Brass with Appleton "ST" connectors or approved equal.
5. RMC: Rigid Steel Conduit shall be galvanized and shall comply with UL 6 and ANSI C80.1.
Plastic -coated conduit shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit having a 0.030" minimum
thick factory -bonded PVC jacket, using pre -jacketed couplings as manufactured by
Pittsburgh Robroy, Plastic Applicator, Occidental or approved equal.
B. Nonmetallic Conduit Systems:
1. ENT: NEMA TC 13
2. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC
3. LFNC: UL 1660
4. ENT and RNC fittings: NEMA TC3, match to conduit or conduit/tubing type and material
C. Raceway Fittings: Specifically designed for the raceway type with which used.
D. Metal Wireways: Wireways shall be hinged cover or screw cover complete with all necessary
-manufactured fittings which shall be of one manufacturer. Wireway shall be G.E. Type HS or ITE
KEL Duct or acceptable equal.
1. Material: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated.
2. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters,
hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as
required for complete system.
3. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to
comply with NFPA 70.
4. Wireway Covers: Screw -cover type
5. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish
2.02 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. UL-listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable construction,
and rating as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications."
B. Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 3.
C. Thermoplastic Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 5.
D. Cross -Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 7.
Oak Street Plaza 16050-3 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
RMH Proj. #17109 AND METHODS
E. Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 8.
F. Conductor Material: Copper.
G. Conductors and Cables:
1. All conductors shall be new, unless otherwise noted. All conductors #8 AWG and larger _
shall be stranded. Conductors #10 and smaller may be solid or stranded depending on
their application.
2. Secondary voltage conductors and cables shall be electrical grade, annealed copper, _
tinned if rubber insulated, and fabricated in accordance with ASTM and ICEA standards.
The use of aluminum is prohibited except where shown on one -line or equipment
schedules. Minimum size #12 for branch circuits; #14 for control wiring. Conductor types
shall be as follows:
a. In sizes #1/0 AWG and larger: Cross -linked polyethylene insulation type XHHW (75
to 90°C) or THWN/THHN.
b. In sizes #1 AWG and smaller: All conductors shall have heat/moisture resistant
thermoplastic insulation type THW or THWN (75°C), except as follows:
1) Where conduit temperature will exceed 100°F, use type THHN (90°C). Type
XHHW (90°C) permissible in dry locations.
2) ' Motor circuit conductors: 750 THWN or XHHW from disconnect to motor.
3) In 120-volt incandescent fixtures, type AF (150°C).
4) In wireways of fluorescent lighting fixtures types THWN/THHN/MTW (90'C).
5) Handling cord drops and cord connections: Type "SO" cord.
6) Conductors in 120 volt circuits longer than 100 feet or 277 volt circuits longer
than 200 feet shall not be less than #10 AWG.
C. All wiring for control circuits to contactors, pushbuttons, and the like, shall be #12
AWG, copper, stranded with THWN insulation.
H. Wire Connectors and Splices: Units of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class suitable for
service indicated. _
2.03 SUPPORTING DEVICES FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
A. Provide hangers and supports to support raceways, fixtures, cabinets, boxes, etc. as
manufactured by B-Line, Unistrut, Binkley or Kindorf.
B. Material: Cold -formed steel, with corrosion -resistant coating acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Steel, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication.
D. Slotted -Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch- (14-mm-)
diameter slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches (50 mm) o.c., in webs.
E. Nonmetall'ic Channel and Angle Systems: Structural -grade, factory -formed, glass -fiber -resin
channels and angles with 9/16-inch- (14-mm-) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches (203
mm) o.c., in at least one surface.
1. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channels and angles.
2. Fittings and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles, except metal items may
be stainless steel.
F. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-
clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring -steel clamps or click -
type hangers.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS 16050-4 Oak Street Plaza
AND METHODS RMH Proj. #17109
Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.
H. Expansion Anchors: Carbon -steel wedge or sleeve type.
I. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type.
2.04 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. Identification Devices: A single type of identification product for each application category. Use
colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications.
B. Raceway and Cable Labels: Comply with ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of letters for
legend and minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.
1. Type: Pretensioned, wraparound plastic sleeves. Flexible, preprinted, color -coded, acrylic
band sized to suit the diameter of the item it identifies.
2. Color: Black letters on orange background.
3. Legend: Indicates voltage.
C. Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables: Self-adhesive vinyl tape, not
less than 1 inch wide by 3 mils thick (25 mm wide by 0.08 mm thick).
D. Underground Warning Tape: Permanent, bright -colored, continuous -printed, vinyl tape with the
following features:
1. Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick (150 mm wide by 0.102 mm thick).
2. Compounded for permanent direct -burial service.
3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.
4. Printed legend that indicates type of underground line.
E. Color -Coding Cable Ties: Type 6/6 nylon, self-locking type. Colors to suit coding scheme.
F. Engraved -Plastic Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock, melamine plastic
laminate punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners 1/16-inch (1.6-mm) minimum thickness for
signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm) and 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) minimum thickness for larger sizes.
Engraved legend in black letters on white background.
G. Interior Warning and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145.
Preprinted, aluminum, baked -enamel -finish signs, punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners,
with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application.
H. Exterior Warning and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145.
Weather -resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose -acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch
(1-mm), galvanized -steel backing, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application.
1/4-inch (6-mm) grommets in corners for mounting.
I. Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless -steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless -
steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
2.05 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT BASES
A. Concrete Forms and Reinforcement Materials: As specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place
Concrete."
B. Concrete: 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive strength as specified in Division 3 Section
"Cast -in -Place Concrete."
Oak Street Plaza 16050-5 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
RMH Proj. #17109 AND METHODS
2.06 TOUCHUP PAINT _
A. For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc -rich paint recommended by item manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange _
and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom.
B. Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building
systems and components, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components.
Adhere to clearances required by the NEC, NFPA 70. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with
minimum interference with other installations.
D. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. _
3.02 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A. Use the following raceways for outdoor installations:
1. Exposed: IMC
2. Concealed: IMC
3. Underground, Single Run: RNC
4. Underground, Grouped: RNC
5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment: LFMC
6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4
B. Use the following raceways for indoor installations:
1. Exposed: EMT
2. Concealed: EMT
3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment: FMC; except in wet or damp locations, use LFMC
4. Damp or Wet Locations: IMC
5. Embedded in concrete: IMC or RMC
6. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated
7. Damp or wet locations: NEMA 250, Type 4, nonmetallic
3.03 RACEWAY AND CABLE INSTALLATION
A. Conceal raceways and cables, unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls, ceilings, and
floors.
B. Install raceways and cables at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and
steam or hot-water pipes. Locate horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
C. Use temporary raceway caps to prevent foreign matter from entering.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS 16050-6 Oak Street Plaza
AND METHODS RMH Proj. #17109
PRICES
The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials,
transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit,
insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several
kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the
Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the
Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does
not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price.
RESP y ITTED:
P
I�'1ot U�� YTS Signature Date
P � 1p•
y nw
4j��F R1&-5�. t)6A4r
Title
License Number (If Applicable)
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:
Address %/
4�;eEc'A c z) f3D �3y
Telephone UCH
u. Stu'`, up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding
equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with the
finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC may be used 6
inches (150 mm) above the floor. Install screwdriver -operated, threaded flush plugs flush with
floor for future equipment connections. Arrange so that curved portion of bends is not visible
above the finished slab.
E.
Install raceways embedded in slabs in middle third of slab thickness where practical, and leave at
least 1-inch (25-mm) concrete cover.
1. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete
placement.
2. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete.
3. Install conduit larger than 1-inch trade size (DN27) parallel to or at right angles to main
reinforcement. Where conduit is at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to
slab support.
4. Transition from nonmetallic tubing to Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit, rigid steel conduit,
or IMC before rising above floor.
5. Make bends in exposed parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make bends
parallel. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide
field bends for exposed parallel raceways.
F.
Make conduit bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and
straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.
G.
Use raceway and cable fittings compatible with raceways and cables and suitable for use and
location.
H.
Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 14 AWG zinc -coated steel or monofilament plastic
line with not less than 200-lb. (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of
slack at each end of the pull wire.
I.
Install telephone and signal system raceways, 2-inch trade size (DN53) and smaller, in maximum
lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate
lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements, in
addition to requirements above.
J.
Connect motors and equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement with a
maximum of 72-inch (1830-mm) flexible conduit. Install LFMC in wet or damp locations. Install
separate ground conductor across flexible connections.
K.
Set floor boxes level and trim after installation to fit flush to finished floor surface.
3.04
WIRING METHODS FOR POWER, LIGHTING, AND CONTROL CIRCUITS
A.
Feeders: Type THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway.
B.
Underground Feeders and Branch Circuits: Type THWN or single -wire, Type OF insulated
conductors in raceway.
C.
Branch Circuits: Type THW or THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway where exposed.
Armored or nonmetallic sheathed cable where permitted by authorities having jurisdiction and
where concealed in ceilings and gypsum board partitions.
- Oak Street Plaza 16050-7 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
RMH Prol.
#17109 AND METHODS
D. Remote -Control Signaling and Power -Limited Circuits: Type THHN/THWN insulated conductors
in raceway for Classes 1, 2, and 3, unless otherwise indicated. _
3.05 WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Install splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent
or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.
B. Install wiring at outlets with at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack conductor at each outlet. —
C. Connect outlet and component connections to wiring systems and to ground. Tighten electrical
connectors and terminals, according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If
manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A.
3.06 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION
A. Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot -dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-channel system
components.
B. Dry Locations: Steel materials
C. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click -type clamp system
D. Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. —
E. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least
four; minimum of 200-lb. design load.
3.07 SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components.
B. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U-
bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for —
securing hanger rods and conduits.
C. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket -type hangers. —
D. Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent
minimum in the future.
E. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable -iron pipe hangers or clamps.
F. Install 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise
indicated.
G. Spring -steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may be used
instead of malleable -iron hangers for 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted
channel and angle supports.
H. Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried
entirely by raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS 16050-8 Oak Street Plaza
AND METHODS RMH Pro!. #17109
1. Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors.
J. Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support.
Support sheet -metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. If bar hangers
are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an
approved fastener not more than 24 inches (610 mm) inches from the box.
K. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control
enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are
mounted directly to structural elements of adequate strength-
L. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless core -drilled
holes are used. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire -rated
gypsum walls and of all other fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection
of concrete and masonry walls.
M. Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise
indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are
indicated:
1. Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw -type nails.
2. Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry
units.
3. New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts.
4. Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts.
5. Threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with lock washers in existing
concrete are not allowed unless approved by Architect.
6. Steel: Welded threaded studs or spring -tension clamps on steel. Field welding shall
comply with AWS D1.1.
7. Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe
straps, or other items.
8. Light Steel: Sheet -metal screws.
9. Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its
proof -test load.
3.08 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES
A. All components of electrical system shall be neatly and accurately labeled to facilitate ready
identification and service. Temporary type of markings, which are visible on equipment, will not
be permitted. Repaint trims, housing, etc. where such markings cannot be readily removed.
Defaced finish must be refinished. Provide labels as follows (or indicated elsewhere):
1. Provide engraved composition nameplates on each branch circuit panelboard, etc.
Lettering shall be 1/2 inch minimum height for panelboards. Apply labeling for panelboards
on outside of each panelboard door and include voltage and phase.
2. Provide neatly -typed directory cards for all branch circuit panelboard directories.
3. Provide engraved composition nameplates having 3/8 inch minimum height, white letters
engraved in a black face for each switch or circuit breaker in switchboards and
subdistribution boards. Provide labeling of matching style designating all units as
designated on drawings. Secure all lamenoid nameplates with rivets or screws. Adhesives
will not be allowed.
4. Use of Dymolabels for panels and circuit number identification on all receptacle covers and
disconnect switches in mechanical and equipment rooms is forbidden.
5. Provide engraved composition nameplates on all time clocks, starters, etc. Lettering shall
be 3/8 inches (5-mm) minimum height for equipment. Labeling for equipment shall be in
accordance with designations given on the associated drawings.
Oak Street Plaza 16050-9 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
RMH Proi. #17109 AND METHODS
B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification
with corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or required by codes and
standards. Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and
maintenance of equipment. Use consistent designations throughout Project.
1. Bands: Pretensioned, snap -around, colored plastic sleeves or colored adhesive marking
tape. Make each color band 2 inches (51 mm) wide, completely encircling conduit, and
place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side.
2. Band Locations: At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot (15-
m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (8-m) maximum intervals in
congested areas.
C. Tag and label each feeder conductor (having an operating voltage of 600 volts or less) in
pullboxes with an engraved, non-metallic tag, having 3/16-inch minimum height letters. Tag shall
be a minimum of one inch diameter or square. State circuit number and phase (A, B, C).
D. Tag and label circuits designated to be extended in the future. Identify source and circuit
numbers in each cabinet, pull and junction box, and outlet box. Color -coding may be used for
voltage and phase identification.
E. Install continuous underground plastic markers during trench backfilling, for exterior underground
power, control, signal, and communication lines located directly above power and communication
lines. Locate 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. If width of multiple lines
installed in a common trench or concrete envelope does not exceed 16 inches (400 mm), overall,
use a single line marker.
F. Color -code 208/120V system secondary service, feeder, and branch -circuit conductors
throughout the secondary electrical system as follows:
1. Phase A: Black
2. Phase B: Red
3. Phase C: Blue
4. Neutral: White
5. Ground: Green
G. Color -code 480/277V system secondary service, feeder, and branch -circuit conductors
throughout the secondary electrical system as follows:
1. Phase A: Brown
2. Phase B: Orange
3. Phase C: Yellow
4. Neutral: White with a colored stripe or gray
5. Ground: Green
H. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where required to comply with 29 CFR,
Chapter XVI1, Part 1910.145, and where needed to ensure safe operation and maintenance of
electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved plastic -laminated
instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment
operation. Install metal -backed butyrate signs for outdoor items.
I. Install engraved -laminated emergency -operating signs with white letters on red background with
minimum 3/8-inch- high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding,
and other emergency operations.
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS 16050-10 Oak Street Plaza
AND METHODS RMH Proj. #17109
C3 STOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to
achieve fire -resistance rating of the assembly. Firestopping materials and installation
requirements are specified in Division 7.
3.10 CONCRETE BASES
A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger, in
both directions, than supported unit. Follow supported equipment manufacturer's anchorage
recommendations and setting templates for anchor -bolt and tie locations, unless otherwise
indicated.
3.11 DEMOLITION
A. Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or
disturbed in the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal
capacity, quality, and functionality.
B. Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be
demolished, in their entirety.
C. Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in
place, 2 inches (50 mm) below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch
surface to match existing finish.
D. Remove demolished material from Project site. Coordinate with Owner for any materials to be
salvaged.
E. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for
relocation.
3.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to
permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved.
B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed
surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and
refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following:
1. Raceways
2. Conductors and Cables
3. Supporting Devices for Electrical Components
4. Electrical Identification
5. Electricity -Metering Components
6. Concrete Equipment Bases
7. Electrical Demolition
8. Cutting and Patching for Electrical Construction
9. Touchup Painting
Oak Street Plaza 16050-11 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
RMH Proi. #17109 AND METHODS
3.14 REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING
A. Refinish and touch up paint. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in
Division 9.
1. Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit
the degree of damage at each location.
2. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and
application of successive coats.
3. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer.
4. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by
manufacturer.
3.15 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish.
Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris.
B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and
cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Construction Acceptance.
END OF SECTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS 16050-12 Oak Street Plaza
AND METHODS RMH Prof. #17109
SECTION 16060
GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements
specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in
other Sections.
B. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use. Comply with UL 467.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Grounding Conductors, Cables, Connectors, and Rods:
a. Apache Grounding/Erico Inc.
b. Boggs, Inc.
C. Chance/Hubbell.
d. Copperweld Corp.
e. Dossert Corp.
f. Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group.
g. Framatome Connectors/Burndy Electrical.
h. Galvan Industries, Inc.
i. Harger Lightning Protection, Inc.
j. Hastings Fiber Glass Products, Inc.
k. Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co.
I. Ideal Industries, Inc.
M. ILSCO.
n. Kearney/Cooper Power Systems.
o. Korns: C. C. Korns Co.; Division of Robroy Industries.
p. Lightning Master Corp_
q. Lyncole XIT Grounding.
r. O-Z/Gedney Co.; a business of the EGS Electrical Group.
S. Raco, Inc.; Division of Hubbell.
t. Robbins Lightning, Inc.
Oak Street Plaza 16060-1 GROUNDING AND BONDING
RMH Pmi. #17109
U. Salisbury: W. H. Salisbury & Co.
V. Sankosha Corp.
W. Superior Grounding Systems, Inc.
X. Thomas & Betts, Electrical.
2.02 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. For insulated conductors, comply with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
B. Material: Aluminum, copper -clad aluminum, and copper.
C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green -colored insulation.
D. Isolated Ground Conductors: Insulated with green -colored insulation with yellow stripe. On
feeders with isolated ground, use colored tape, alternating bands of green and yellow tape to
provide a minimum of three bands of green and two bands of yellow.
E. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable.
F. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following:
1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.
3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.
H. Copper Bonding Conductors: As follows:
1. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG copper conductor, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm)
in diameter.
2. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor.
3. Bonding Jumper: Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors, terminated with
copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (42 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) thick.
4. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided copper conductors, terminated with
copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (42 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) thick.
1. Ground Conductor and Conductor Protector for Wood Poles: As follows:
1. No. 4 AWG minimum, soft -drawn copper conductor.
2. Conductor Protector: Half -round PVC or wood molding. If wood, use pressure -treated fir,
or cypress or cedar.
J. Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with insulators.
2.03 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of
conductors and connected items.
B. Bolted Connectors: Bolted -pressure -type connectors, or compression type.
C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic -welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturers
written instructions. —
GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060-2 Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
L.U, GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A. Ground Rods: Sectional type; copper -clad steel.
1. Size: /4" in diameter by 120" long.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION
A. Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact
with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials-
B. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors.
C. Exothermic -Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground
connections, except those at test wells.
D. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps.
E. Ground Rod Clamps at Test Wells: Use bolted pressure clamps with at least two bolts.
F. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service
equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Use insulated spacer; space 1 inch (25.4 mm) from wall and support from wall 6 inches
(150 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
2. At doors, route the bus up to the top of the door frame, across the top of the doorway, and
down to the specified height above the floor.
G. Underground Grounding Conductors: Use copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. Bury at
least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade or bury 12 inches (300 mm) above duct bank when
installed as part of the duct bank.
3.02 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding
conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are
indicated.
B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for the following items, in
addition to those required by NEC:
1. Feeders and branch circuits
2. Lighting circuits
3. Receptacle circuits
4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits
5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits
6. Flexible raceway runs
7. Armored and metal -clad cable runs
C. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from the grounding bus
in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on
busway.
Oak Street Plaza 16060-3 GROUNDING AND BONDING
RMH Proi. #17109
Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways
unless they are designated for telephone or data cables.
E. Signal and Communication Systems: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other
communication systems, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway
from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and
central equipment location. _
1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding
conductor on a 1/4-by-2-by-12-inch (6.4-by-50-by-300-mm) grounding bus. -
2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.
F. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Provide a grounding electrode in addition to
installing a separate equipment grounding conductor with supply branch -circuit conductors.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one -rod length from each other and
located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes.
1. Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade, unless
otherwise indicated.
2. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds,
except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel
or damaging copper coating.
B. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise
indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain,
impact, or damage.
C. Underground Grounding Conductors: Use bare copper wire. Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm)
below grade.
D. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation
hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic -welded
connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect -type connection, is required; then, use a
bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any
adjacent parts. Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance.
E. Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from
building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to
building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp
connectors. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor to
street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end.
F. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. —
Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors.
G. Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of
associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Where metallic piping and —
duct systems are rendered metallically non -continuous by non-conductive couplings, provide
bonding jumpers to restore grounding continuity. Use braided -type bonding straps.
H. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from equipment shutoff valve. ^
GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060-4 Oak Street Plaza
RMH Prol. #17109
r%-
SECTION 00410
BID BOND
IWOW ALL MEN BY J-2 CONTRACTING COMPANY
as Principal, and DEVELOPERS PRESENTS"
SENTS" that we, the undersigned
hereby held and fi 1 AND INDEMNITY COMPANY as curet
OWNER, in the sum ofrnt Y bound unto the Cit Y, are
$ Y of Fort Collins Colorado
truly to be made, we hereby-5z -* for the payment of which, well and
and assigns, jointly and severally bind ourselve®, succec sots,
T= COxDITiON of this obligation is such that whereas
submitted to the Cites et Fort Collins, Colorthe Principal has
ado the acc
hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction OmPauying Bid and
construction of Fort Collins•Project, Bid 5951 oak street Hlazareement for the
NOW TMWFORE,
(a) Tf said Bid shall be rejected, or
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver
a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly. completed in
accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful
performance of said Contract, and for payment labor or furnishing materialof all persona performing
s in connection of
other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance lof ai
d
Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remaid
in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the
liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder s
event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as hall, in hp herein stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
obligations said surety and and agrees that the
affected by any extension of its BOND shall be in no way impaired or
the time within we OWNER may accept such
hich th
Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension.
Suety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in
the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER,
* FIVE PERCENT OF TOTAL AMOUNT BID--------
7/96
Section 00410 Page 1
Install one test well for each service at the ground rod electrically closest to the service entrance.
Set top of well flush with finished grade or floor. Fill with 1-inch- (25-mm-) maximum -size
crushed stone or gravel.
3.04 CONNECTIONS
A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select
connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct
contact will be galvanically compatible.
1. Use electroplated or hot -tin -coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make
contact points closer to order of galvanic series.
2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. Clean surfaces thoroughly
before applying ground lugs or clamps. If surface is coated, the coating must be removed
down to the bare metal. After the coating has been removed, apply a noncorrosive
approved compound to clean surface and install lugs or clamps. Where galvanizing is
removed from metal, it shall be painted or touched up with "Galvanox," or equal.
3. Make aluminum -to -steel connections with stainless -steel separators and mechanical
clamps.
4. Make aluminum -to -galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and
mechanical clamps.
5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future
penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
B. Exothermic -Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that
are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.
C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure -type
grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged
pressure -type connectors.
D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings
without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit with a grounding
bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or
terminal in housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at entrances and exits with
grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression -type connectors on conductors and make bolted -
and clamped -type connections between conductors and ground rods.
F. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to
manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not
indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
G. Compression -Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct
circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by
connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a
visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor.
H. Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or
grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of
insulation and cable.
Oak Street Plaza 16060-5 GROUNDING AND BONDING
RMH Proi. #17109
05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests: Perform the following field quality -control testing:
1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been
energized, test for compliance with requirements.
2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance
level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test
wells. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the last trace of
precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural
drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing
natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall -of -potential method according to
IEEE 81.
3. Provide drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding
electrodes, identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and
observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and
include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results.
Describe measures taken to improve test results.
a. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.
b. . Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms.
C. Equipment Rated More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms.
d. Substations and Pad -Mounted Switching Equipment: 5 ohms.
e. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms.
4. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify
Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.
5. Report: Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organization, of ground resistance at
each test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect
test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results.
3.06 GRADING AND PLANTING
A. Restore surface features, including vegetation, at areas disturbed by Work of this Section.
Reestablish original grades, unless otherwise indicated. If sod has been removed, replace it as
soon as possible after backfilling is completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of
dirt, cable laying, and other activities to their original condition. Include application of topsoil,
fertilizer, lime, seed, sod, sprig, and mulch. Comply with Division 2 Sections for Landscaping.
Maintain restored surfaces. Restore disturbed paving as indicated. -
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING 16060-6 Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Convenience Receptacles
2. Wiring Connectors
3. Wall Toggle Switches
4. Device Wall Finish Plates
1.03 REFERENCES
A. IEC 309-1, Part 1: General Requirements: Plugs, Socket -Outlets and Couplers for Industrial
Purposes.
B. NEMA WD 1-83: General Requirements for Wiring Devices.
C. NEMA WD 6-88: Wiring Device — Dimensional Requirements.
D. UL 486A-91: Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors.
E. UL 486E-91: Wire Connectors for Use with Aluminum Conductors.
F. UL 20: General -Use Snap Switches.
G. UL 498: Electrical Attachment Plugs and Receptacles.
H. UL 943: Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupters.
I. UL 1449: Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. GFCI: Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupter
B. TVSS: Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Provide products specified in this Section that are "listed and labeled"(as defined by the
National Electrical Code, Article 100).
2. Comply with NEMA WD 1.
3. Comply with NFPA 70.
Oak Street Plaza 16140-1 WIRING DEVICES
RMH Proj. #17109
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Receptacles for Owner -Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations.
B. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading: Deliver all materials to the Work site in original, new, and unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name and label.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Items of material furnished for the Work, subject to compliance with
requirements, items listed or equal approved from manufacturers offering products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Wiring Devices:
a. Bryant Electric, Inc.
b. Eagle Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc.
C. GE Company; GE Wiring Devices. —
d. Hubbell, Inc.; Wiring Devices Div.
e. Intermatic
f. Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.
g. Leviton Lighting Control Division
h. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div.
i. Pyle -National, Inc.; an Amphenol Co.
2.02 COMPONENTS
A. Straight -Blade and Locking Receptacles: Heavy -Duty grade: Comply with NEMA WD 6.
B. GFCI Receptacles: Feed -through type, with integral NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R duplex
receptacle arranged to protect connected downstream receptacles on same circuit. Design units
for installation in a 2-3/4-inch- (70-mm-) deep outlet box without an adapter.
The weatherproof cover shall be designed to mount on a single gang vertical junction box to
ensure weather protection for a standard receptacle. The cover shall mount on indoor or outdoor
junction boxes and shall include a weatherproof cover/base assembly, a gasket, two universal
inserts and mounting hardware. The weatherproof cover shall include two inserts to provide
flexibility in installation. The outlet cover shall meet or exceed UL requirements for wet locations
while in use. The weatherproof cover shall be designed to meet requirements of NEC Article 410- -
57(b) and shall be NEMA 3R rated.
The weatherproof cover shall be constructed entirely of cast aluminum material. The cover which
encloses the cord set shall be opaque gray. The cover shall meet agency requirements for cold
impact at -60°F (-51°C). The cover shall provide useable inside depth of 3-1/8".
Weatherproof cover shall be INTERMATIC Model WP1010MC or approved equal.
C. Snap Switches: Heavy-duty, quiet type. Switch shall be rated at 20 A, 120/277-VAC.
WIRING DEVICES 16140-2 Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
D. Wall Plates: Single and combination types match corresponding wiring devices. Metal plate -
securing screw with head color to match plate finish.
1. Material: Galvanized steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Secure all devices and assemblies plumb and secure.
B. Arrange devices and assemblies, unless otherwise noted, mounted flush with long dimension
vertical, and grounding terminal of receptacles on top. ,
C. Provide adequate protection for devices and assemblies prior to commencement of painting.
Install device wall plates and assembly cover plates upon completion of painting.
D. Connect wiring device and assembly grounding terminal to outlet .box with bonding jumper.
Connect wiring device and assembly grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding
conductor.
E. Tighten all electrical connectors and electrical terminals according to manufacturers publishes
torque -tightening values. If torque values are not published, use torque values as specified in UL
486A and UL 486B.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with Division 16 Section 'Basic Electrical Materials and Methods".
1. Clearly label all devices and assemblies with Brother® #M231 adhesive identification tape
or approved equal, giving panel identification and branch circuit number and durable wire
markers or tags within outlet boxes. Exterior device and assembly locations shall utilize
non -adhesive Dymo® aluminum tape labels or approved equal, fastened to device.
2. Where three or more switches are ganged, and elsewhere as indicated, identify each
switch with approved legend engraved on wall plate.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Site Tests, Inspections:
1. Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate each device and
assembly at least six times.
2. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations in accordance with
manufacturer's written testing procedures.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Replace damaged and/or defective components.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Keep all items protected before, during, and after installation. Clean area and remove all debris.
Remove all paint overspray and/or spattering from devices and assemblies.
Oak Street Plaza 16140-3 WIRING DEVICES
RMH Proi. #17109
3.06 DEMONSTRATION
A. The Contractor shall provide for demonstration and complete instruction to the Owners' operating
personnel as to the operation, maintenance, and repair procedures of all installed devices and
assemblies.
END OF SECTION
WIRING DEVICES 16140-4
Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
SECTION 16410
ENCLOSED SWITCHES
IM_l 0.4MMCIA41I0i:LIII
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: This section includes requirements for individually mounted and enclosed
fused and non -fused disconnect switches, fuses, and circuit breakers for disconnecting and
protecting services, feeders, branch circuits, and utilization equipment.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. The latest edition of the following standards and codes, standard publications of professional
organizations, and the local authorities having jurisdiction are the minimum requirements for this
work.
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
2. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
5. NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC)
6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
7. State, city, and local authorities
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. FDS: Fused Disconnect Switch
B. NFDS: Non -fused Disconnect Switch
C. RMS: Root Mean Square
D. SPDT: Single -pole Double -throw
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. Comply with NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code.
C. All equipment and materials will be new and unused and shall conform with the current applicable
industry standards. Workmanship and neat appearance shall be as important as electrical and
mechanical operation. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired prior to final
acceptance in a manner meeting approval of Architect and/or Engineer and at no additional cost
to the Owner.
Oak Street Plaza 16410-1 ENCLOSED SWITCHES
RMH Prot. #17109
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Disconnect Switches: Acceptable manufacturers are listed below. All disconnect switches shall —
be of the same manufacturer.
1. Cutler -Hammer
2. General Electric Company
3. Square D Company —
B. Fuses: Acceptable manufacturers are listed below. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer.
1. Bussman
2. Gould Shamut
3. Littlefuse
2.02 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Enclosed fusible and non -fusible switches, 1200-amp and smaller, NEMA KS1, heavy duty type
with lockable handle, 600-volts, horsepower rated for motors as required. Number of poles and
ampacity as noted or required by code. Short-circuit rating shall be sufficient to withstand the —
available fault current or let -through current before the fuse melts without damage or change in
rating.
B. Fusible switches 30- through 600-amperes shall be furnished with rejection class "R" or "J" type
fuse clips and 800 through 1200 amperes shall be furnished with class "L" type fuse clips.
C. Switches shall incorporate a safety cover interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in
the "ON" position or prevent placing the switch in the "ON" position with the cover open. Provide
a "defeater" for authorized personnel.
D. Handles shall have provisions for padlocking and shall clearly indicate the ON and OFF positions. —
Front cover doors shall be padlockable in the closed position.
2.03 FUSES
A. Fuses shall be Class K-1 and K-5 of rejection type for 600 amperes and below and Class L for
over 600 amperes. Fuse voltage class shall be either 250 volt or 600 volt and shall be applied —
according to circuit voltage.
B. Coordinate the low -voltage fuses required for the project to provide basic selective protection and
properly coordinate with the other associated protective equipment.
2.04 ENCLOSURE
A. NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location. —
1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
2. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4.
3. Indoor use for protection against dust, falling dirt, and dripping non -corrosive liquids; NEMA —
250, Type 12
ENCLOSED SWITCHES 16410-2 Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install devices in general area of equipment and accessible to maintenance personnel according
to manufacturer's written instructions. Secure devices firmly to supporting structure with
approved fasteners in a level and plumb manner. Verify voltage and amperage size and
enclosure type of devices for each installation. Where practical, devices shall be mounted such
that the top of switch is a maximum of 6-0" above finished floor or surface.
B. Connect devices to wiring system and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -
tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 4B6B.
C. Identify each device according to requirements in other sections of these specifications.
3.02 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A._ Install fuses where required as a protective- device in conformance with equipment
manufacturer's specified requirements and in accordance with the requirements of this section.
3.03 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Provide all final power connections for mechanical equipment. All equipment items will be
furnished and set by others. Confirm with suppliers all rough -in data, e.g., electrical
characteristics, dimensions, locations, type of connection, etc., prior to installation.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch, circuit breaker, component, and control
circuit.
2. Test continuity of each line- and load -side circuit.
3.05 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of enclosures. Remove paint and
plaster splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in
cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION
Oak Street Plaza 16410-3 ENCLOSED SWITCHES
RMH Proj. #17109
SECTION 16442
PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes lighting and power panelboards, distribution panels, and associated
auxiliary equipment rated 600 V and less.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. All exceptions to the specification shall be in written, detailed format with paragraphs referenced
and presented with the shop drawing submittal. Refer to Division 1. Provide a written list with
sections referenced of all the exceptions taken on this specification.
B. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, accessory item, and component specified.
C. Shop Drawings: Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations. Show tabulations of
installed devices, available spaces, major features, and voltage rating. Include the following:
1. Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1.
2. Bus configuration and current ratings.
3. Short-circuit current rating of panelboard.
4. Quantity and wire range of lugs.
D. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load
balancing.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Quality Control," an independent testing agency shall meet OSHA criteria for accreditation of
testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, or shall be a full member company of the InterNational
Electrical Testing Association.
1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical
Testing Association or National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies, to
supervise on -site testing specified in Part 3.
B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory"
as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
D. Panelboards:
1. NEMA PB-1
Oak Street Plaza 16442-1 PANELBOARDS
RMH Proj. #17109
TN NTTN&ss MMRROF, the principal and the surety ofy have hereunto set their hands
and seals this 11th
corporations have caused theJanuary
ir corporate seals t o e� hereto affixedd such of and ase
Presents to be signed by their proper officers, the er and the -we
forth above, y and year first met
PRINCIPAL
Name: J-2 CONTRACTING COMPANY
Address:45�. 6th treet
Gz�e Y, 80631.-
Hy: s
Title:2c
ATTSST:
8Y: rt V Q�•t�L./�
::7,
a'd [
! �,1 (SEAL)
n. Gil, _
Y 14
• d a'f
7/96
SURZTY
"MV4
11� ulf Y 1 ul'
milli
Denver, CO 80246
B
Title: Attorney -In -Fact J.R.
Richards
I
SRAL) _ty
Section 00410 Page 2
2. Federal Specification W-P-115A Type 11, Class 1
3. UL 50 and 67
E. Circuit Breakers:
1. NEMA AB-1
2. Federal Specification W-C-375a and W-C-375b
3, UL 489
F. Fusible Switches:
1. Federal Specification W-S-865c
2. UL 98
1.05 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Keys: 6 spares of each type for panelboard cabinet lock.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Eaton Corp.; Westinghouse & Cutler -Hammer Products.
2. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Div.
3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
4. Square D Co.
2.02 PANELBOARD FABRICATION
A. Enclosures: Flush- or surface -mounted cabinets as indicated. NEMA PB 1, Type 1, unless
otherwise indicated to meet environmental conditions at installed location. Enclosures shall be
corrosion resistant galvanized (zinc finished) sheet steel. Fronts shall be cold rolled steel, finish ^
coated with ANSI 61 gray enamel over a rust inhibitor.
B. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps, unless otherwise indicated. Front for surface -
mounted panelboards shall be same dimensions as box. Fronts for flush panelboards shall
overlap box, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panelboard door.
D. Bus System:
1. Bus bars shall be sequence phased, rigidly supported by high impact resistant, insulated
supporting bus assemblies to prevent vibration and resulting damage when subjected to
stress, vibration or short circuits. Solderless terminations shall be suitable for either copper
or aluminum wire or cable.
2. Bus bars shall be silver-plated copper. Bus bars shall be of the ampere rating shown on ^
the Drawings. Neutral bus shall be full size and of the same material as the phases buses.
Neutral bus shall be 200% rated when supplied from a double neutral feeder. Provide
copper equipment ground bus in each panelboard. In addition to the equipment ground
bus, provide an isolated ground bus when supplied from a feeder which includes an _
isolated grounding conductor. Neutral and ground buses shall be capable of terminating
one conductor per pole position minimum.
PANELBOARDS 16442-2 Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
E. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type
F. Where a main breaker is indicated, it shall be factory mounted to the bus and shall be located in
panel as indicated. Panels shall be flush or surface -mounted, as indicated. Provide panels with
main lugs only or with main breakers as indicated.
G. Panelboards rated 240 VAC or less shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on the drawings, but
not less than 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical.
H. Panelboards shall be labeled with a UL short-circuit rating. Provide "FULLY" rated panelboard
unless noted otherwise. When series ratings are applied with integral or remote upstream
devices, a label shall be provided. Series ratings shall cover all trip ratings of installed frames. It
shall state the conditions of the UL series ratings, including:
1. Size and type of upstream device
2. Branch devices that can be used
3. UL series short-circuit rating
1. Molded -case or combination molded -case with current -limiting fuses as scheduled or required.
Provide quick -make and quick -break toggle mechanism, inverse -time characteristics, and trip -
free operation on overload or short-circuit. Automatic tripping shall be indicated by a handle
position between the manual OFF and ON position. Provide a trip element for each pole, a
common -trip bar for all poles and a single molded insulating material handle. Handle ties will not
be accepted. Adjustable magnetic trip devices shall be set at the factory to the low trip setting
unless otherwise noted. Provide breaker frame sizes as required to meet the continuous ampere
rating and the interrupting capacity. Provide G.F.I. or shunt -trip type breakers where indicated on
drawings. Shunt -trip breakers shall be supplied with 120 VAC coils, U.O.N.
J. Fusible Switch Units:
1. Quick -make, quick -break, dead -front type. Each switch shall be a self-contained unit,
externally operated from the front.
2. Defeatable interlock to prevent opening the door when the switch is in the ON position.
3. Switches shall be equipped with rejection type clips suitable for UL Class R fuses up to
600A, suitable for UL Class L fuses above 600A.
4. Handle shall be capable of being padlocked in the OFF position.
K. Service Equipment Approval: Listed for use as service equipment for panelboards with main
service disconnect.
L. Future Devices: Equip with mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances,
for the overcurrent protective device ampere ratings indicated for future installation of devices.
2.03 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing
adjacent units.
B. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: NEMAAB 1, handle lockable.
1. Characteristics: Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as indicated
and interrupting capacity rating to meet available fault current.
2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application, including Type SWD for switching
fluorescent lighting loads and Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating
equipment.
3. Lugs: Mechanical lugs and power -distribution connectors for number, size, and material of
conductors indicated.
Oak Street Plaza 16442-3 PANELBOARDS
RMH Proj. #17109
C. Fusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, clips to accommodate specified fuses, handle lockable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install panelboards and accessory items according to NEMA PB 1.1.
B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panelboards uniformly flush
with wall finish.
D. Circuit Directory: Type directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard ^
loads. Obtain approval before installing.
E. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
F. Install plugs on open knockouts.
G. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: Stub four 1" (27-GRC) empty conduits from
panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future.
Stub four 1" (27-GRC) empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade.
H. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups, and bundle and wrap with wire
ties after completing load balancing.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION
A. Panelboard Nameplates: Nameplates for identifying the panelboards shall be engraved
laminated plastic strips (white with black letters), attached by screws, or phenolic buttons or small
window -frame type. Adhesive stick -on labels alone will not be acceptable unless specifically
approved. Panelboard nameplates shall include name of panel and voltage.
3.03 GROUNDING
A. Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated.
B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus as indicated.
3.04 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to
manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not
indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
1. Make insulation -resistance tests of each panelboard bus, component, and connecting
supply, feeder, and control circuits.
PANELBOARDS 16442-4 Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
2. Make continuity tests of each circuit.
B. Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized,
demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in
NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded -case circuit breakers.
Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and retest.
3.06 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint
splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match
original finish.
B. Backboxes shall be clean, dry and free of construction debris and fireproofing overspray prior to
installation of panelboard interior.
C. Vacuum backboxes clean of debris after installation and wiring of branch circuits.
END OF SECTION
Oak Street Plaza 16442-5 PANELBOARDS
RMH Proi. #17109
SECTION 16521
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. This Section includes exterior lighting units with luminaires, lamps, ballasts, poles/support
structures, and accessories.
C. If information provided in the Luminaire Schedule conflicts with information provided in the
specifications, than the more stringent or high quality requirements shall apply.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Lighting Unit: A luminaire or an assembly of luminaires complete with ballast housing, and
mounting and support accessories.
B. Luminaire (Light Fixture): A complete lighting device consisting of lamp(s) and ballast(s), when
applicable, together with parts designed to distribute light, to position and protect lamps, and to
connect lamps to power supply.
C. Poles: Luminaire support structure, including foundation, standard, pole top and high pole, and
tower used to illuminate large area.
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR POLES
A. Dead Load: Weight of luminaire and its horizontal and vertical supports, lowering devices, and
supporting structure, applied as stated in AASHTO LTS-3.
B. Live Load: Single load of 500 Ibf (2224 N), distributed as stated in AASHTO LTS-3.
C. Ice Load: Load of 3 lbf/sq. ft. (143.6 Pa), applied as stated in AASHTO LTS-3.
D. Wind Load: Pressure of wind on standard and luminaire. Wind speed for calculating wind load
for poles 50 feet in height or less is 100 mph
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division
1 Specification Sections. Any submitted fixture that differs in any manner from that scheduled or
specified must be marked "exception'. Clearly indicate exact differences and include all
manufacturers data as indicated. Show associated cost credit to owner. Complete working
fixture samples shall be provided equipped with a 120-volt cord and plug for any proposed
substitution upon request of the Architect and/or Engineer. Provide electronic copy of any
independent laboratory tested IES photometric file for Engineer used in verifying that substituted
fixture meets the specifications.
Oak Street Plaza 16521-1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RMH PrOj. #17109
B. Product Data: For each type of lighting unit indicated, arranged in order of lighting unit
designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following:
1. Materials and dimensions of luminaires and poles.
2. Certified results of laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps for photometric performance.
Photometric data shall include candle power distribution curve and table, zonal lumen table
and coefficient of utilization table.
3. High -intensity -discharge luminaire ballasts.
C. Shop Drawings: Anchor -bolt templates keyed to specific poles and certified by manufacturer. —.
D. Maintenance Data: For lighting units to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Luminaires and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, for their
indicated use, location, and installation conditions by a testing agency acceptable to authorities _
having jurisdiction
B. Comply with ANSI C2.
C. Comply with NFPA 70.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING OF POLES A. Package aluminum poles for shipping according to ASTM B 660.
B. Store poles on decay -resistant treated skids at least 12 inches (300 mm) above grade and —
vegetation. Support poles to prevent distortion and arrange to provide free air circulation.
C. Retain factory applied pole wrappings on fiberglass poles until just before pole installation. _
Handle poles with web fabric straps.
D. Retain factory applied pole wrappings on metal poles until just before pole installation. For poles
with nonmetallic finishes, handle with web fabric straps.
1,07 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other ^
rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in
addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of
the Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, signed by manufacturer and Installer agreeing to replace
external parts of luminaires and poles exhibiting a failure of finish as specified below. This
warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights and remedies Owner may have
under requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Protection of Metal from Corrosion: Warranty against perforation or erosion of finish due to
weathering.
2. Color Retention: Warranty against fading, staining, and chalking due to effects of weather
and solar radiation.
3. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than three years from date of _
Substantial Completion.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521-2 Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Lamps: 10 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each
type.
2. Glass and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: One for every 100 of each
type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type.
3. Ballasts: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each
type.
4. Globes and Guards: One for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least
one of each type.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products indicated in the Luminaire Schedule
shown on the electrical drawings.
2.02 LUMINAIRES
A. Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral light distribution patterns indicated for
luminaires.
B. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under
operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors,
frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and
when secured in operating position. Provide for door removal for cleaning or replacing lens.
Arrange to disconnect ballast when door opens.
C. Gasketing: Door frame and housing sealed by one piece extruded silicon gasket with vulcanized
end closure.
D. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel.
E. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat,
and ultraviolet radiation.
F. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1. White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
G. Lenses and Refractors: Materials as indicated. Use heat- and aging -resistant, resilient gaskets
to seal and cushion lens and refractor in luminaire doors.
H. Photoelectric Relays: As follows:
1. Contact Relays: Single -throw, arranged to fail in the on position and factory set to turn light
unit on at 1.5 to 3 fc (16 to 32 Ix) and off at 4.5 to 10 fc (48 to 108 Ix) with 15-second
minimum time delay.
Oak Street Plaza 16521-3 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RMH Proi. #17109
I. iiigh-Intensity-Discharge Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.4. Constant wattage autotransformer
or regulating high -power -factor type, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Single -Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of minus 40°C.
2. Open -circuit operation will not reduce average life.
3. Noise: Uniformly quiet operation, with a noise rating of B or better.
J. Lamps: Comply with the standard of the ANSI C78 series that is applicable to each type of lamp.
Provide luminaires with indicated lamps of designated type, characteristics, and wattage. Where
a lamp is not indicated for a luminaire, provide medium wattage lamp recommended by
manufacturer for luminaire.
1. Metal -Halide Color Temperature and Minimum Color -Rendering Index: 3600 K and
70 CRI, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color Rendering Index: 3500K and 85 CRI,
unless otherwise indicated.
2.03 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Description: Comply with AASHTO LTS-3 for pole or other support structures, brackets, arms,
appurtenances, base, and anchorage and foundation.
B: Wind -Load Strength of Poles: Adequate at indicated heights above grade without failure,
permanent deflection, or whipping in steady winds of speed indicated in 'Performance
Requirements" Article, with a gust factor of 1.3.
C. Luminaire Attachment: Structural supports to comply with luminaire mounting requirements.
D. Finish: Match finish of pole/support structure for arm, bracket, and tenon mount materials.
E. Mountings, Fasteners, and Appurtenances: Corrosion -resistant items compatible with support
components.
1. Materials: Will not cause galvanic action at contact points.
2. Mountings: Correctly position luminaire to provide indicated light distribution.
3. Anchor Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication unless stainless -
steel items are indicated.
4. Anchor -Bolt Template: Plywood or steel.
5. Concrete Bases: Cast -in -place concrete. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are
specified in Division 3.
F. Pole Bases: Embedded type with underground conduit entry for fiberglass poles. Concrete
foundations with anchor bolts, leveling nuts, and bolt covers for steel poles.
2.04 FIBERGLASS POLES
A. Poles: Comply with ANSI C136.20, with access handhole in pole wall.
B. Resin Color: black; provide uniform coloration throughout entire wall thickness.
C. Surface Finish: Pigmented polyurethane, with a minimum dry -film thickness of 1.5 mils
(0.04 mm).
2.05 STEEL POLES
A. Poles: Comply with ASTM A 500, Grade B, carbon steel with a minimum yield of 46,000 psig
(317 MPa); 1-piece construction up to 40 feet (12 m) in length with access handhole in pole wall.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521-4 Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
3. Factory -Painted Finish: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and
Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning," to
remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind welds
and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from
uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning," or
SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling."
2. Interior Surfaces: Apply one coat of bituminous paint on interior of pole, or otherwise treat
to prevent corrosion.
3. Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting of one or more coats of primer
and two finish coats of high -gloss, high -build polyurethane enamel. Color shall be as
indicated by the manufacturer's designations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Embedded Poles: Set poles to indicated depth, but not less than one -sixth of pole length below
finish grade. Dig holes large enough to permit use of a mechanical compactor the full depth of
hole. Backfill in 6-inch (150-mm) layers and thoroughly compact each layer so backfill is equal to
or greater than that of undisturbed earth. Backfill material shall consist of 3/4 inch or less
uncontaminated crushed rock. Follow pole manufacturer's installation procedures.
B. Concrete Foundations: Construct according to Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete."
1. Comply with details for reinforcement and for anchor bolts, nuts, and washers. Verify
anchor -bolt templates by comparing with actual pole bases furnished.
2. Finish for Parts Exposed to View: Trowel and rub smooth. Comply with Division 3 Section
"Cast -in -Place Concrete" for exposed finish.
C. Install poles as follows:
1. Use web fabric slings (not chain or cable) to raise and set poles.
2. Secure poles level, plumb, and square.
D. Luminaire Attachment: Fasten to indicated structural supports..
E. Luminaire Attachment with Adjustable Features or Aiming: Attach luminaires and supports to
allow aiming for indicated light distribution.
F. Lamp luminaires with indicated lamps according to manufacturer's written instructions. Replace
malfunctioning lamps.
3.02 CORROSION PREVENTION
A. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar
metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment.
B. Steel Conduits: Comply with Division 16 Section "Raceways and Boxes." In concrete
foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch- (0.254-mm-) thick, pipe -wrapping plastic tape applied
with a 50 percent overlap.
Oak Street Plaza 16521-5 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
RMH Proi. #17109
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground Equipment: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's
published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
B. Ground metal poles/support structures according to Division 16 Section "Grounding."
1. Poles: Install 10-foot (3m) driven ground rod at each pole. Use exothermic weld
connection between ground rod and ground conductor.
2. Nonmetallic Poles: Ground metallic components of lighting units and foundations.
Connect luminaires to grounding system with No. 6 AWG conductor.
3. Install grounding conductor pigtail in the base for connecting luminaire to grounding
system.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged units.
B. Tests and Observations: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing luminaires and
energizing circuits with normal power source, and check excessively noisy ballasts.
C. Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components: Replace or repair, then retest. Repeat procedure until
units operate properly.
3.05 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Clean units after installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 16521-6
Oak Street Plaza
RMH Proj. #17109
POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR
DEVELOPERS SURETYAND INDEMNITY COMPANY
INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA
PO BOX 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY
COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, do each, hereby make, constitute and appoint:
***James S. Rosulek, J.R. Richards, Douglas J. Rothey, Cynthia M. Burnett, Florietta Acosta, Donald E.
Appleby, Gloria C. Blackburn, Dilynn Guern, Pamela J. Hansen, Kristen L. McCormick, Kevin W. McMahon,
Frank C. Penn, Susan J. Lattarulo, jointly or severally***
as their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings
and contracts of suretyship giving and granting unto said Attomcy(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every ad necessary, requisite or proper
to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporations could do, but reserving to each of said corporations full power of substitution and revocation, and
all of the acts of said Attomey(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
'This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Board of Directors of
, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, effective as of November 1, 2000:
RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board, the President and any Vice President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to
execute Powers ofAttomey, qualifying the allDrney(s) named in the Powers ofAttomey to execute, on behalf of the coiporstiona, bonds, undertakings and contracts
of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such
Power of Attorney;
RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the sigoatores of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by
facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or catifiate bearing such facsimile signatures shell be valid and binding upon the corporation when so affixed and in
the More with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA have severally caused
these presents to be signed by their respective Executive Via President and attested by their respective Secretary this 1st day of February, 2005.
David H. Rhodes Executive Vice-president CL
0CQ� `Opq �0l CT. to10 a ui 1957 y
96
WaHerA.Crowell.Seeretsry WN. der � 'CIFOP
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
).SS.
COUNTY OF ORANGE )
On February 1, 2005, before me, Nita G HifSneyer, personally appeared David H. Rhodes and Walter A. Crowell, personally known to me (or proved
to tan on the basis of satisfactory avidemce) to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the
same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the histrtmaaxt.
WITNESS my hand and official seal. rdir-
Nino 0. H f MEYM
,.AMCOMM / 1649�8t
maim. ,Nn.t fl�Ott
CERTIFICATE
The undersigned, as Executive Vice -President, of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF
CALIFORNIA, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in 8d1 force and has not been revoked, and furthermore, that the provisions of
tie resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power ofAttomey, are in force as of the date of this Certificate.
This Certificate is executed in the city of Irvine, California, the 11 th day of January , 2006
By <: `
Devil L. Kertiggo, Executive Vice -President tl
ID-1390(Rev 2/05)
SECTION 16590
PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 OVERVIEW AND INTEGRATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide a complete low voltage lighting control system for the projects as shown on the plans and
specified herein.
B. Relay panel interior shall be pre -assembled complete with the necessary relays, transformers and
devices. Relay panel interior shall be separate from enclosure so as to permit easy mounting,
conduit installation and wire pull to enclosures. Interior to be inserted last and connections made.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The
publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.
1. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
2. NFPA 70 (2002) National Electrical Code
3. U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
4. 47 CFR 15 Radio Frequency Devices
5. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
6. UL 916 (1998) Energy Management Equipment
7. UL 486A (1997; Rev thru Dec 1998) Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with
Copper Conductors
8. U.S. FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (FCC)
9. FCC Part 15 (1989) Rules and Regulations: Radio Frequency Devices
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division
1 Specification Sections. Any submitted fixture that differs in any manner from that scheduled or
specified must be marked "exception". Clearly indicate exact differences and include all
manufacturers data as indicated. Show associated cost credit to City of Fort Collins. Complete
working fixture samples shall be provided equipped with a 120-volt cord and plug for any
proposed substitution upon request of the Architect and/or Engineer.
1. Product Data
2. Modular relay panels
3. Programmable scanners
4. Photocell control
5. Timeclock
6. Low -voltage Wire
B. Include dimensions and data on features, components, and ratings for lighting control devices.
1. System Component Shop Drawings
a. Programmable lighting controller & components
2. One Line Diagram: Submit a one -line diagram of the system configuration proposed if it
differs from that illustrated in the riser diagram included in these specifications.
3. Typical Wiring Diagrams: Submit typical wiring diagrams for all components including, but
not limited to, relay panels, relays, low -voltage switches, occupancy sensors, master
switches, photocells, and override switches.
Oak Street Plaza 16590-1 PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING
RMH Prol. #17109 CONTROL SYSTEM
1.04
A.
B.
C.
1.05
4. Testing, Operation and Maintenance Data
a. Provide a testing plan that indicates step by step how the system will be tested by the
factory authorized technician.
b. Provide sequence of operation that allows City of Fort Collins to troubleshoot any
potential problems with the system and can be used as a training tool for future
maintenance personnel.
C. All final reviewed and approved submitted material shall be included in maintenance
manuals specified in Division 1 at the end of the project.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
Specification Section 01650, "Commissioning and Start-up" applies to this section.
Division 16 Section "Lighting Control Devices".
SUMMARY
A. Extent of low -voltage lighting control system work is indicated by drawings and by the
requirements of this section.
1. In general the low -voltage control system consists of a programmable relay panel, an
associated low -voltage photocell and timeclocks and control wiring. The system shall
control all of the project lighting except the vault lighting which is locally switched. Refer to
the one -line diagram, relay panel schedule, and site lighting plan for more information.
B. Requirements are indicated elsewhere in these specifications for work including, but not limited
to, raceways and electrical boxes and fitting required for installation on control equipment and
wiring. Electrical contractor shall be familiar with all system components and the associated
installation requirements prior to submitting bid.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations:
1. Obtain lighting control devices from a single source with total responsibility for compatibility
of lighting control system components specified in this Section.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories:
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, for their indicated use and
installation conditions by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Compliance:
1. Comply with 47 CFR 15, Subparts A and B, for Class A digital devices.
2. Comply with NFPA 70.
3. Comply with NEC as applicable to electrical wiring work.
4. Comply with applicable portions of NEMA standards pertaining to types of electrical
equipment and enclosures.
D. Manufacturers:
1. Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of lighting control equipment and ancillary
equipment, of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use
in similar service for not less than 5 years.
PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING 16590-2 Oak Street Plaza
CONTROL SYSTEM RMH Proj. #17109
: omponent Pretesting:
1. All components and assemblies are to be factory pretested and burned in prior to
installation.
F. System Checkout:
1. Factory trained technicians shall be available to functionally test each component in a
programmable system after installation to verify proper operation and confirm that the panel
wiring and addressing conform to the wiring documentation.
G. System Support:
1. Factory applications engineers shall be available for onsite training as well as telephone
support.
H. UL Approvals:
1. Remote panels are to be UL listed under UL 916 Energy Management Equipment.
FCC Emissions:
1. All assemblies are to be in compliance with FCC Part 15 Subpart J emissions Standards
specified in for Class A application.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Douglas Lighting Controls or approved equal.
2.02 LOW -VOLTAGE SWITCHING SYSTEM
A. Submit shop drawings on programmable lighting controller & components for approval.
B. System Description:
1. The low -voltage lighting control system shall consist of a relay panel assembly, low -voltage
timeclock and photocells as well as their associated wiring.
2. The relay panel shall be mounted in the underground vault as indicated on the drawings.
The numbered relays in the panel shall be wired to control the power to each load as
indicated on the Relay Panel Schedules included in the drawings. All power wiring will be
identified with the circuit number controlling it at the load.
3. Low -voltage switches and/or photocells shall be mounted in the spaces as indicated on the
lighting plans and lighting control system one -line diagram. Each low -voltage wire shall be
labeled with the relay number (1?48) at each switch or sensor. Use only properly color -
coded, stranded #18 AWG (or larger) wire as indicated on the drawings. All relays and
switches shall be tested after installation to confirm proper operation and the loads
recorded on the directory card in each panel.
C. Hardware Features:
1. Modular relay panels shall be UL listed and consist of the following:
a. Tub: Empty NEMA 1 enclosure sized to accept an interior with either 1-12, 1-24 or 1-
48 Douglas Controls WR-6161 relays.
b. Interior: Bracket and circuit board backplane with pre -mounted Douglas Controls
relays. Interiors shall be sized to accept either 6-72 relays. Each relay is capable of
direct ON/OFF control by a low -voltage switch, occupancy sensor or photocell
control. Relay shall have manual on/off operation lever with on/off indicator built-in to
provide status check at the panel.
Oak Street Plaza 16590-3 PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING
RMH Proi. #17109 CONTROL SYSTEM
C. Relays shall be momentary -pulsed mechanically latching contactors rated at 20
amps, 120-277 VAC. Output contacts shall have high -inrush -duty rating (suitable for
sustaining 20 msec. 1500 amp fault current).
d. Power Supply: 40VA transformers for providing power to relays and associated low -
voltage switches and sensors. Transformers include internal overcurrent protection
with automatic reset and metal oxide varistor protection against powerline spikes.
277 VAC, 50/60 Hz. +/- 10%.
e. Cover: Surface with captive screws in a hinged, lockable configuration. A wiring
schedule directory card shall be affixed to the cover's back to allow identification of
circuits/relays/loads controlled if the door is open or the cover is off.
D. Programmable Scanners: Provide programmable relay scanners to allow for controlling several
groups of relays via master switches. Each scanner shall be solid state and have 12 or 24 relay
outputs. An output shall be capable of switching the connected relay ON and OFF. Each
programmable scanner shall have 5 switch inputs to accommodate master group switches. Each
switch input shall be set with the keypad built in to the scanner to switch some or all of the 24
relay outputs of the scanner.
E. Photocell Control:
1. General: Each photocontrol point shall consist of remote sensor and a separate
control/calibration unit. The sensor shall connect to the control/calibration unit with 2 #18
conductors with a maximum distance of 500 ft. The control unit shall be powered by 24
VAC.
2. Control Unit:
a. Controller shall provide 24 time/photo-controlled outputs for relay scanners. Outputs
shall be programmed to a turn-off foot-candle level and a turn -on foot-candle level.
Lighting levels shall be set in the field with commissioning agent and City of Fort
Collins representative.
b. Control unit shall be a standard device which can operate with a remote photo -sensor
within a range between 1 and 6500 footcandles.
C. Control device shall employ a 3-minute time delay between switching outputs to
avoid nuisance tripping. There shall be a 1 sec time delay to aid in initial setup and
troubleshooting.
3. Sensor Devices: Provide where required a photometric sensor (Douglas Controls WPS-
5941), capable of sensing from 0 to 65,535 lux.
a. The photometric sensor shall continuously monitor the true ambient light level and
shall allow different relays (or groups of relays) to be switched at different light levels.
b. The photometric sensor shall be watertight and be able to withstand direct sunlight,
rain or snow. The sensor shall have an operating range of -500 to +130OF
F. Timeclock:
1. Timeclock shall have the following features:
a. Eight outputs, each individually programmable
b. Two outputs with paralled dry contacts
C. Seven assignable programs
d. Sixty-four events per year
e. Sixty-four holiday schedules per year
f. Power down protections for time and programs
g. Automatic daylight savings time and leap year adjustments
G. Low -voltage Wire:
1. All low -voltage wiring shall be color coded to match the relays, switches, and sensors. It
must also be UL listed as conforming to Class 2 wiring requirements.
PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING 16590-4 Oak Street Plaza
CONTROL SYSTEM RMH Proj. #17109
j ,F,T 3- EXECUTION
_410;tit11111 Wi+691_1IWTAN9Eel E
A. Install equipment level and plumb and according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Mount lighting control devices according to manufacturer's written instructions and requirements
in Division 16 Section 16050N, "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
C. Mounting heights indicated are to bottom of unit for suspended devices and to center of unit for
wall -mounting devices.
D. Mount enclosures for photocell controllcalibration unit in electrical room with the associated relay
panel.
3.02 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring between relays and control devices according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B.- All Class 2 wiring shall be installed in conduit.
C. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures.
D. Ground equipment.
E. Connections: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify components and power and control wiring according to Division 16 Section 16050, "Basic
Electrical Materials and Methods."
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least seven days'
advance notice.
B. Inspect control components for defects and physical damage, testing laboratory labeling, and
nameplate compliance with the Contract Documents.
C. Check tightness of electrical connections with torque wrench calibrated within previous six
months. Use manufacturer's recommended torque values.
D. Verify settings of photoelectric devices with photometer calibrated within previous six months.
E. Electrical Tests: Use particular caution when testing devices containing solid-state components.
Perform the following according to manufacturer's written instructions:
F. Continuity tests of circuits.
1. Operational Tests: Set and operate devices to demonstrate their functions and capabilities
in a methodical sequence that cues and reproduces actual operating functions.
2. Include testing of devices under conditions that simulate actual operational conditions.
Record control settings, operations, cues, and functional observations.
Oak Street Plaza 16590-5 PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING
RMH Proj. #17109 CONTROL SYSTEM
3. Correct deficiencies, make necessary adjustments, and retest. Verify that specified
requirements are met.
4. Test Labeling: After satisfactory completion of tests and inspections, apply a label to tested
components indicating test results, date, and responsible agency and representative.
5. Reports: Written reports of tests and observations. Record defective materials and
workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Record repairs and adjustments.
G. Commission photocells according to manufacturer's instructions and City of Fort Collins
representative requests. In general exterior lighting will be turned off when 5 footcandles of
daylight is present outside. Exact lighting levels whereby lighting will be turned off shall be set in
field under the direction of the City of Fort Collins representative.
H. Program timeclock functions according to City of Fort Collins representative(s) desired settings.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Cleaning: Clean equipment and devices internally and externally using methods and materials
recommended by manufacturers, and repair damaged finishes.
3.06 DEMONSTRATION
A. System Startup: Manufacturer shall provide a factory authorized technician to confirm proper
installation and operation of all system components. The control system shall be fully tested by
the contractor, with point-to-point checklists, pre -functional checklists, and functional performance
testing completed and verified by the commissioning authority prior to the general contractor (and
sub -contractors) receiving substantial completion.
B. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train City of Fort Collins' maintenance
personnel as specified below.
C. Train maintenance personnel on troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and preventive
maintenance. Provide a minimum of three hours' training.
1. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of maintenance manuals as a training aid.
2. Schedule training with City of Fort Collins representative with at least seven days advance
notice.
3. Training: Manufacturer shall provide factory authorized application engineer to train
maintenance personnel in the operation and programming of the lighting control system.
END OF SECTION
PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING 16590-6 Oak Street Plaza
CONTROL SYSTEM RMH Proi. #17109
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and
comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may
be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional
information he desires. /l
1. Name of Bidder: � Z (�iovT/LR�TZr6 ( �
2. Permanent main office address: $-Q4,S/
3. When organized: 06 1/97S
4. If a corporation, where incorporated: 624!!»"bp
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business
under your present firm or trade name? 0 Z 9
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each
contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
EE Sc ALroji ze s A� + s /IF�F Tu-i CoMVZCYW �iyo�Css�S
7. General character of Work performed by your company:
8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?
If so, where and why? A/O
9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract? /(/ 2
If so, where and why?
10. Are you debarred by any government agency? 144:2
If yes list agency name.
7/96 Section 00420 Page 1
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company,
stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed,
location and type of construction.
c A trArwer Se,"4F0V1F
12. List your major equipment available for this contract.
Co rZZ-K 5:-:=-,o S c2 S yea ks 62AAr,6V6 Az," S /�
[ AT A02. 5 /'� 7S9A- Aae ce4/
CA 430 J-AA�Tcn, Lo ope2 SACkA106 ,MAGlG. r-AA100eln
13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this
project:
�E✓En/�Z. Plb5E�T5 S2�rL'[�R� / Y/�Lc F ,on40 Sinai U Va- I—
14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization,
including officers:
$65 AAA40 tA-%f:Ni
15. Credit available: $ Sl3D,0,00
16. Bank reference: $AMG. /-�itF Sc:f,�.oAee 9%47 5's%-yZ�,3
17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and
furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER?
18. Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR?;,(/p
If yes, in what city, county and state? What
class, license and numbers?
19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this
Contract? �<t
If yes, what percent of total contract?S
and to whom? 566 S-cekn L(F /kr S4,,8r- 1-nz G nYL'S
20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? ✓ o
IF yes, DETAIL
7/96 Section 00420 Page 2
9. The motor starters for the display pump and filter pump shall be provided as part of the
fountain control panel per the water feature mechanical specifications and drawings.
10. Phone numbers for the water feature mechanical system specialty items are as follows:
Fountain Supply Company, 1-800-786-6604. Roman Fountains, 1-800-794-1801.
11. The vault ventilation pipe extensions and stacks shall be as shown on the water feature
mechanical drawings WFA and WF-5. Disregard the reference to the ventilation stacks and
extension pipes on the electrical drawing E-2. Provide the ventilation fan per the electrical
drawings.
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 1, SECTION 01270 — Unit Prices
Renumber Unit Price Items A through SS.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.01 List of Unit Prices
Utilities
Replace H. Sanitary Sewer Connection with the following:
H. Unit Price Item: 12-Inch Storm Sewer Curb Inlet
1. Description: Twelve inch storm sewer curb inlet including all efforts and
materials required for a complete item.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Add the Following Unit Price Items:
Unit Price Item: Pop -Jet Nozzle with Drain
1. Description: Pop -Jet Nozzle with drain installation and associated plumbing
and all efforts and materials required to complete the item.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
Unit Price Item: String Light with LED Bulbs
1. Description: String light with Xenon bulbs replaced with LED bulbs.
2. Unit of Measurement: Linear Foot
Unit Price item: Drinking Fountain
1. Description: Drinking Fountain installation including freight, custom color,
hardware, attachment in place, and incidental efforts and materials required
for a complete installed finished product.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each
21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL
ZM2`tc�T?v✓ AcGa G ff 11`l=Lt�av CMtA�tps'l�
What company?
22. What are your company's bonding limitations? zeCS4,Z-rw /&70-•a
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or
corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in
verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's
Qualifications. -s-
Dated at ! this rNday of 20_
Sr Z CJ«'yT/IAGTZ CO.
Name % Bidder f
By: fd�GZS 16c7tiF
Title: U?-eE
State ofpLp,4gpp
County of ! ✓Eka
C444s.�5 /--1EC7A-< :��Ul being duly sworn deposes and says that he
is (lrk-',E p gZa4rN of C&A,-XAAD - sCi✓6 and that
(name of organization)
the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained
are true and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this IRS day of
--J , 2 09tv.
�0.ucu to Lem
Notary Public!
My commission expires
,115a9d`OS3;r, .;
44 '�11
My Commission Expires
September 6, 2006
Section 00420 Page 3
w
C
J' J I
PO Soy 129. 450 East 1fit h Street -Greeley, CO 80532
Ph: (970) 392-0694 -Fax; (9701 392-0695 • Emael: J2=1.J2coretraehn9. cant
1. Project Name:
HWY 34 & 47TH Ave. Intersection Improvements
Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Greeley (Contact: Mike Bedell 336-4125)
1001 9`h Ave.
Greeley, CO 80620
Contract Amount:
$687,000
Sch. Completion Date:
7/2005
Description:
Remove conc./asphalt, earthwork, aggregate base course, paving, signalization,
striping, major traffic control
2. Project Name:
2005 Valve and Hydrant Replacement
Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Evans (Curtis Templeman 339-5344)
1100 37'h Street
Evans, CO 80620
Contract Amount:
$49,000
Completion Date:
5/2005
Description:
Replace and install new fire hydrants and water valves.
3. Project Name:
Northern Colorado Medical Center — 2"d Century Project
Sub or Prime?
Subcontractor
General Contractor:
Hensel Phelps
PO Box 0
Greeley, CO 80631
Contract Amount:
$755,000
Completion Date:
10/2005
Description:
Remove conc./asphalt, earthwork, aggregate base course, paving, striping,
excavation and backfill
4. Project Name:
37'h Street/35d' Ave. ROW Improvements
Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Evans (Contact: Martin Howell)
1100 37" Street
Evans, CO 80620
Engineering:
Drexel-Barrell
4840 Pearl East Circle, Suite 114
Boulder, CO 80301
Contract Amount:
$3,300,000.00
Completion Date:
5/2004
% Comp. with Own Forces:
70%
5. Project Name:
Sub or Prime?
Owner:
Engineering:
Contract Amount:
Completion Date:
% Comp. with Own Forces:
6. Project Name:
Sub or Prime?
Owner:
Engineering:
Contract Amount:
Completion Date:
% Comp. with Own Forces:
7. Project Name:
Sub or Prime?
Owner:
Engineering:
Contract Amount:
Percentage Complete:
Completion Date:
% Comp. with Own Forces:
8. Project Name:
Sub or Prime?
Owner:
Engineering:
Contract Amount:
Percentage Complete:
Completion Date:
% Comp. with Own Forces:
• AOGW~Tlt F"CROMMOA661011"'M SAM • 011110UMN
• PU" U"LffNIM• lXCAVATM* SM 6"INUO •STOWT COI
PO Box 129.450Easf 16th Street+Greeley, CO SP63T
Ph: (910J 39Z-0694 • Fux: (970j 392.0695 •Email: J2a.12contrdc Gng,com
I
56`h Ave. Reconstruct
Prime Contractor
City of Greeley (Contract: Pat Hill 350-9540)
1000 101h Street
Greeley, CO 80631
City of Greeley (Contract: Pat Hill 350-9540)
1000 loth Street
Greeley, CO 80631
$146,561
6/02
36%
Highland Hills 20'h Street/56'h Ave
Detention Pond/Irrigation Line
Prime Contractor
City of Greeley (Contract: Bert Leautaud 350-9788)
1000 10`h Street
Greeley, CO 80631
City of Greeley (Contract: Bert Leautaud 350-9788)
1000 10 Street
Greeley, CO 80631
$254,773.00
9/02
95%
476' Ave. Widening
Prime Contractor
City of Greeley (Contract: Mike Bedell 336-4125)
KBN Engineers
820 8`h Street
Greeley, CO 80631
$410,000
100%
11 /03
40%
Weld County Parking Lot (8`h St. & I e Ave.)
Prime Contractor
Weld County (Contract: Pat Persichino)
KBN Engineers
820 8`h Street
Greeley, CO 80631
$430,000.00
100%
4/05
40%
♦AOSM"TSPRO08" IMAOOVA"TO"LM•001OLMON
• PUUM 60OW"M/CTWU
Recently Completed Public Works Projects (2000-2005) (Continued)
9. Project Name:
32n8 Street/29`h Ave. ROW Improvements
Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Evans (Contract: Martin Howell 339-5344)
1100 37`h Street
Evans, CO 80620
Engineering:
Pickett Engineering
808 8`h St.
Greeley, CO 80631
Contract Amount:
$1,354,000.00
Percentage Complete:
100%
Completion Date:
11/01
% Comp. with Own Forces:
50%
10. Project Name:
East Memorial Storm Sewer/Balsam Ave. Improv.
Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Greeley (Contract: Bert Leautaud 350-9788)
1000 10`h Street
Greeley, CO 80631
Engineering:
Burnett Consulting Engineers
P.O. Box 121
Cowdrey, CO 80434
Contract Amount:
$809,000
Percentage Complete:
100%
Completion Date:
10/01
% Comp. with Own Forces:
70%
It. Project Name:
49`h Ave. & 59`h Ave. Storm Sewer
Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Greeley (Contract: Bert Leautaud 350-9788)
1000 10'h Street, Greeley, CO 80631
Engineering:
City of Greeley (Contract: Bert Leautaud 350-9788)
1000 10'h Street, Greeley, CO 80631
Contract Amount:
$306,000
Percentage Complete:
100%
Completion Date:
11/01
% Comp. with Own Forces:
70%
• AOGMATK PROCS" MOrAGO1NWATB "Ln$ • OIMO LMON
• }'UlLiC YTfyrra'�sptCAYATi0N�8tf! O1tAWli9•s'r�T O�MMgtfgiCT1AM
Recently Completed Public Works Projects (2000-2005) (Continued)
12. Project Name:
Monfort Phase III
Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Greeley (Contact: Phil Carter 350-9826)
1000 10 h Street, Greeley, CO 80631
Engineering:
Boyle Engineering
165 South Union Blvd., Suite 200 -
Lakewood, CO 80228
Contract Amount:
$300,000
Change Orders:
$70,000 (4.change orders)
Completion Date:
11/00
% Comp. with Own Forces:
80%
13. Project Name:
I" Ave./East Memorial Storm Sewer
Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Greeley (Contract: Bert Leauthud 350-9788)
1000 10"' Street, Greeley, CO 80631
Engineering:
Burnett Consulting Engineers
P.O. Box 121, Cowdrey, CO 80434
r Contract Amount:
$620,000.00
Percentage Complete:
100%
Completion Date:
8/00
% Comp. with Own Forces:
70%
14. Project Name:
2000 Impac Project
r Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Greeley (Contract: Linda Hood 350-9808)
1000 10t' Street, Greeley, CO 80631
Engineering:
Same
Contract Amount:
$354,000
Percentage Complete:
100%
Sch. Completion Date:
9/00
% Comp. with Own Forces:
45%
15. Project Name:
Hill and Park Waterline
Sub or Prime?
Prime Contractor
Owner:
City of Evans (Contract: Martin Howell 339-5344)
1100 37 h Street, Evans, CO 80620
` Engineering:
RTW
Fort Collins, CO 80525
Contract Amount:
$254,000
Percentage Complete:
1000/0
Completion Date:
12/00
% Comp. with Own Forces:
90%
•!tl'8{.{CY'M1TWf•E%CAVATWK4*1T1611D OOSIO T COOMMKTIMI
• •
Recently Completed Commercial Projects (2000-2005)
1. Project Name: Accutel Parking Lot
Sub or Prime? Prime Contractor
Owner: S&E Investments
c/o KBN Engineers
Engineering: KBN Engineers
820 8d' Street
Greeley, CO 90631
Contract Amount: $204,000
Completion Date: 7/05
% Comp. with Own Forces: 700/o"
2. Project Name: Bonell Good Samaritan Center Parking Lots
Sub or Prime? Prime Contractor
Owner: Bonell Good Samaritan Center
708 22id Street
Greeley, CO 80631
Engineering: Landmark Engineering
3521 W. Eisenhower Blvd.
Loveland, CO 80537
Contract Amount: $295,000.00
Percentage Complete: 10%
Completion Date: 8/2003
% Comp. with Own Forces: 80%
3. Project Name: College Green Business Park
Sub or Prime? Prime Contractor
Owner: Hensel Phelps Development Management Co.
(Contract: Kim McAuliffe 970-352-6565)
Engineering: KBN Engineers
820 8d' Street
Greeley, CO 80631
Contract Amount: $700,000
Completion Date: 4/04
% Comp. with Own Forces: 94%
4. Project Name: Northern Colorado Medical Center, MOB 91
4 Sub or Prime? Sub Contractor
Owner: Northern Colorado Medical Center
Prime Contractor: Hensel Phelps (RJ Barron (970) 506-9402)
Engineering: Drexel-Barrell
4840 Pearl East Circle, Suite 114
Boulder, CO 80301
Contract Amount: $460,000
Completion Date: 5/03
% Comp. with Own Forces: 100%
QUALIFICATIONS OF KEY PERSONNEL
JOHN C. LEONE SR.
Education: Colorado State University Fort Collins CO Graduated: 1970
• BS in Construction Management
Current Employer: J-2 Contracting_Company 1993-Present
Title: President
Job Description: Superintendent, Supervises all Field Operations
Previous Experience: KIP Construction, Golden, CO 1990-1993
• Project Manager for Heavy Highway Construction.
Greeley Excavation Company, Greeley, CO 1980-1990
• Owner, Estimator, Project Manager
Flatiron, Greeley, CO 1976-1980
• General Manager of Concrete Division
D-Leone Construction Co., Colorado Springs, CO 1970-1976
• Field Superintendent for Heavy Highway Construction
CHRIS LEONE
Education: Colorado School of Mines Golden, CO Graduated: 1994
• BS in Mechanical Engineering
Colorado State University Fort Collins, CO Graduated: 2003
• Masters in Business Administration
Current Employer: J-2 Contracting Company 2/l/05-Present
Title: Vice President
Job Description: Manages business Fundamentals
Previous Experience. Celestica Colorado, Fort Collins, CO 1997-2005
• Business Office Director -Manage business office customer
relations.
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors
performing over 10%- of the contract.
ITEM
Et-E �TirsiC�� .
pl7FcA5T (�Ji✓ca!'�''F
SUBCONTRACTOR
/,7 *yYC piepst � l
{L d-le"
L,owvc�rtF
�QLt7!lAG:a %�a+Fto3T
✓✓A�l.`2-��sE
7/46 Section 00430 Page 1
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and
comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may
be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional
information he desires.
1. Name of Bidder:
2. Permanent main office address:
3. When organized:
4. If a corporation, where incorporated:
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business
under your present firm or trade name?
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each
contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
7. General character of Work performed by your company:
8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?
If so, where and why?
W
Have your ever defaulted on a contract?
If so, where and why?
10. Are you debarred by any government agency?
If yes list agency name.
7/96 Section 00420 Page 1
DIVISION 2, SECTION 02515 —Unit Pavers
PART 2 — PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
2.01 Pavers
Replace with the following:
Any supplier:
3. Black Chinese Granite or Approved Equal, Thermal finish; 2' x 1', thickness =
2"
DIVISION 2, SECTION 02520 —Portland Cement Concrete Paving
PART 1- GENERAL
Add the following:
1.09 Qualifications
A. Concrete Installer for Lithocrete Specialty Concrete must be an approved
licensed installer.
Colorado Hardscapes
8085 E. Harvard Ave.
Denver, CO 80231
(800) 447-1888; (303) 750-8200 coloradohardscapes.com
2.09 Specialty Concrete
A. Lithocrete Surface -seeded Aggregate by Colorado Hardscapes
Colorado Hardscapes
8085 E. Harvard Ave.
Denver, CO 80231
(800) 447-1888; (303) 750-8200 coloradohardscapes.com
3.10 Specialty Concrete
A. Lithocrete — Install as per Lithocrete specifications by Colorado Hardscapes.
8085 E. Harvard Ave.
Denver, CO 80231
(800) 447-1888; (303) 750-8200
www.coloradohardscapes.com
www.lithocrete.com
3.11 Integral Color Schedule
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company,
stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed,
location and type of construction.
12. List your major equipment available for this contract.
13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this
project:
14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization,
including officers:
15. Credit available: $
16. Bank reference:
17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and
furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER?
18
19
Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR?_
If yes, in what city, county and state?
class, license and numbers?
Do you anticipate subcontracting
Contract?
If yes, what percent of total contract?
and to whom?
What
Work under this
20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?
IF yes, DETAIL
7/96 Section 00420 Page 2
21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL
What company?
22. What are your company's bonding limitations?
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or
corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in
verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's
Qualifications.
Dated at this day of , 20
Name of Bidder
By:
Title:
State of
County of
being duly sworn deposes and says that he
is of and that
(name of organization)
the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained
are true and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of
20
Notary Public
My commission expires
7/96 Section 00420 Page 3
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors
performing over 10% of the contract.
ITEM
SUBCONTRACTOR
7/96 Section 00430 Page 1
SECTION 00500
AGREEMENT FORMS
00510 Notice of Award
00520 Agreement
00530 Notice to Proceed
SECTION 00510
NOTICE OF AWARD
Date: February 09, 2006
TO: J-2 Contracting Company
PROJECT: Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER")
You are hereby notified that your Bid dated January 19, 2006 for the above
project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have
been awarded an Agreement for Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza: construction of a
Downtown plaza park including: concrete paving, concrete pavers, concrete
walls, fountain, custom railings, utilities including; water, sanitary sewer
and electrical service, pedestrian lights, signage, site furniture, irrigation
system, and landscaping..
The Price of your Agreement is ($959,544.00) Nine Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand
Five Hundred Forty Four Dollars.
Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings)
accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be
delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15)
days of the date of this Notice of Award that is by February 24, 2006.
1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of
the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract
Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page.
2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security
(Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions
(Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle
OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to
declare your Bid Security forfeited.
Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return
to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract
Documents attached.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By: •
J mes B. eill, II, CPPO, FNIGP
D rector of Purchasing & Risk Management
9/12/01 Section 00510 Page 1
SECTION 00520
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 9th day of February in the year of 2006 and
shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City.
The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and
J-2 Contracting Company (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR)
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be
the whole or only a part is defined as Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza; the
construction of a Downtown plaza park including: concrete paving, concrete
pavers, concrete walls, fountain, custom railings, utilities including; water,
sanitary sewer and electrical service, pedestrian lights, signage, site
furniture, irrigation system, and landscaping and is generally described in
Section 01100.
ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER
The Project has been designed by City of Fort Collins Park Planning
Department, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties
and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to
ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES
3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete by May 15, 2006 as provided
in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and
Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions by June 15, 2006.
3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of
the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the
Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus
any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General
Conditions.
They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving
in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not
completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER
and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty)
CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter.
7/96 Section 00530 Page 1
1) Substantial Completion:
Three Hundred Dollars ($300) for each calendar day or fraction
thereof that expires after May 15, 2006, the date for Substantial
Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete.
2) Final Acceptance:
After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150) for
each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after June 15,
2006 the date for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is
ready for Final Payment and Acceptance.
ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows:
($959,544.00), Nine Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand Five Hundred Forty Four
Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by
this reference.
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with
Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be
processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.
5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account
of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as
recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided
below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work
measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General
Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units
completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit
Price Work.
5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the
amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the
aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall
determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the
General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has
been 50o completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage,equals 5% of
the Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been
satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may
determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain
satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work
completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial
Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably
stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in
7/96 Section 00530 Page 2
paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application
for payment.
5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount
sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 950 of the Contract
Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in
accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by
law.
5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in
accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the
remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said
paragraph 14.13.
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes
the following representations:
6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of
the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions
and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress,
performance or furnishing of the Work.
6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and
tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are
identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the
General Conditions.
6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes
responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or
to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may
affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR
considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the
Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the
provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional
examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar
information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown
or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the
accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information
or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by
CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price,
7/96 Section 00530 Page 3
within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of
paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions.
6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,
examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts,
errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and
the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions,
Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract
Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as
are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this
reference.
7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related
actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract
Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not
limited to, the following:
7.2.1Certificate of Substantial Completion
7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance
7.2.3Lien Waiver Releases
7.2.4Consent of Surety
7.2.5Application for Exemption Certificate
7.2.6Application for Payment
7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as
follows:
SHEET TITLE SHEET
COVER SHEET
ACCESS & STAGING PLAN
EROISION CONTROL
DEMOLITION PLAN
GRADING PLAN - PLAZA
GRADING PLAN - WALL / STEP ELEVATIONS
SITE PLAN - LAYOUT
CURVE / MATERIALS LAYOUT
FOUNTAIN ENLARGEMENT
SITE DETAILS
SITE DETAILS
SITE DETAILS
BUS SHELTER PLANS & ELEVATIONS
ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS
AS-1
EC-1
D-1
G-1
G-2
S-1
S-2
S-3
SD-1
SD-2
SD-3
A-1
A-2
7/96 Section 00530 Page 4
STRUCTURAL, FRAMING & DETAILS
SF-1
ELECTRICAL LEGEND & ONE -LINE DIAGRAM
E-1
ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
E-2
WATER FEATURE COVER SHEET / LAYOUT PLAN
WF-C
WATER FEATURE DETAILS
WF-1
WATER FEATURE DETAILS
WF-2
WATER FEATURE DETAILS
WF-3
WATER FEATURE DETAILS
WF-4
WATER FEATURE DETAILS
WF-5
WATER FEATURE DETAILS
WF-6
WATER FEATURE DETAILS
WF-7
WATER FEATURE DETAILS
WF-8
IRRIGATION COVER SHEET
I-1
IRRIGATION LAYOUT PLAN
I-2
IRRIGATION DETAILS
I-3
IRRIGATION DETAILS
I-4
IRRIGATION DETAILS
I-5
IRRIGATION DETAILS
I-6
IRRIGATION DETAILS
I-7
LANDSCAPE LEGEND & PLAN
LA -I
The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated.
Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated.
7.4. Addenda Numbers 1 to 2, inclusive.
7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and
other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents
pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or
incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only
be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of
the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the
General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General
Conditions.
8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in
the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the
written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not
without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may
not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of
this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the
contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or
discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract
7/96 Section 00530 Page 5
DAVIS COLOR
DOSAGEIPIGMENT
FINISH
Palomino
3 Lbs. 5447
Lithocrete
DIVISION 2, SECTION 02912—Landscape Trees, Shrubs, Perennials
PART 2 — MATERIALS
Replace 2.04 with the following:
2.04 Landscape Fabric
A. Weed barrier by Dewitt, Mirifi, Typar, Pro 5 or equal.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.02 Placing Fabric and Mulch
A. Place weed barrier in all shrub beds and perennial beds. Lay out weed barrier
around shrubs using staples to secure edges and seams.
SPECIFICATION QUESTIONS
1. Section 16060, paragraph 3.03 (1). Are test wells going to be required on this project?
ANSWER Test wells are not required for this project.
2. Section 16590, paragraphs 1.06 (F) and 3.06 describe the requirement for a "factory
authorized technician" to be available on site or by phone for commissioning, testing,
and training of the lighting control system. Is this truly necessary for this small of a job?
If so, should the electrical contractor propose a budget for this personnel to be onsite?
ANSWER No changes will be made to this requirement. The local representative
is a factory authorized technician. The technician shall be on site. Telephone
support is an additional requirement, not an "or" requirement — spec reads as
follows: "Factory applications engineers shall be available for onsite training as
well as telephone support."
3. Section 16060, paragraph 3.05 (Al-A5). Are drawings and reports required on this
project? Are these tests and reports prepared by an independent contractor? Same
question for Section 16410, paragraph 3.04. ANSWER Reports are required but an
independent contractor is not required. This applies to both of the specification
sections noted in the above question.
4. Section 16521, paragraph 1.08. My interpretation of this specification is that at least one
lamp, ballast covers, globe, guard, etc. be furnished with each type of light fixture.
ANSWER This is correct with the exception of the additional. Provide 20 spare
lamps and globes for the string lights.
Document.
8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors,
assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners,
successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,
Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Yocument.
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACT ntracting Company
By: ((�l„�-V By
JAMES B'O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP .
ECTOR OF PURCHASING Z-(<10-�
AND RISK MANAGEMENT ,/
Title: VZ4c6 A'`gQ&C:
FART COS
Date: LZ i �F,.••.....,.<�� te: 2- 1y1O
.•.yam
SEAL (CORPORATE SEAL)
Attest: test:
City Cler
`rt
Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices:
P. 0. Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
LICENSE NO.:
Approved as to Form
Assistant C y Att rney
7/96 Section 00530 Page 6
SECTION 00530
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Description of Work: Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza
To: J-2 Contracting Company
This notice is to advise you:
That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by
the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been
received by the OWNER.
That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents.
Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby
authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from
receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement.
Dated this day of , 20
The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be
and 20 , respectively.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:
Title:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this
day of , 20
CONTRACTOR: J-2 Contracting Company
By:
Title:
7/96 Section 00530 Page 8
SECTION 00600
BONDS AND CERTIFICATES
00610 Performance Bond
00615 Payment Bond
00630 Certificate of Insurance
00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion
00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance
00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR)
00660 Consent of Surety
00670 Application for Exemption Certificate
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND''
Bond No. 882291P
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm) J-2 CONTRACTING COMPANY
(Address) 450 E. 16th Street, Greeley, CO 80631
(a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as
the "Principal^ and
(Firm) DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY
(Address) P.O. Box 469025, Denver, CO 80236
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City
of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal'
Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of
in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and
truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and.
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered,
into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 9th day of **
, 20 06, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
performance of The City of Fort Collins project, Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its
duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of
said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof?
which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and
during toe life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all
claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify
and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by
reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay
and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this'
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
* NINE HUNDRED FIFTY NINE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($959,544.00)
** February
7/96 Section 00610 Page 1
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the
terms of the Agreement or to the Work to bey performed thereunder or the
specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on
this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or
to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FARTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim
may be unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
each one of which
, 2006.
IN PRESENCE OF:
ATTEST•
I2 V . o-v--
' 4.
(Cot orate S al)
IN ORESAt1I I F
this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts,
shall be deemed an original, this 13th day of
.NOT APPLICABLE
Principal J CONTRACTING COMPANY
BY: 1.6o/v6
(Title)
450 16th_street, Greeley, CO 80631
(Address)
other Partners
By: _ NOT APPLICABLE
By:
0
IN PRESENCE OF: Surety •VE RS ND INDEMNITY COMPANY
WITNESS -
BY: e-(L 1 /�� By:
J.R. ichards, Attorney -In -Fact
Elke E. Eriksen, Denver, ColoradoX": P.O. Box 469025, Denver, CO 80246
(Address)
(Surety seal)
NOTE r Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement.
'If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, ali Partners should execute Bond.
* February
7/96 Section 00610 Page 2
SECTION 00615
PAYMENT BOND
Bond No- 882291P
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm) J-2 CONTRACTING COMPANY
(.Address) 450 E. 16th Street, Greeley, CO 80631
Or (a corporation), hereinafter referred to as
the "Principal" and
(Firm) DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY
(Address) P.O. Box 469025, Tenver, CO 80246
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the
City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 as
(Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal
sum of NINE HUNDRED FIFTY NINE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED* in lawful money of the
United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind
ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered
into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 9th day of
20 OG a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
performance of The City of Fort Collins project, Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza.
Now, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms,
subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor
in the prosecution of the work provided for in such Agreement and any
authorized extension .or modification thereof, .including all amounts due for
materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed,
rented or used in connection with the construction of such work, and all
insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor, performed in such work
whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
* FORTY FOUR AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($959,544.00)
** February
7/96 Section 00615 Page 1
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the
terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the
Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on
this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any., such change, extension of
7 -:c
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the work or
to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim
may be unsatisfied.
pROVTDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. this instrument is ekecuted in three (3) counterparts,
each one of which shall be- deemed an original, this 13th day of
2 0_a6.
IN PRESENCE OF:
ATTEST: i'
(rorpovot,t pal)
IN 4pi2ES'NCg'' OF:
NOT APPLICABLE
Princip -2 ONTRACTING COMPANY
By: H/t r oNE
.cF feke v0EA-T`
(Title)
450 E. 16th Street, Greeley, CO 80631
(Address)
Other Partners
NOT APPLICABLE
IN PRESENCE OF: Sure V E U AND INDEMNITY COMPANY
WITNESS: r
BY: � (10 C � � By:
J. . Richards, Attorney -In- act
EIke E..Eriksen, Denver, Colorado ,0, Box 469025, Denver, CO 80246
(Address)
` stirety1 9e01)
NOTE: VAtr of bond must not be prior
Tf CONTRACTOR is Partnership,
* February
to date of Agreement.
all partners should execute bond.
7/96 Section 00615 Page 2
POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR
DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY
PO BOX 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300
www.InscoDico.com
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY does hereby matte, constitute
and appoint:
***James S. Rosulek, J.R. Richards, Florietta Acosta, Donald E. Appleby, Gloria C. Blackburn, Dilynn Guern,
Kristen L. McCormick, Kevin W. McMahon, Frank C. Penn, Susan J. Lattarulo, Lisa T. Solove, jointly or
severally***
as its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporation as surety, bonds, undertakings and contracts
of suretyship giving and granting unto said Attomey(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in
connection therewith as the corporation could do, but reserving to the corporation full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Attorneys) -in -
Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS
SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY effective as of November 1, 2000:
RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board, the President and any Vice President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute
Powers of Attorney, qualifying the Attomey(s)-in-Fact named in the Powers of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporation, bonds, undertakings and contracts of
suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of
Attorney;
RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power ofAttomey or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile,
and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporation when so affixed and in the future with
respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached
IN WITNESS WHEREOF DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its respective Executive Vice President
and attested by its Secretary this I st day of December, 2005.
............
r�••�tV AND
By:
David H. Rhodes, Executive Vice -President E r, OCT.
,W. 10
o� 1936
Walter A. Crowell, Secretary
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF ORANGE
On December 1, 2005 before me, Gina L. Gamer, (here insert name and title of the officer), personally appeared David H. Rhodes and Walter A. Crowell,
personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s),
or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature G:� (SEAL)
CERTIFICATE
GINA L. GARNER
COMM. # 1569561
wrARY Puauc cAuFoataA
ORANGE COUNTY
M amran. p Ina M 13, 2009
The undersigned, as Assistant Secretary, of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of
Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked, and furthermore, that the provisions of the resolution of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporation
set forth in the Power of Attomey, is in force as of the date of this Certificate.
This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, the 13 th day of 4'F4 i4; 2006
By
Albert Hillebrand, Assistant Secretary
ID-1438 (DSI) (Rev. 12/05)
SECTION 00630
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance.
7/96 Section 00630 Page 1
r1Ie..Hf. QAAC
A...-...,1..
ACORD,N CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY
INSURANCE °A'7("M'°°"YY"'
02/13/06
PRODUCER
HRH of Colorado
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
720 S, Colorado Blvd Ste 600-N
P.O. Box 469025
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Denver, CO 80246-9025
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
NAIC #
INSURED
450E 16th Street Contracting Company
INSURER A: Bituminous Casualty Corp -
20095
INSURER B: Pinnacol Assurance
10780
INSURER C:
Greeley, CO 80631
INSURER D:
INSURERS
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECTTO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSK
LTR
NOW
INSRN
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
p UI,CCY EFFECTIVE
E 4MMA)DIYY1
POLICY EXPIRATION
DATE (MMIDDIYYV
OMITS
A
GENERALUABIUTY
CLP3n2807
01/02/06
01101/07
EACH OCCURRENCE
$1000000
MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
X COMMERCIAL
CLAIMS MADE O OCCUR
DA D
ENTE
mrical
E100DOO
MED EXP (Any ore person)
$5 000
PERSONAL&ADVINJURY
$1000000
X BI/PDDed:1,000
GL4276(09103)
GENERAL AGGREGATE
s2,000,000
Add'I Ins Form
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIAR APPLIES PER:
PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG
$1 000 000
POLICY FXJFCT PRO- LOC
A
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
ANY AUTO
CAP3503043
01/02106
01/01/07
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(Ea accident)
$1,000,000
X
BODILY INJURY
(Per Person)
$
ALL OWNED AUTOS
SCHEDULED AUTOS
HIRED AUTOS
NON -OWNED AUTOS
X.
BODILY INJURY
(Par accident)
E
X
PROPERTY DAMAGE
(Per accident)
$
GARAGE LIABILITY
AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT
$
OTHER THAN EA ACC
AUTO ONLY: AGG
$
ANY AUTO
$
A
CE EXSSIUMSRELLA LIABILITY
X OCCUR CLAIMS MADE
CUP2577990
01/02106
01/01107
EACH OCCURRENCE
$1 000 000
AGGREGATE
$1 000 000
a
E
DEDUCTIBLE
X RETENTION $ 1 O 000
$
B
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
3114522
10/01/05
10/01106
X oR Limit OFR
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
$1 000 000
ANY PROPRIETOR)PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED?
If yaa, describe under
E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE
$1 00O 000
E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT
$1 00O 000
SPECIAL PROVISIONS beloW
q
Lease/Rented
CLP3222807
01112/U6
01/01/07
$200,000 Special Form
JOTHER
Equipment
$1,000 Deductible
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS 1 VEHICLES 1 EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Project: Oak Street Plaza, Fort Collins, CO
The following are Additional Insureds as respects General Liability
(See Attached Descriptions)
The City of Fort Collins
300 Laporte Avenue
Fort Collins, CO 80522
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL •'3n DAYSwRrrrFN
NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL
IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY IOND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR
ACORD 25 (201108) 1 of 3 $S21R11 02IM277731
r r_n n ArnOn rnoone."nM .nen
�7•l�ll:�
5. Detai► 6, GRANITE PAVER, SD-1, Delete (2'x1'x 2 3/8") GRANITE PAVERS and replace
with (2'x1'x 2") GRANITE PAVERS. Delete 2 3/8" in the dimensions and replace with 2".
6, Sheet A-1 & A-2 See the revised sketches for the vault curb & lid.
7. Sheet E-1 Change feeder schedule note 2 to read #4 bare copper.
8. Sheet E-1 Please refer to the feeder schedule on sheet E-2 which indicates relay
numbers and the associated lighting control zones. The vendor should be able to
generate a bill of materials based on this information.
9. Sheet E-2 Delete key notes #16 and #17 from sheet E-2. The vent piping is shown on
the water feature plans.
ATTACHMENTS
Bid Form
2. 9/A1
3. 8/A2
4. Prebid Attendees December 19, 2005
RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT
ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN
RECEIVED.
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between
the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it
affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or after the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
+a.vnai Aa Q tcuu uuol Z or 3 952U11821MZ77731
DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1)
only If required by written contract and coverage applies only as
respects ongoing operations performed by the Insured for the
Additional Insureds.
Additional Insureds: The City of Fort Collins
All coverage terms, conditions and exclusions of the policy apply.
The Additional Insured endorsement which is referenced above under "Type
of insurance -General Liability" Is attached.
* The following cancellation conditions always apply.
-10 days for non-payment of premium
- If policy shown,10 days for Workers' Compensation for fraud;
material misrepresentation; non-payment of premium; other reasons
approved by the Commissioner of Insurance
AM$ 25.3 (2001/08)
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
CONTRACTORS ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
1. SECTION II -WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include;
Any "owner", "contractor", °construction manager", "engineer" or "architect" if it is required in
your written contract or written agreement executed by you and all other parties to the contract
or agreement prior to any loss that such person(s) or organization(s) be added as an additional
insured on your policy but only for the project designated in your written contract or written
agreement and only with respect to "bodily injury," "property damage" or "personal and
advertising injury" caused, at least in part, by your negligence and with respect to liability
resulting from:
A. Your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s), or
B. Acts or omissions of the additional insured(s) in connection with their general supervision
of such operations.
With respect to the insurance afforded such additional insureds pursuant to this endorsement
and the above referenced General Liability Form, the following additional provisions apply to
limit that coverage:
1. We will have no duty to defend the additional insured against any "suit" seeking damages
for "bodily injury," "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury," until we receive
written notice from the additional insured requesting that we defend it in the "suit."
2. The Limits of Insurance applicable to the additional insureds under this endorsement are
those specified in the written contract or agreement requiring this coverage, or as stated in
SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE of the COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
COVERAGE FORM, whichever are less. These Limits of Insurance are inclusive of and
not in addition to the Limits of Insurance described in SECTION III of that form.
3. As additional conditions of coverage under this form, an additional insured under this
endorsement will as soon as practicable:
a. Give written notice to us of an "occurrence" or an offense which may result in a
claim. This shall include:
(1) How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place;
(2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and
(3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence"
or offense.
b. Give written notice to us of a claim or "suit" brought against the additional insured
including specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date it was received.
c. Give written notice of such claim or "suit," Including a demand for defense and
indemnity, to any other insurer who had coverage for the claim or "suit" under its
policy(ies), either at the time of, or at any time subsequent to the occurrence of the
GL-4276 (09103) -11-
"bodily injury," "property damage" and/or the offense causing the "personal and
advertising injury," which is the basis for such claims or "suit".
(1) Such notification must demand the full coverage available under that policy; and
(2) The additional insured shall not take any action to waive or limit such other
coverage available to it.
4. This insurance does not apply to:
a. "Bodily injury" "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" occurring after:
(1) All work on the project (other than service, maintenance, or repairs) to be
performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) has been completed; or
(2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been
put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another
contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as
a part of the same project.
b. "Bodily injury" "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" resulting from
any act or omission of the additional insured(s) or any of their employees, other than
the general supervision of work performed for the additional insured(s) by you.
c. "Bodily injury" "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" resulting from
work performed on a project where other valid and collectible Insurance is available
to the additional insured under an Owner Controlled Insurance Program or
Consolidated (wrap-up) Insurance Program.
d. "Bodily injury," "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury":
(1) Arising out of the rendering or failure to render'any professional services by
any insured, or on their behalf, but only with respect to either or both of the
following operations;
(a) Providing engineering, architectural or surveying services to others in
the insured's capacity as an engineer, architect or surveyor, and
(b) Providing, or hiring Independent professionals to provide,
engineering, architectural or surveying services in connection with
work the insured performs.
(2) Subject to paragraph (3) below, professional services include:
(a) The preparing, approving or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders, or
drawings and specifications; and
(b) Supervisory or inspection activities performed as part of any related
architectural or engineering activities, but does not include the
general supervision of your operations on such project.
(3) Professional services do not include services within construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures employed by you in
connection with your operations as a construction contractor.
GL-4276 (09/03) -2-
For the purpose of this endorsement, the following definitions are added:
"Owner" means a person or organization who has ownership in the project premises,
designated in your written contract or written agreement, at which you are performing
operations at.
"Contractor" means a person or organization with whom you have agreed in a written
contract or written agreement to perform operations for at the project designated in the
written contract or written agreement.
"Construction Manager" means a person or organization designated as "construction
manager" in your written contract or written agreement, and has management or
supervisory responsibilities over your operations for the project designated in your
written contract or written agreement.
"Engineer" means a person or organization who has been engaged by the "owner",
"contractor" or "construction manager' to perform engineering services for the project
designated in your written contract or written agreement and has a contractual
responsibility for supervising, directing or controlling your operations on such project.
"Architect" means a person or organization who has been engaged by the "owner",
"contractor or "construction manager" to perform architectural services for the project
designated in your written contract or written agreement and has a contractual
responsibility for supervising, directing or controlling your operations on such project.
Any coverage provided herein will be.. excess over any other valid and collectable insurance
available to the additional Insured(s) whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis
unless you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement executed prior to any loss that
this insurance will be primary. However, any insurance specifically purchased for a designated
project(s), including but not limited to specific additional insured coverage, owners contractors
protective coverage, etc., will be primary with this insurance being excess. This insurance will be
noncontributory only if you have so agreed in a written contract or written agreement executed prior
to any loss and this coverage is determined to be primary.
GL-4276 (09/03) -3-
SECTION 00635
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(OWNER)
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza
PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado
INCLUDE:
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
CONTRACTOR:
CONTRACT DATE:
The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized
representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or
specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be
substantially completed on the above date.
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto.
This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does
not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
ENGINEER
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and
agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time
indicated.
By:
CONTRACTOR
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the
substantially complete and will assume full possession of the
specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on
responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under
Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By:
OWNER
REMARKS:
project as
project or
The
the Contract
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
7/96 Section 00635 Page 1
SECTION 00640
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
, 20
TO: J-2 Contracting Company
Gentlemen:
You are
hereby
notified that
on the
day of
, 20_,
the City of
Fort
Collins,
Colorado,
has
_
accepted
the Work
completed by
for the
City of
Fort Collins
project,
Bid 5951
Oak Street Plaza.
A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment
for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are
dated
In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations
and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following
date:
Sincerely,
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Title:
7/96 Section 00640 Page 1
SECTION 00650
LIEN WAIVER RELEASE
(CONTRACTOR)
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER)
FROM: (CONTRACTOR)
PROJECT: Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage
from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished,
delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in
the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of
the above described project.
2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged,
the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including
but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270
a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond
rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or
assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished,
delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against
the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund
of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or
against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land
improved by the project.
3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished,
delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered
or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or
by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or
their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have
been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or
possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project
or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project
or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns
arising out of the project.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender,
if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim
hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen,
employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the
OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the
7/96 Section 00650 Page 1
project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys
fees, incurred as a result of such claims.
5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth
above constitutes and adequate description of the property and
improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further
acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may
be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor
and material bonds for the project.
Signed this day of , 20
J-2 Contracting Company
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Secretary
STATE OF COLORADO )
)ss.
COUNTY OF LARIMER )
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of
20 by
Witness my hand and official seal.
My Commission Expires:
Notary Public
7/96 Section 00650 Page 2
SECTION 00660
CONSENT OF SURETY
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado
(hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER")
CONTRACTOR: J-2 Contracting Company
PROJECT: Bid 5951 Oak Street Plaza
CONTRACT DATE:
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for
(Surety)
on bond of
hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and
agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the
Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set
forth in the said Surety Company's Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand
this day of ,
(Surety Company)
By
ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of
Attorney(s)-in-Fact.
7/96 Section 00650 Page 3
5951 Oak street Plaza REVISED BID FORM
B. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)
LUMP SUM $
In words: Dollars
UNIT PRICES
For additions or deletions to the Contract, the following unit prices shall be applicable for the specific items
listed. Prices shall be complete, in place including materials and installation, i.e., fittings, etc. and anything
incidental to the proper installation as specified.
A. The Contractor agrees that for requested and/or required changes in the scope of work, the Contract
Sum shall be adjusted in accordance with the following unit prices, where the Owner elects to use
this method of determining costs.
B. The Contractor is advised that the unit prices will enter into the determination of the successful
bidder. Unreasonable prices may result in rejection of the entire bid proposal. Unit prices listed
below refer to all items installed and completely in place.
C. Unit prices for irrigation shall include pipe, fittings, valves, concrete thrust block and stabilizers and
any other items shown on the Drawings, as described in the Specifications or recommended by the
manufacturer as part of the installation.
D. The unit prices quoted by the Contractor shall be those unit prices that will be charged or credited for
labor and materials to be provided regardless of the total number of units and/or amount of labor
required for added or deleted items of work.
UNIT PRICE ITEM
UNIT PRICE
Demolition
A.
Demolition of 6-Inch Concrete Slab
$
Square Foot
B.
Demolition of City Curb and Gutter
$
Linear Foot
C.
Unclassified Excavation
$
Cubic Yard
D.
Reconditioning Subgrade
$
Cubic Yard
E.
Sawcutting
$
Linear Foot
Utilities
F.
Storm Inlets
$
Each
G.
2-Inch PVC Sewer Pipe
$
Linear Foot
H.
12-Inch Sanitary Sewer Connection
$
Each
Paving and Wall
I.
6-Inch City Curb and Gutter
$
Linear Foot
J.
Concrete Header — 6" wide by 18" deep
$
Linear Foot
K.
Integral Colored Specialty Concrete
$
Square Foot
7/96 Section 00300 Page 1
SECTION 00670
APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFI
OR 0172 (126B)
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
DENVE61
(303) 232-2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION
2-241fi
FOR
EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Pursuant to Statute
Section 39-21114(1xa)NX)
TE
nO NOT WRITF IN TMI[ CPdrC
The exemption certificate for which you are applying crust be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building
materials for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipmetrt,
supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part oft he structure,
highway, road, street, or other public works awned and used by the exempt organization.
Any unauthorized use oft he exemption certificate will result in revocat ion of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided
by law.
A separate certificate is required for eac h contract.
Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime
contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverseside).
FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED.
Accoud No. to be assigned by
Period
89strata
0170.750 (999) $0.601
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION ' „xl
trade name/A
ner, partner, or corporate name ^
Mailing address (City. te,zip) :
on tact Person
E-Mail address
edera mployer's Iden cation Number
tl amount for your contractt
$
az um ec
Business telephone number:
o ora o m1 o irg ax amoum num er'
Cuplea of oonlraci dragraetttentpsg&$
EXEMPTIbI INFORMATION
(1)
ldantJNtft Qo i as EPS06*W'
and(2fcontalninge`IgiuifluasbfcontBctln§partleshtntitb
sttac „l `
Name of exempt organization (as s own on contract)
Extempforganizationsnumber
98 -
ddress of exempt organization (City, State,Zip):
Principal contact at exempt organization
Prin3pal contacts telephone number
Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities andlor County (test where project is located)
Scheduled Month ay Year
Estimated ont ay ear
oonslmclion start date:
completion date:
.. .. R .e ,..
^
I dedare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and
complete to the best of my knoWedge
Ignature of owner, partner or corporate officer
111e of corporate officer:
DO NIJI WK1I L tStLUW THIS LINE
Section 00670 Page 1
Special Notice
Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes in procedure
The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exam ption to subcontractors. Only prime contrac-
tors will receive a Contractor's Exemption Certificate on exempt projects.
Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor involved in the
project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor's name and address and signing it.
The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all Certificates that the
prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime contractor's place of business for a
minimum of three years and be available for inspection in the event of an audit.
Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any applications
submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For instance, if you were assigned 89-
12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeed-
ing numbers will be issued by the Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in
sequence as this may delay processing of your application.
Section 00670 Page 2
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OP THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents
Committee, EJCDC: No. 191M (199U Edition), as a hale. Changes to
that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and
striking through text that has been deleted.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
TABU" Oh CONTENTS OF GI NERAL CONDITIONS
r
Article or Paragraph
Page
Article or Paragraph
Page
Number & Titic
Numher
Number & Title
NumMr.
I DEFINITIONS.._. ....... ..
.1
2. PRELI_NJINARY MATTERS........
3
1.1
Addendn......___ .......................
1
2.1
Delivery of Bonds.._..._ ......__.3
L2
.Agreement ... ....... ................ .................
I
2.^_
of
of Documents......... ...... ..... ...3
1.3
Application for Payment,
...1
23
Commencement of Contract
1.4
Asbestos . ____ .
1
Times; Notice to Proceed,_ _ . ,.._.
3
1.5
Bid ........... ... _....... _._.._. ...._.....
...I
24
Starting the Work _-- ........ ...__.._..3
1.6
Bidding Documents, ,._.,... ... _... _.........
252.7
Before Starting Construction,
1.7
Bidding Requirements._ _. ..............I
CONTRACTORsResponsibility
1.8
Bonds.........................._..-..................1
to Repot; Preliminary Schedrle.1;
1.9
Change Order.. . ............. ........... ......
.. I
Delivery of Certificates of
1.10
Contract Documents._..._......._._..-
... J.
Insurance ...... .................. ..........
3-4
1.11
Contract Price ..... 1- ...1.1.............._..._,-.1
2.8
PreconstructionConferencG,,,,-.- .....
.4
1.12
Contract Times....................................1
2.9
Initially Acceptable Schedules.........A
1.13
CONTRACTOR..................................1
1.14
def¢crive.............................................1
3, CONTRACT DOCLMENTS: INTENT,
1.15
Drawings ..............
...,1
APWNDiNG,REUSE.__........................_.-........4
1.16
Effective Date ofthe Agrecmcnt--..•-,-_-1
3.1-3.2
Intent •_-.---_,,,,,,,,,,•-•-••,_-,... *".,..-4
1.17
ENGINEER........................................1
3.3
Reference to Standards and Speci-
1.18
ENGINEERs Consultant ....... ...........
_1
tications of Technical Societies;
1.19
Field Order, ...... ........ ....................
1
Reporting and Resolving Dis-
1.20
General Requirements ...................
crepancies,......... .............. ,........
4-5
121
.Hazardous Waste.................................2
3.4
Intent of Certain Terms or
1.21a
Laws and Regulations; Laws or
Adjectives-..................................5
Regulations .... ..................................2
3.5
Amending Contract Doctments.........
5
1.22.b
Legal Holidaya-..........I...... ...------- ---
-1)
3.6
Supplementing Contract
1.21
Liens .................................................
Documents............:---..........
1.24
Milestone ............................. _.............2
3.7
Reuse of Documents ....... .................
.5
1.25
Notice of Award......__ ....................
....'_
1.26
Notice to Proceed.................................2
4, AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
1.27
OWNER..--._......................................2
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
1.28
Partial Utilization................................2
REFERENCE POINTS .............................. ...........
5
1.29
PCBs.................._..............................2
4.1
Availability ofLands, ............... ....-5-6
1.30
Petroleum...........................................2
4.2
Subsurface and Physical
1.31
project...._ ......................................
t
Conditions..-.:..-........
6
I.32.a
Radioactive MaterioL ...........................2
4.2.1
Reports and Drawings ................
1.32.b
Regular Working Hours ..... ...........
......2
4.2.2
Limited Reliance by CONT.RAC-
1.33
Resident project Representative•••,.,
...... 2
TOR Authoiized;Technical
1.34
Samples..............................................2
Data ......... ...,......__.......................
6
L35
Shop Drawings ............ _....... ....._..--...2
4.2,3
Notice of Differing, Subsurface
1.36
Specifications...................I.................2
or Physical Conditions. .................
0
1.37
Subcontractor.....................................2
4.2A
ENODMEWaReview... -:.......
1.38
Substantial Completion--.-- ................
:-$
4.2.5
Possible Contract Documents
1.39
Supplementary Conditions ... ...... .....
_.-.,2
Change,._. .............. ..... __ .... __.6
1.40
Supplier, ... ......
4.2.6
Possible Price and Times
1-41
.... ..................... I-- I
Underground Facilities.....................2
3
Adjustments .......... ..... _..........-...4-7
1.42
Unit Price Work ..................................
43
Physical Condtions--Underground.
1.4-1
Work ............. ............. - .....................
3
Facilities....,............
1.44
Work Change Directive ............. ..........
-3
4.3.1
Shown or Indicated ...... .................
-.7
1.45
Written Amendment ..........................
.3
4.3.2
Not Shown or Indicates]...... .............
7
4.4
Reference Points .... ................... .._
.... 7
EICDC GEMMAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 MMON)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS M1 01)MCAMNS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph I�Aoc
Number X- 'I itle Nuni [wr Nunibcr S: Title Number
5,
6.
45 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Waste or
Radioactivelklaterial 7-8
BON OS AND INSLIRANCH
Is
5. 1 -5.2
Performance, Payment and Other
Bonds
53
Licensed Sureties and Insurers,
Certificates of Insurance
8
5.4
CONTRACTOR's Liability
Insurance ........
9
5.5
OWNEKs Lai&h't'y' In'su'ra'n...................9
c'e-
9
5.6
Property Insurance.........................9-10
5.7
Boiler and Machinery or Addi-
tional Property Insurance .................10
5.8
Notice of Cancellation Protision
10
5,9
CON7RACTOR's Responsibility
for Deductible Amounts
10
10
Other Special Insurance .... . ...... ..
... 10
5,11
Waiver of Rights....._..... I ...................I1
5.12-5.13
Receipt and Application of
Insurance proceeds ....................
JO-1 1
5.14
Acceptance of Bonds and Insu-
ance-. Option to Replace ...................11
5.15
Partial Utilization -Property
Insurance ........
I I
CONfRAC7rOR`S RESPONSMILITIES
11
61-62
Supervision and Superintendencq .......
11
6.3-65
Labor, Materials and Equipment ---
11-12
6.6
Progress Schedule ..............................12
6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items,
CONTRACTORS Expense;
Substitute Construction
Methods or Procedures,
ENGINFERs Evaluation
12-13
6.8-6,11
Concerning Subcontractors,
Suppliers and Others;
Waiver of Rights .................. _ ...
]3-14
6.12
Patent Fees and Royalties, ...............
... 14
6.13
Permits
14
6.14
Laws and Regulations._..................
_.14
6.15
Taxes
14-15
6.16
Use of Premises - ....... ...
. ... . 15
6.17
Site Cleanliness, ...............................
15
6.18
Safe Structural Loading .....................15
6.19
Record Documents .............................35
6.20
Safety and Protection ------ .............
J5.16
6.21
Safety Representative ..........................16
6.22
Hazard Communication Prograniq
...... 16
6.23
Emergencies ...................................
_ 16
624
Shop Drawings and Sample* ..............16
62i
Submittal Proceedure& COIN-
TRACTOR's Review Prior
to Shop Drawing or Sample
Submittal
16
6.26
Shop Drawing X Sample Submit-
tals Review by ENGINEER
16-17
6.27
Responsibility for Variations
From Contract Documents
17
6,28
Related Work Performed Prior
to ENGINEER's Review and
Approval of Required
Submittals.................... .........
... 17
629
Continuing the Work .......... ........
. 17
6.30
CONTRACTORS General
Warranty and Guarqntee ..............
17
6.31-6.33
Indemnification,. .......... : ...........
17-1$
6.34
Survival of Obligations ...................18
7. OTHER WORK
.18
7.1-7.3
Related Work at Site
18
7A
Coordination .................................
IS
S. OWNERS
RESPONSIBILITIES .........................I
S
8-1
Communications to CON-
TRACTOR_ ..............................
IS
8.2
Replacement of ENGINEER . ...........
IS
8.3
Furnish Data andPay Promptly
When Due ..................................18
8.4
Lands and Easements; Reports
and Tests
18-19
8.5
Insurance
19
8.6
Change Or��'S'...............................19
8.7
Inspections, Tests and
Approvals ...................................19
S'S
Stop or Suspend Work,
Terminate CONTRACTORs
Services
19
81
Limitations on OWNER'S
Respom-bilitieq ..........................
J9
8.10
Ailbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
Hazardous Wage or
Radioactive Material__ ..............19
8.11
Evidence ofFinancit
Arrangements__ ... __ ................
19
9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION......,-.._.................................19
9.1
OWNER!s Representative., ..............
19
9.2
Visits to sitc..................................19
9.3
Project Representativq ....... - ......
19t-21
9A
Clarifications and Interpre-
tations
21
9.5
Authorized Variations in V,6rk ....
21
ai EXVC GENERAL COM)ITIONS 19104 (1990 EDITION
Wf CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS XV 9(99)
Article or Raragraph
Number & Title
Page Article or Paragraph
Number Number &Title
9.6
RejectingDejectiveWork .:...... ..__..'J
9.7-9.9
Shop Drnvings, Change Orders
and Payments._.................................^21
9.10
Determinations feu Unit Prices
'_I-'_-'_
9,11-9.12
Decision% on Disputes; FNGI-
NEER as Initial Interpreter......
. _. 22
9.13
Limitations on ENGINEER'S
Authority and Responsibilities._
.'_^_= 3
CHANGES IN THE WORK
23
10.1
OWNER's Ordered Change .............
.13 14.
10.2
Claim for Adjustment ........................
10.3
WorkNot Required by Contract
Documents.... _................. _.....,......
23
10A
Change Orders ... -............... ..............
23
10.5
Notification of Surety..............._,___.
_Z3
CHANGE OF CONTRACT' PRICE ...................:.........23
I1_1-11.3
Contract Price; Claim for
Adjustment -,'Value of
theWork ........................_ .........
11.4
Cost of the Work, .........................
24-25
11.5
Exchtsions to Cost of the Work,........,
25
11;6
CONTRACTOR's Fee :...:......:............Z5
11.7
Cost Records_.. .................... ...25-26
11.8
Cash Allowances...............................26
11.9
Unit Rice Work .............. .................
26
CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ......................
....... '46
12.1
Claim for Adjustment__,... , „ ...
, ..26
12.2
Time of the Essence. ..........................36
12.3
Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's
Control, ............................... .....
26-27
12.4
Delays Beyond OWNER's and
CONfRACTORs Control................77
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS CORRECTION,
RMvMVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFEC77FE WORK....:....................................27
13.1
Notice of Defects...............................77
13.2
Aocesstothe Work ................ ............
27
13.3
Tests and Inspections;
CONTRACTOR's Cooperation.........27
13.4
OWNER'sResponsibilities;
Independent Testing Laboratory......
27
133
CONTRACTORS
Responsibilities ...............................
27
13.6-133
Covering Work Prior to lnspec.
tion, Testing or Approval.................27
13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI
Page
Number
NEER'sRequest..................
2728
13.10
OWNERMay Stop the Work .......
_ ,28
13.11
Correction or Removal of
DefectiveWork ...........................28
13.12
Correction Period......_..._..,...
..._.28
13.13
Acceptance ol'Defective Work..
....28
1314
OWNER May Correct Defective
Work........... _. _....................
28-29
PAYMENTS
TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
.....................
2
14.1
Schedule of Values .........................29
14.2
Application for Progress
Payment....... . .............................
29
143
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of
Title...................:....... ...........
29
14.4-14.7
Review of Applications far
Progress Payments.............._29-30
14.8-14.9
Substantial Completion .................."
MAO
Partial Utilization ............... ._...30-31
14.11
Final Inspection .............................31
14.12
Final Application for Payment ........
31
14,13-14.14 Final Payment and Acceptance, .......
31
14.15
Waiver of Claims ...............31-32
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION...............................................32
15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work ..........
32
15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate._ ....
------- 32
15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop
Work or Terminate _ _
32 33
Ira HIM0111 R '11ii1111rIT`
17. MISC:ELLANEOUS..............................__.......:33
17.1 Giving Notice, ...... .............
........33
17.2 Computation of Tim es..................33
17.3 Notice of Claim .................
.:.......33
17.4 Cumulative Remedies .........
......33"
17.5 Professional Pees and Court
Costs Included ............ .... _...........33
17.6 Applicable State Laws,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
33-34
Intentionally left blank, .........................
........ 35
E .MIT GC -A: (Optional)
Dispute Resolution:Agreement....................
GC -A]
16.1-16.6 Arbitration.............. ...............
GC,-A1
16.7 Mediation........:..:...................GC-AI
EJMC OENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-a (19W EDITION)
cot MY Of FORT COLUNS MODWICATIONS W..V 91"
TNDEX TO GENFRAL CONDITIONS
City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shmvii in this index
.Article or Paragraph
Number
Acceptance of --
Bonds and Insurance . ...................... ......... 14
tfzJ¢cfive Work_ . ....... . _JOA�J, 13.5. 13.13
final payinem. 9.12, 14.15
insurance ...... .... ......... ...... ............. .... 5.14
other Work, by CONTRACTOR ....... ................ _ 7.3
Substitutes and `Or -Equal" Items-r ........ ..... 0,7,1
Work by 01ANFR._, ............. ............ 2.5. 6.30, 6-34
Access to the__
Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR
responsibilities. . ........ ...... ............................ 4.1
site, related Work ......... ............... ........ ....... 7.2
Work. .......................................... 13.2,13.14, 14.9
Am or Omissions-, Acts and Omissions--
CONT RAC`fOR ......... . .... __ ........ ... 69-1, 9.13.3
ENGINEER 9.13.3
OWNER 0.20,8.9
Addenda --definition of (also see
definition of Specifications)__J1.6, 1.10, 6.19) 1-1
Additional Property Insurance* ............................. _, 5.7
Adjustments --
Contract Price or Contract
Times ........ ...... ........ 1.5. 3.5.4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2,
...... ...... ....... 4-53. 9.4. 9.5. 10.2-10.4,
.............. 11, 12,14.9, 15.1
progress schedule.... ................................... ....... 6.6
Agreement --
definition of......................................................1.2
'All -Risk! Insurance, policy form- ............ __ ...... __5.6.2
Allowances, Cash.................._................................1 LS
Amending Contract Document; ._ ........ ................... 3.5
Amendment, Written --
in general ------- ......... 1, 10, 1-45, 3.5, 5,10, 5. 1 Z 6.6.2
.8.2,6.19, 10. 1. 10A.11.2
12.1, 1312.2,14.7.2
Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR
intent lo_... ......................9.10, 9.11, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5
Application for Payment—
definition of
ENGINEEks Responsibility, .. .............. ....... __9_9
final payment.... _..... 9.13.4, 9.13,5, 14.12-14.15
in general., .... ......... . ....... 2. 8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9,10, 15.5
progress payment............... I.....:...,......:.-..;
review of......_ .... ____ .................... __,14.4-14-7
Atbivation ....... ................... _ .......... ... 16.1-16.6
Asbestos --
claims pursuant thereto .......... ........ _ ..... 442, 433
CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work ....... -4.5.2
definition of........_ ......................................_... t.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
OXN1,1ER responsibility for-,
5 1, 8 14)
possible price and times change,
4.A2
Authorized Variations in Work
3.6. 6.25. 6.27. 9.5
Availability of Lands..__.,_..... .......
.......... ... 4.1, 8.4
Award, Notice of --defined ......
.......... _ 1,25
Before Starting Construction15-2.9
Construction..,,,,_,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
Bid --definition of ........................1.5
,
0. 1, 1 10, 23, 3.3,
...... ___ ..... 4-16.4. 6.13, MA3, 11.9.1)
Bidding Documents --definition
'Of ................. .................................1-6
(6.8,2)
Bidding Requirements--defini(ion
of ..........................................1.7
IZ6.2)
Bonds --
acceptance of ......... .......... .. . ........
�5.14
additional bonds,,,,,,,__._,,,
.10.5, 1 L4.5.9
Cost of the Work.,......... _..............
_......11.5A
definition of
L8
delive4y ot...................................................2.1.5.1
final Application for Payment ......
.. .... .14-12-14.14
general .......................................
1,10, 5.1-5.3, 5,13,
9.13. 10.5. 14.7.6
Performance, Payment and Offier...r.
1. , 1. . .... IS'] -5,2
Bonds and Insurance --in general..- .............
.......... . 5
Builder's risk "all-risk' policy forin . _
� ..... .. - .......... i.6.2
Cancellation Provisions, Insurance .........
3.4,11, 5.8, 5.15
Cash Allowancesk ............................
...................... 31.8
Certificate of Substantial Completion,
. ...... Lat, 630.2.3,
........ -1.1
.......... J 4 8, 14.10
Certificates of Inspection ............. __RUA,
13.5, 14.12
Cimificates of Insurance .............. 2.7.
5.3, 5.4-11, 1,4.13.
....................5.6.5, 5.8.
5.14, 9.13.4, 14,12
Change in Contract Price
Cash Allowances ....... ............
_J1.8
claim for price
adjustment,.,.,,,,,.-. 4.1, 4.2.6,
4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2, 9.4
................... 9.5, 9.11. 10,2, 10.5. 11.2, 13.9.
........................ 13.13, 13.14,
14.7, 15-1, 15.5
CONTRACTORsfee .........................................
11,6
Cost of the Work
general.....,, .................
...... 1.4-11.7
Exclusions to ........................
....................... 1 L5
Cost Records.....................................................11.7
in general..... ........ )19,1,44, 9.11, 10.4.2, 10.4.3. 11
Lump Sum priciag .........................................11.3.2
Notification of Swett'...._.................._............10,5
Scope of .............................. ......
_JO.3-10.4
Testing and Impectiun.
Uncovering the Work...,...._ ......
................. 139
EJCUC OENLRAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY Of FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199)
t )nit Price Work J] 9
Article or Nragruph
Number
Value of Work . .....................
........... 11 3
Change in Contract Timm—
Claim for times adjustmenj ........
p 1: 4.2 6. 4.5. 5. 15,
6.8.19.4. 9.5. 9.11.
10-2. 1 0,5. 12.1.
13.9. 13.13. 1314. 14.7. 15. 1, 1 >
Contractual time limits
limits...._,.,....._...
I 22
Delays bevond CONTRACTORs
control ................
Delays beyond OVVNFR's and
CONTRACTORS control., .......
... ...... 1-1.4
Notification of surety............_._
....... ............. 10,5
Scope of change ...... ........
......... .. 10.3-10.4
Change Orders --
Acceptance ofLiefective Work ..........................13.13
Amending Contract Documents
.......................... 15
Cash Allowances ..............................................
M8
Change of Contract Price .............
.. ...............
Change of Contract Times...................................12
Changes in the Work ..........................................
10
CONTRACTOWs fee ........................................11.6
Cost of the Work .......................................11.4.11.7
Coo Records .......................
- '
J1.7
definition of.................................................1.9
.. .
emergencies ...................................
... .............. . 6.23
ENGINEERS respon ........
9.8. 10.4, 11.112.1
execution of .....................................................10A
Indernnifictioq .........................6.12,
6.16, 6.31.6,33
Insuratick Bonds and ... ..........
—.5-10,5.13, 10,5
OWNER may terminate ................
OWNERS lZeWousibility, ....
...........
Physical Condition& -
Subsurface and .............................................4.2
Undargro%vid Facilities--.............................4.3.2
4.3.2
Record Documents—— .................................
6,19
Scope,of Chigingt, . . ..... ......................
10.3-10.4
Substitutes ..... ........... ..........................
j5.73,6.8.2
Unit Price Wort ...... ...................
..... ....... .... 11.9
,value of Work. covered by .................
I I .............. 113
Changes in the Work ... ....................
........ ....... ..... 10
Notification of Surety ...................
............. ... 10.5
OWNEWs and CONTRACTOks
rtsponSibjIjtj�.. .... ........
...... .......
Right to an g[djustm ank., ... ............
.......... ....... lU
Scope of change .... . ..................................
103-10A
Claims —
against CONTRACTOR .....................
.............. 6.16
against ENGINEER .........................................
A32
against OWNER..............................................0.32
Change of Contract Price,.......,
_............ 9.4, 11.2
Change of Contract Times . .............
............ !?.4,12.1
CONTRACTOR's... ......... 4, T1,
9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
........................... 11.2,11.9,12.1.
13.0, ) 4.8,
151, 15.5.17.3
C'0N'rF-A(.n'oR's Fee ................... 11.6
Article or Paragraph
Number
CONTRACTORs liability,,,,.,,;. 5.4, 6,12, 6.16, 6.31
Cost of the Work ................... ..........
..... 11.4, 115
Decisions on Disputes ............... ...............
9.11,9.12
Dispute Resolutiun........... ...... ...............
I ...... , 16.1
Dispute Resolution Agreement, ...........
....... 16.1,166
ENGINEER as initial interpretor
..9.11
.........
Lump Sum Pricing ................ .....................
j 1.3.2
Noticeof.._ .. .. ...... . .................................
17.3
OWNER's ....................9.4, 9.5, 9,11,
I1,9
............... 12.1, 13.9,13.13, 13.14, 173
OWNERS liability ........... ...............................
5.5
OWNER may refuse to make payment.................i4.7
Professional Fees and CA)urt Costs
Included.................................................
..... 17.5
"quest for formal decision oix ...................
.......9.11
Substitute Items.......... ...... .......................
-6,71.2
Time Extension.................................................12.1
Tune requirements ..... ......... ..................
9-11,121
Unit Nice Work .............................................11.9.3
Valueof..._ ....................................................
Waiver of --on Final Payment, ..............
34.14,14,15
Work Change Directive ........... ............
.... .102
written notice required ...................... 9.11, 112, 111
Clarifications and Interpretatiomi ........... 3.63. 9. 4, 9. 11,
Clean site ............. ........... ........ ..........
...... 0 17
Codes of Technical Sociiety, Organization
or Association........._ ....... ............. ...........
.....333
Commencement of Contract Times„_„.„......
......2.3
Communications --
general .................................. ...........
O.Z 6.9.2,8.1
Hazard Communication Prograrn4 ...........
....... .0.22
Completion —
Final Application for Paym eall. ........
..... 14.12
Final Inspection.... ......... - ...... ...................
14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance ............
14.13-14.14
Partial Utilization,. ........... .........
111 ... t.1)4,10
Substantial Completion ......................
1.38, 14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims .... .....................................
34,13
Computation of Times ...............................
17.2.1-17.2.2
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
andOthers ........................ ...............
.......
Conferences —
initially acceptable schedule* .....................
........ 2.9
preconStructioA ..........................................
Conflict. Error. Ambiguity, Diwepiutcy—
CONTRACTOR to Report,..... ....
3.3.2
Construction, before starting by
CONTRACTOR ................. ... . .....................
2.5-27
Ccristruction, Machinery, Equipment, etc,::...
...... 6A
Continuing the Work .....................................
6.20,10.4
Contract Documents --
Amen di ng....................... .........
............. 3-5
Bonds ........................................................
5.1
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 (IM EDITION)
v/ CITY Of FORT COLLINSIMODIFICATIOM (REV 91")
Cash: 111owances_...____..._.. .. ___11.8 Stop Work requirements._..
CON"IRAC.t O 's, -
Article or Paragraph
Number
Article or Paragraph
tiumber
Change of Contract price ....................................
I I
Change of Contract Times
_.._ 11_
Compensation
Changes in the 5t'ork...................... ......"10,4-111_5
Continuing Obligation_ ........................ .........
14.1>
check andvenfy. _.....
'-.5
DefiectiveWork...._ _._..__ ".6.13.10-13.14
Clarifications and
Duty to correct dc'feethv Work............._.13
11
Interpretations_._...... ...... ........3---.3.6.9)A.9.11
Duly toReport—
definition of ........ _.._
1.10
Changes in the Work caused by
ENGINEER asinitial interpreter of_„__,.911
Emergency„_..
6?3
ENGINEER as OW'NBR's representative, .............
91
Defects in Work of Others, ...... ......................
3.3
genera13
Differing conditions.-...._ ...._...................4.2.3
Insurance.,,...,.-„.................................._.........._
53
Discrepancy in Documents ....... .2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2
Intent .......... ............._....................:.._.....
.3.1-3.4
Underground Facilities not indicated_....-,,,4.3.2
in inor variations in the Work ..............................3.6
Emergencies ....... ............... _............... ..............
0.23
OWNERsresponsibility tof4mishdata.:...
,....... 83
Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost
OWNERs responsibility to make
of the Work...........................................11.4.5.3
prompt payment ................. ......... 8-3, 14A,
1413
Fee--CostPhis ,_.._...... _._.......... 11A5.6, 11.5.1,
11.6
precedence......................................_........3.1,
3.3.3
Crencral Warranty and Guarantee, ...
Record Dceuments............................................0.19
IIu-zard Communication Programs ....... ............
...6.22
Reference to Standards and Specifications
Indemnification ,.......... ........ _...6.12,6.16,6.31-6.33
of Technical Societies...................................3.3
inspection of the Work...............................
13, 114
Related Work.....................................................7.2
Labor. Materials and Equipment .............. ......
¢.3-6.5
Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies,....
, 2,5, 3-3
Laws and Regulations, Compliance by...........,
6,14.1
Reuseof ................... ............ ..............................
3.7
Liability Insurance.•............................._._....._....5.4
Supplementing_ ........ ,......................... .............16
Notice of Intent to Appeal ........... ................
9.10, 10.4
Termination 4 ENGINEERs Employment....__,.82
obligation to perform and complete
UnitPrice Work...............................................I1.9
the Work ........ .............. ......................
........6.30
variations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3.6, 6.23, 6.27
Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by .......
... 6.12
Visits to Site, ENGiNEF.l2's.....................
------- 9.2
Performance and Other Bonds ..... .....................
5.1
Contract Price-
Permits, obtained and paid for by„,,,,,,,,0.13
adjustment of.. ....... I ...... 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3,
11.2-11.3
Progress Schedule ...........................2-6. 2.8, 2.9, 6.6,
Change of .................................
.I 1
....... , 629, 10A. 15.2.1
Decision a1 Disputes........................................9.11
Request for formal decisionon disputes ...............
9.11
definition o(....................................................
1.11
Responsibilities --
Contract Times--
Changes in the Work ............. .....................10.1
adjustment of„........................3.5. 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12
Concerning Subcontractors. Suppliers
Change of ......:.__ ....... :......... .... ..............
12.1-12.4
and Others......................................6.8-6.11
Commencement of.. ...........
, ... 2.3
Continuing the Work ................ ....._.¢.29.
10A
definition o(................ .......,
..1.12
CONTRACTOR'seepense ........ ...............
...6.7.1
CONTRACTOR-
CONIRACTOR'sGeneral Warranty
Acceptance of Insurance . .... :........ .....................
5.14
and Guarantee ................. .................
_...6_30
Communications ...... __... ........ _..............
6.2, 6.9.2
CONTRACTORs review prior to Shop
Continue Work .__ ...... ....... .•.6.29,
10A
Drawing or Sample submittal,.,-,..........
0.25
coordination and scheduling ........................
.... 0.9.2
Coordination of Work ............... ..................
6-9.2
definition of ..................................
.1.13
Emergencies.........................
.....6.23
Limited Reliance on Technical
ENGINEERS evaluation, Substitutes
DataAuthorrzed............. ................. -.........
.4:2.2
or 'Or -Equal" Items .....................
__---6.7.3
May Stop Work or Terminate_ .....................
... 15.5
For Acts and Omissions
provide site access to others ....... __.... ........
T2, 13-2
of Others ....... ]-6.9.2, 9.13
Safety and Protection,__ ............ 4.3. L2, 6.16, 6.18,
for deductible amotmis,instuance...................5.9
... ....... ....... ....... ..... I ........ -21-6.23, 7.2, 13.2
general .......................... ....... ....... 6, T2,
7.3, 8:9
Shop Drawing and Sample Review
Hazardous Communication Programs.._,,....
6.22
Prior to Submittal, ................... ...................
f).25
Indemnification .... ,..............................
6,31-6.33
vli
E.ICDC GENERAL COMDITIONS 1910 •a (1990 ED1110M
Wf OTY OF FORT MIMS h1ODIFICAMNS (REV 9l99)
L.
Concrete Pavers
$
Square Foot
M.
Granite Pavers
$
Square Foot
N.
Smooth Step
$
Square Foot
O.
Smooth Radial Stairs — 6 inch
$
Square Foot
P.
Smooth Radial Stairs — 4 inch
$
Square Foot
Q.
Smooth Radial Retaining Wall - varies
$
Face Foot
Lim
R.
Pedestrian Light
$
Each
S.
String Light
$
Linear Foot
Furnishings
T.
Handrail - custom
$
Linear Foot
U.
Handrail — 1 ''/z" diameter
$
Linear Foot
V.
Tree Grate
$
Each
W.
Bench - 8 Foot
$
Each
X.
Bicycle Rack
$
Each
Y.
Trash Receptacle
$
Each
Z.
Planter Pot - 42 Inch
$
Each
AA.
Planter Pot — 36 Inch
$
Each
BB.
Planter Pot - 24 Inch
$
Each
CC.
Planter Pot - 18 Inch
$
Each
DD.
Custom Sign
$
Each
Irrigation
EE.
Planter Pot Irrigation Supply
$
Each
FF.
Netafim Dripline
$
Linear Foot
GG.
I -Inch Class 200 Irrigation Lateral Pipe
$
Linear Foot
Landscape
HH.
2 %: Inch Caliper Ornamental Tree
$
Each
II.
2 Inch Caliper Ornamental Tree
$
Each
7J.
1 '/z Inch Caliper Ornamental Tree
$
Each
7/96 Section 00300 Page 2
Labor, Materials and Equipment _...... .._63-6.5
CON IRACIORS--other...__.. ..............._.._
___....7
Laws and Regulations.__......__ . .....
..6,14
Contractual Liability Insurance. ........ ... _
._..._.54.10
Liability insurance
..... 5.4
Contractual Time Limits..__ ...... ......... ...... _.,..........12-=
Article or Paragraph
Article
or Paragraph
Number
Number
Notice of variation from Contract
Coordination—
Documents....._ ..._ .._........ ................0.27
CONTRACTOR'sresponsibility ...................
...69.
Patent Fees and Royalii_........._..............612
Copies of Documents ...... ....... .... ......
'—'
Permits_ .........6.13
Correction Period ................................... .......
.._....13.12
Progress Schedule -_.......... . ...... ..... ...........
6.6
Correction, Removal or Acceptance
Record Docrmtent%_................. __................
19
ofDefeetive Work --
related Work performed prior to
in general...................................10.4.1,
13.10-13.14
ENGINEER s approval of required
Acceptance ofDefective Work ................
..........:13.13
submittals ........................ .....................
0,28
Correction or Removal of
safe structural loading_...............................6.18
Defective Work .................................
6.30, 13.11
Safety and Protection._ ........ .....0.20.
T2,13.2
Correction Period:. ....... ,....
.13,12
Safety Representative..... . ..... ............. ___...6,21
OWNER May Correct Defective Work ....
13.14
Scheduling the Work................................6,9,2
OWNER May Stop Work ..,............ ...........,......
13.10
Shop Drawings and Samples ........................0.24
Cost --
Shop Drawings and Samples Review
of Tests and Inspections..._................................13.4
by ENGINEER ........................... ...........
6.26
Records)1.7
Site Cleanliness_ ......... ...._......................_417
Cost of the Work --
Submittal Procedures,., ............
.......615
Buds and insurance, additional.,............
11.4.5.9
Substitute Construction Methods
Cash Discounts ............................. ........ ..........
a 1.4.2
and Prowdures..................................
6.7,2
CONTRACTOXsFee ,,,,. ....
IIA
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items ...............0.11
Employee Expenses ..........................._i
1.4.5.1
Superintendence...........................................012
Exclusionsto,..........................................
..::.,....11.5
Supervision ......._. ..- ....... ......
.
'61
Generalli.4.11.5
Survival of Obligations .......................6.34
Home office and overhead expenses.....,...
........i13
Taxes..........................................................0.15
Losses and damages ....................... ..............
11.4.5.6
Tests and inspections ......................... _..._.
„13:5
Matrnalsand sent ........ ............. ......_..]1.4.2
equip
To Report ....................................... .....
.........2.5
Minor expenses.............,...:.......
11.4.5 .8
Use of Premises............... ......0.1".18, 6,30.24
Payroll costs on changes ....,.. ....,
...11.4.1
Review Prior to Shop Drawing or
performed by Subcontractors„ „..............11.43
Sample Submittal ........................................
b 25
Reeordsll.7
Right to adjustment for changes in the Workk,_..101
Rentals of constrtiction equipment
right to claim ........ ,,. 4, 71, 9A, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2,11-
and machinery, ........ -..........................
_ 11A.53
11.9,12.1 13 9 14 8,15.1,
15 5, 17.3
Royalty payments, permits and
„
Safety andProteotiot;-,........ j620-6.22, 7.2, 13.2
1ictnse fees.,,.. ,. , ,.;.......114;5.5.
Safety Represedativa................................
._6:21
Site office and temporaryfaeiiittea ......
11A3.2
Shop Drawings and Samples SubmittaL3.....
6.24-6:28
Special Corsa t nits, CONTRACTOR'S.,,
...11.4.4
Special Consultants,...... ........ _..._..11.4.4
Supplemental....._. ....................... ...
...11,4.5
Substitute Construction Methods and Procedu m-6.7
Taxes related to the Work ;:,-- ..,.,
11.4.5.4
Substitutes and "Or -figural" Items,
Tests and Inspecticat ...............................
......13.4
Expense...................... . 671 6.7.2
Trade Discounts.:. ...........................11.4.2
.........
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ; .......68-6.11
Utilities, fuel and: sanitary facilities,,,,
„ .)1.4.5.7
Supervision and Superintendenc4......... 6.1,
6.2. 6.21
Work after regular hours:.„..,..............
........ :11.4.1
Taxes, Payment by............................................6.15
Covering Work ..........
116.13.7
Use of Premises .....................616.6.18
Cumulative Remedies ........... _.......................
.17,4.17.5
...............
Warranties and guarantees ..........................6.5,
6.30
Cutting, fitting and patching.;,... ........
....... 722
Warranty of .......................................
..14.3
Data, to be furnished OWNER .......
by
8.3
Written Notice Requirred-
Day -definition of„.„ ............:......
.. 112,22
CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate
Decisions on Disputes..................................9.11,
9.12
Reports of Differing Subsurface
.......15.5
defective --definition of ............. .......:......................
1.14
and Physical Conditions .......................
4.2.3
defective Work --
Substantial Completion,, ...................
........ 14.8
Acceptance or. .......................... ...........
,10.4.1, 13.13
Al
EIC'DC MM RAL COMITIONS 1910-8
(19" W1110t)
w! C1TY OF TORT COLUNSMODMCA770M (REV 9t991
Correction or Removal of 10.4.1, 13.11
Correction Period 13.1'_
in general ....... .__... .... 13.14.7.14.11
.'Article or Paragraph
Number
Observation by 13NGINEE.R..........._................. 9.2
OWNER May Stop Work_ _ _.. .. . _.. _.. ....13.10
Prompt Notice of Detects _ ............:..._...131
Rejecting ....... _.... .. _ _..9.6
Uncovering the Wort;_... .... .....13-8
Definitions 1
Delays ..... .................. ............... 1, 6.2_9; 12.3-12.4
Delivery of Bonds.. ............_...... _........ .................
..:2.1
Delivery of certificates of insurance ............................2.7
Determinations for Unit Prices„..............................9.10
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions --
Noticeof.........,.._ .............._...........
_4,23
ENGINEER's Review. ............ ..
4.2.4
Possible Contract Documents Change„ ......
,... 4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments.............4.2.6
Discrepan cies-Report i n g
and Resolving.,.,..". _... _ .................2.5,
3.3:2, 6.14.2
Dispute Resolution —
Agreement, ................................ _.............
16.1-16.6
Arbitration ........ ........ ..:.............................2
b.1-16.5
generall6
Mediation .:............... _
..16.6
Dispute Resolution Agreement,._.................
....16.1-16.6
Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER.. ........ __.....Q,11-9.12
Docu n ems --
Copiesof ....... ................ ....._.........................
... 2.2
Record 6.19
Reuse of....-.......
.. 3.7
Drawings --definition of.........._..............................1.15
Easements.........................................................__
4.1
Effective date of Agreement -- definition Qf,..
.... _..... J.16
Emergencies_._...__ .................... .
0.23
ENGII,1EER
as initial: interpreter on disputes ....... ..........
9,11-9.12
definition Of ...
1,17
Limitations on authority and responsrbrhtleg..... 9.18
Replacement Of,.................................................
&2
Resident Project Representative, ..............
......... _�.3
ENGINEER's Consultant -- definition of,1,18
ENGIIdEER's--
authority and responsibility, limitations on .......9.13
Authorized Variations in the Work ...................9.5
Change Orders, responsibility for. _... 9.7. 10, 11, 12
Clarifications and Interpretations...,, ,
,;;:6.3, 9A
Decisions on Disputes .... ........ ............... _
9.11-9,12
defective Wok, notice of..................................13.1
Evaluation of Substitute Items, .... __.................
0,7 3
Liability ........................... .......................
4.32, 9.12
NoticeWork is Acceptable-.._..................__....14,13
Observations,,,,.......................................
5.30.2, 9.2
OWNHIZ's Representative. __.9.1
Payments to the CONi' RA(: r0R,
Responsibility for ............. .__... ..... ....... ..9.9, 14
Recommendation of Payment,... _ 14A. 14.13
Article or Paragraph
Numlxr
ResponsibiIlties--Limitations oil ..... _.
,,_.._9.11-9.13
Review of Reports on Differing Sulxsurl"ace
and Physical Conditions
4 2A
Shop Drawings and Samples, review
responsibility ...... — ... _ ...... _.....................
5.26
Status During Construction --
authorized variations in the Work
............ .....9.5
Clarifications and Interpretations .....
............9A
Decisions on Disputes,, _,. _.. _,
_......Q.11.9.12
Determinations on Unit Price ......................
9.10
ENGINEER asInitial Interpreter -._._-..,
9.I1-9.12
ENGINEER'S Responsibilities......."",..-...
9.1-9,12
Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority
and Responsibilities....._ .......
.............. 9.13
OWNER's Representative..._..........................9.3
Rejecting Defective Work ......... _...................9.6
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
and Payments ..................................
9.7-9.9
Visits to Site......................._.........,..._.......-.9.2
Unit Price determinations.................................9.10
Visas to Site .......................
......9.2
Written consent require(i..............................
7.2, 9A
Equipment, Labor, Materials and ........................0.3-ti.5
Equipment rental, Cost of the Work ..............
,__ 11.4.5.3
Equivalent Materials and Equipment--"„ .........
......... 6.7
error or omissions ..............
.......5,33
Evidence of Financial Arrangements ...........
..........$.I i
Explorations of physical conditions ...............
......... 4:2.I
Fee, CONTRACTOR's--Costs Plus ...........................11.6
Field Order --
definition of ...............................
...1.19
issued by ENGINEER ...........................
3.6.1, 9.5
Final Application for Payment_ ..........................14.12
Final Inspection...................................................14.11
Final Payment —
and Acceptance._.:..............................14.13-14.14
Prior to, for cash allovanccs............ ...................
11,8
General Provisions :.:...:...:.........„.,,.,.,,,,-„_
General Requirements
definition of, ... :....... ___ ..... ......................
......... 1,20
principal references to. ............. 2.6, 6.A, 6.6-6.7, 6,24
GivingNoticq.................. .,................... ..........._...
Guarantee of Work —by CONTRACTOR ,,,,,..,0.30,
14.12
Hazard Communication Programs....___................0,22
Hazardous Waste --
definition of ........... ....................................1.21
general .... _.. _--
. 4.5
OWNER's responsibility fa..............................8.10
EJCDC GENRIAL CONDI"nONS 1910-3 t199a EDMON
wl CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (RF,V 91W)
Indemnification
6. 12, 6-16, 6.31-6.33
Initially Acceptable Schedules.,
29
Inspection --
Certificates of ...........9.13.4,
115, 14.12
1 inai ..... . . ............
......... ......... 14.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Special. required byliNGINEER ............. .............
�.6
Testa and Approval .... ................ 83.
13.3-13.4
Insurance --
Acceptance of, by OWNER ...............................5.14
Additional, required by changes
in the Work . .......................................
11.4.5.9
Before starting the Work ....... ....... .......
....... .:2-7
Bonds and --in general.,..........._...........................
5
Cancellation Provisions ....................................
5.8
Certificates Of.. ...... 2.7. 5, 5.3. SAI 1, 5.4.13,
........ I ......... 3-6.5.5-8, 5.14, 9.114,14.12
completed operationsi .....................................5.4.13
CONTRACTORs Liability ...... ...... ...............
.... 5.4
CONTRACTORs objection to coveragc .........
.5-14
Contractual Liability..._ ......................... -5.4.
10
deductible amounts, CONTRACTORS
responsibility ...... ......................................
Final Applicalion for Payment_,,_„........,
...14.12
Licensed Insurers ...............................................5.3
Notice requirements, material change* ........
5.8,103
Option to Replace-- -, ........ .......... ..........
... .534
other special insurances ........ ........................
J. 10
OWNER as fiduciary for irrsurcdg............ 5,12-5.13
OWNERS Liability ................ ...................
5-5
OWNERS Responsibility.. .............................
.... 8.5
Partial Uta"tion, Property InSuranC4 ... ......
.... 5,15
Property... ............ - ...................................3.6-5.10
Receipt and Application of Insurance
Proceeds .. . ........................................
5.12-5.13
Special Insurance... ..................... ..........
....... J-10
Waiver of Rights ....... ........
5,11
Intent of Contract Docuraantg ................ .........
.1-3A
J
interpretations and Clarificationa ............. ...
3,63, 9A
Investigations of physical conditions ... ......................
42
Labor. Materials and Equipment ..........................
. 0.3-6.5
Lands. -
andEasements .................................................
JA
Availability of ............................ . ...............
4.1.8-4
Reports and Tests, ... ................................
......
Laws and Regulations -.Laws cc Regulations --
Bonds............................. ..... . .............
5.1-5.2
Changes in the Work.....................................10.4
Contract Documents ............................ ............
.3-1
CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities ....................
§. 14
Correction Period, defective Work ... ........
....... 33,12
Cost of the Work, taxek .................... .........
jL4.5.4
definition of..........._ ................. ......................
).22
gencral6.14
Indemnification......,., .............. .................
631-6.33
Insurance.
Precedence 3A. 33.3
Reference to
Safety and Protection. ..... ........ ... 6,20, 13.2
Subcontractors. Suppliers and 01hers,
Article or Paragraph
Number
Tests and Inspections
Use of Premises
6.16
Visits to Site
9.2
Liability Insurance-'
CONTRACTOR..%...,, ....................... ......
..... 5.4
OWNEWs...........................................................5.5
Licensed Sureties and Insurers,,.,........ _...................
53
Liens --
Application for Progress Payment .......................14.2
CONTRACTORS Warranty of Title..................143
Final Application for Payment. .................14.12
definition of ............ ..1..j.23
Waiver of ............................._............,14.15
......
Limitations on ENGINEERS authority and
responsibilities .................... .............................
9.13
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized ......................................................
4.2.2
Maintenance'and Operating Manuals --
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
Manuals (of others) --
Precedence ................................... .....
3.3.3.1
Reference to in Contract Documents..................3:3J
Materials and equipment -
furnished by CONTRACTOR ........................
not incorporated in Wort,-, ................................
141
Materials or equipment --equivalent ........... .........
0.7
JvWiAtion (optiortal), ............................................
16.7
Milestones --definition of.. ..................................
j 24
Miscellarteious
Computation of Times .....................................
Cumulative Remedies ...... ................. ............
j 7A
Giving Notice .................................................
�j 7.1
Notice of Claim ...... ......... ........ .................
17.3
Professional Fees and Court Costs Included,.....
173
Multi -prime contracts .....................................
. .... ... :7
Not Shown or lndicatcd.. ............. ........... .........
_43.2
Notice of--
Acooptability ofProject ......................... . .....
14.13
Awarcl, definition of ..........................................1.25
Claim...................... ...... .......... ................
1.7.3
Defects.13.1
Differing Subsurfacc or Physical Conditions,
... :4.23
Giving...... .......... ................... ............
... 17.1
Tests and Inspections ... ............... ...... ... J3.3
Variatior% Shop Drawing and Sample .................4-27
Notice to Proceed -
definition of ...................................................... 1,26
givingof...._......................................................Z3
111CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 0990 EDITION)
wj CITY OF FORT COLLINSMODIFICATIONS (REV 91")
Nc4ification to Surety
... 110
Observatiom, by
6,30, 9,2
Occupancy of the Work. ..............
5.15, 6.30.2.4. 14.10
Omissions or [lets by (7(__)N'TF_ACTOR
6.9, 9.13
Open Peril policy form- Inwrince.,
.50.2
Option to Replace ............ .........
........................ J. 14
Article or Rari.oraph
N-umVxr
"Or Eiqual" Items
6.7
Other work 7
Overtime Work --prohibition of
63
OWNER --
Acceptance of defective Work ...........................13.13
appoint an ENGINEER ... ... .... ...... ......
8"
as fiducian .......... ...... .......... _5.12-5.
13
Availability of Lands-. responsibility .........
......... 4.1
definition of.................__........................-..__...1.27
data, furnish .............. .............. ..................8.3
May Correct Defective Work ............
..... _13,14
May refuse to make payment. ..... ------
..... 14.7
May Stop the Work ..... ...... ..... ...
May Suspend Work,
Terminite.... ..... ....... ........ 13.10,
15.1-15A
Payment, make prompt ..................... 3, 14.4,
14.13
performance of other work ..................................
T I
permits and licenses, requiremen4 ............
6.13
purchased insurance requirements ...............
5.6-5.10
OW'NETs--
Acceptance of the Work ............. ..... ..........
630,15
Change Orders, obligation to executq. . ... ....
B.6,10,4
Communications ...............................................
8.1
Coordination of the Work- ......... .....
- ......
Disputes, request for decision ...... ............
_9..
Inspections, tests and approval; ..................
$3, 13.4
Liability lnsurante........... ........ ........
....... 5-5
Notice of Defects
3.1
Representative. -During Construction,
IMMER's Status ......................................93
ResponsibUities--
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous
Waste or Radioactive Material
__8.10
Change Orders ..... .................... __ ...........
_8.6
Changes in the Work....__ ...........................10.1
communications
8,1
CONMCTORs responsibilities .......
...... __8.9
evidence of financial arrangements... ............
8.11
inspections, tests and approvals ....... * ...
**"*' .,8.7
insurance. ............ ......................... ***
......... .A.5
lands and easements ............. ......... * ............
8.4
prompt payment by........- ........... *' -
'* .. ... 8.3
replacement of ENGINEER ...... .... * ....
.. .... _$.2
reports and tests ............. _ ..... .....
94
stop or suspend Work ................. ii)
0"45.1
terminate CONTRACTORs
services -
J8, 15.2
separate representative at sitq .... ...................
9-3
testing. independent,........
use or occupancy
of the Work
Nvrinen consent or approva
required .... ...........
- J. 15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10
-.1 ... ......... 11.9 1, 6 3, 11 A
E)CM GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION
wl CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS MEV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number
written notice required ... __..... _........
7.1, 9.4, 9.11,
...._..11.2,
11.9, 14.7. 15.4
-
definition of......... _ .. ._ ............
................1.29
genctal ........................................
4.5
OWNER'S responsibility for___ .. .....................MO
Partial fAilization--
definition of. ................... ......__..............._.......1.28
genera) 6.30.2,4, 14,10
Property Insurance........... _..............._............
5.15
Ntent Fees and Royalties ...................................1...
6.12
Payment Bonds .................. .... ........ .......
..... ....... ..5.1-5.2
Payments, Recommendation of..,. '* .......
14.4-14.7, 14-13
Payments to CONTRACTOR and Cmpletion—
Application for ProgressPayments ......................
14.2
coNTRACTOR'swarranty ofTitle_
........... ..14.3
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
Final Inspection...... _ ........ ....................
I., ...... .14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance .............._14.13-14.14
general................................... ...............
....... .3, 14
Partial Utilization ...................... __..,.......
........ 4.10
Retainage..........................................................14,
2
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments.„._.„.... .........
......... 14.4-14:7
prompt payment .......... _...... .. ...........................:8.3
Schedule of Values............................................14.1
Substantial Completiort....... ...............
.......14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims ............... ....................
..:... ...14.15
when payments due................................14.4,
14A3
withholding payment...........
_,..._.._.14:7
Performance Bonds....,_ ... ........... ....
_ ... _ _ 5.1-5.2
Permits............................................................k.13
Petroleum --
definition of .............. ...........................
............1.30
general...................... ..............................
....... ..4,5
OWNER's responsibility for ...............................
•10
Physical Conditions --
Drawings oL in or relating .to.......................4.2
1:2
ENGINEER's review ........................................
4.2.4
existing structures ...................... ......................
4,2.2
general 4.2.1.2 ....................... .....
.......
Notice of Differing Subsurface or....
4.2-3
Possible Contract Documents Change ....... ,.......
,42.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments . ............4.2.6
Reports and Drawings .....................................
4.2.1
Subsurface and........... :......... ___ .......... ...........
.4-2
Subsurface Conditions,.., ........
......................
4.211.1
Technical Data. Limited Reliance by
CONTRACTOR Authorized .......................
4.12
Underground Facilities--
general........................................................A.3
Not Shown or Indicded.................. ........I...43.2
Protection of ........................................
4.3, 6,20
xii
Article or Paragraph
Number
Shown or Indicated..._._ ................. ......................
Technical Data .... ............ ............... _._.._
.....4 2.^ .
Reconstruction Confereneq.......................................2.8
Preliminary Matters ... ......._....... ... .......... ......
...'-
Preliminary Schedule...............................................2
0
Pram ises, Use of ............... _.. ... ....... _ .......
6.16-6.18
Price, Change of Contract _ ......... ............ ...._.......
Price, Contraci--definition of.__ . ._..............__..
1 11
Progress Payment, Applications for .... .... ... _...
....... 142
Progress Payment--retainage...... ......... _. _ ....-.......
142
Progress schedule, CONTRAC,TOR's............ ' 6,
2.8, 29,
........_....... 6.6, 6.299, 10.4. 15.2.1
Project —definition of...............................................1.31
Project Representative—
ENGiNEER's Status During Construction...........
9.3
Project Representative,. Resident -definition of
.... ,_ L33
prompt payment by OWNER, ........................
....... 8.3
Property Insurance --
Additional.,,., ...... .......................... ............
53
genera15.6-5.10
Partial Utilization........_......................5.15,
14.10.2
receipt and application of proceeds.. ..........
5• 12-5.13
Protection, Safety and .... .......................... 0,20-6.21, 13.2
Punch list ........................ ...._.......
...... -jAll
Radioactive Material--
defintion of .......... _.........................................1.32
gon rra14.5
OWNER's responsibility fa ............................
8.10
Recommendation orpayment................14.4, 14.5,
14.13
Record Documents ................... ... .....019, 14.12
Records, procedures for maintaining ..................2.8
Reference Points .......................................................
4.4
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical societies ........................................
3.3
Regulations, Laws mid(or)......................................
6.14
RejeetingDefec#ve Work .......... ...... ..............._.........9.6
Related Work —
at Site- ................. .......... ............
7.1-7.3
Performed prior to Shop Drawings
and Samples submittals review .....................
.28
Remedies, cumulative .......... ___ ......... ..........
_114, 17.5
Removal or Correction ofDefeetiw Work_.............13.11
rental agreements,.O.WNER approval required.
... ,11.4.5.3
replacement of ENGINEER by OWNER ....................
8.2
Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies...............................2.5, 3.3.2,
6.14.2
Reports --
and Drawings-_-, .... ...........
4.2.1
and Tests, OWNERi responsibility ...................8A
Resident and Project Representative --
definition of ........................ ..... ........... .............
.33
provision for.............................................................9.3
EicDC GENERAL CGNumGNs 1910-8 0990 ED1nGN1
wr C1TY OF FORT COI,UNS MODIFICATIONS MV 91")
Article or Paragraph
Number
Resident Superintendent. CON IR.ACTOR's__.6.2
Respcinsibilities--
CONIRACTOR's-in general ........... _ ....................6
EN(MNEER's-in general_ _
_ _ r)
Limitations on
9 13
MNFR's-m general
Retainage
Reuse of Documents ............... .......
-.... 3.7
Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Irawings
and Samples Prior to Submittal
..... -
Review of Applications for
....6._5
Progress Payments., ..... .__-........
__..,14.4-14.7
Right to an adjustment ....... .......... _ .....................10.2
Rightsof Way ... .................. ......... ....................
...... -4.1
Royalties. Patent Fees and......................................6.12
Safe Structural Loading, ......... ...... ..............
........ 6.18
Safety --
and Protection...............................4.3.2,
6.16, 6.18,
..._..............:.....- - ......6.20-6.21,
7.2. 13.2
general ....................... ............... ..............
6.20-6 23
Representative, CONTRACTOR's.......................6.21
Samples --
definition of ............... .......... ...........
............... .1.34
general ................... ..................................
6.24-6.28
Review by CONTRACTOR. _.................._---6.25
Review by ENGINEER ............... ......._.......0.26,
6.27
related Work.....................................................0-23
submittal of ........................... ._
.......... .....0-24.2
submittal procedures ....... ......................._...,.
.... 6-25
Schedule of progress..,..............._.........2.6,
2.8-2.9, 6.6,
............... .... I ----- ....629,
10.4, 15.2.1
Schedule or Shop Drawing and Sample
Submittals.............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.2$
Schedule of Values, ......... ........ ............2.6,
2.8-2.9, 14.1
Schedules --
Adherence to.• ..............................
............15.2.1
Adjusting... .......... .....................................
......6.6
Change of Contract Times...............................10.4
Initially Acceptable .......... ......... ..._..........
..2.8, 2.9
Preliminary.. _ ....................................
...............2.6
Scope of Changes.......................................I0.3-10.4
Subsurface Conditions._ ......................
„_.,,,,,-„4:21.I
Shop Drawings. -
and Samples. general. ...............................
6,24-6-28
Change Orders & Applications for
Payment-, and ..... .......... ....... ........
........ .9.7-9.9
definition of., ..................... ..............................
1.35
ENGINEER's approval of ......................
.......... 3-6.2
ENGINEERS responsibility
for review,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ..................
...9.7,6.24-6.28
related Work................._.........._.....__......_....45.28
review procedures ..............................
2.8, 6.24-6.28
Article or Paragraph
Number
submittal required., .... _._............................A24.1
Submittal Procedures................................„.,.,.„6.25
wwtoapprove substitutions ... _..............
....6.7.3
Shown or Indicated—-..........................................4.3.1
Site Access _ ..... _ . _ _
7.2, 13.2
Site Cleanliness
_.._0.17
Site, Visits lo--
by ENGINEER _.....
...........9.2, 13.2
by others...
...13.2
"special causes of loss" policy form,
insurance
5.fi 2
definition or, ............................................
...1.36
SpeciLcations—
defination of ....... ......... .........................
.1.36
of Technical Societies, reference tp- .... .._......... 3.3.1
precedence............................. ..........................
3,3.3
Standards and Specifications
or Technical Societies........................................3.3
Starting Construction, Before ..................
..
_...........,,,;2,5-2.g
Starting the Work.._ ............ ..........................
......... «A
Stop or Suspcnd Work --
by CONTRACTOR ...........................................15.5
by OWNER...................................8.8,
13.10, 15.1
Storage of materials and equipment .....................4.1,
7.2
Structural Loading, Safety .... ....................
I ........... . 6.]S
Subcontractor--
Concerning .......................
...........:6.
definition of.....................................................1.37
delays .............
... 123
waiver of rights__ ........... ........
....... 0.11
Subcontractors --in general ...... ......... ..............
,.
Subcontracts --required provision ,........5-11,
6.11, 11.4.3
Subm ittals--
Applications for Payment.................................14.2
Maintenance and Operation Manualil_........ _-14,12
Procedures,.......... ..........:..:..:......6.25
Progress Schedules ..... ..,
..............
Samples .,....
Schedule of Vah�es...........................:.........2.6.
14.1
Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples
Submissions
2:6 2.8-2.9
Shop Drawings...,... ... ...,.
6.24-6.28
Substantial Completion —
certification of .............. ..0.
30.2.3, 14 8-14.9
definition of ........
1.38
Substitute Constrticticvt Methods or Procedure*,,,,, , 6.T.2
Substitutes and "Or Equal" Item ..... ...........
..............6.7
CONTRACTOR's Expensq.............................0.7.
L3
ENGINEERs Evaluation ....... ........................
.;6.7.3
"Or -Equal" ............. _._..........:......................
6.1.1.1
Substitute Construction Methods
UMC GENERAL CONE)MONS 1910.8 (1"0 ED1170N1
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICAMM OLEV Sft
Article or Paragraph
Number
or Procedures.............................................¢.7.,
Substttutc Items
6.7.12
Subsurface and Physical Conditions --
Drawings of. in or relatng to _ _ _ _.. _,..........
4?. 3.2
ENGINTEER'sReview......
_._.4.2:4
general.............. ... -............................_..---4,22
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized .................. ...............
............4.2.2
Notice of Differing Subsurface or
Physical Conditions., .................................
... _4.2.3
Physical Conditions .............. :I.- ... I—. ......
...... 4.2.1.2
Possible Contract Docum ents Change,,,,,,
3.2 5
Possibly Prio a andTimes Adjustments...............4.2.6
Reports and Drawings ......................... ....
-.....- 4.2.
Subsurface and...............................................4.2
Subsurface Conditions at the Site. _ ...............
,.4.2.1.1
Technical Data ...... ...... ....................... -
............ 4.2.2
Supervision—
CONTRACTORS responsibility.._.......................6.1
OWNER shall not supervise................................8.9
ENGINEER shall not supervise ................
9 Z 9.13 2
Su ntendence ..... ...... .................... .......
p�
.............. ¢.2
Superintendent, CONTRACTOWs resident .....
........... d 2
Supplemental costs ............................... ___
........ 11.4.5
supplementary Conditions --
definition of.....................................................).39
principal references to.................).10, 1.18, 2.2, 2.7,
_.._..,,,..-,_ 4,2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5A, 5.6-5.9,
................ 5.11, 6.8, 6.13, 7.4. 8.11, 9.3, 9.10
Supplementing Contract Documents ..........................3.6
Supplier --
definition of .... ...................... _........................
1.40
principal references IQ ........... 3.7, 6,5, 6.8-6.11,
6.20,
... ..... ..................6.24, 9.13, 14.12
Waiver OfRlghts.....................................
...._ Is.l l
Surety --
consent to final payment. ......................14.12,
14.14
ENGINEER has no duty to ..............................
-9.13
Notification of... .........._.............. _....10.1. 10.5, 15.2
qualification of ................ ............... .........
...,5.1.5,3
Survival of Obligations ............. ........................:..._§
34
Suspend Work,OWNER May ................
Suspension of Work and Termination--, ................
_ J5
CONTRACTOR May Stop Wo k
or Terminate ......:.............. .......................15,5
OWNERMay Suspend Work .................
........... ..15.1
OWNER,May Terminate............................15.2-15.4
Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR.........................6
15
Technical Data —
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR................4.2.2
Possible Price and Times Adjustments..............4.2.6
Reports of Differing Subsurface and
Physical Conditions...._..............................4.2.3
xiv
Temporary construction facilities.41
Article or Paragraph
Number
Termination --
by CON FRAM OR .....
15.5
byOWNEK8.8,
1S.1-15.4
of ENGINEER's employment.........-
._.. _..--......... $ 2
Suspension of Work-in general... I I
___..... 1.._.1,,..14;
Terms and Adjectives. ._._.........__ .................
... 34
Tests and Inspections_
Access tothe Work, by others ..........
..................13.2
CON'rRACiOR's responsibilities ......................13.5
cost of 13.4
covering Work prior to..................._....._.13.6-13.7
Laws and Regulations(or)................................
13.5
Notice of Defects .................................
:............. 13.1
OWNER May Stop Work ..... ........................
_.13.10
OWNEVs independent testing
...................)3.4
special, required by ENGINEER.-
... ,•................. 9.6
timely notice required..,.,_.-- ..........................13-4
Uncovering theWo rk, at ENGINEERs
request.-... ............................................
3.8-13.9
Times --
Adjusting..............................................
....... ..... 6,6
Change of Contract-,--.— ...........
..... I........:,12
Computation of................................................17.2
Contract Times--defmititm of ...........................1.12
day__..........._.............................17._.
�2
Milestones..........................................................)2
Requirements --
appeals..... ......... .......... .....................
.... 9.10, 16
clarifications,
claims and disputes ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9.11,
1 LZ 12
Commencement of Contract Times :. ............. 2:3
Neconstruction Conference ..........................2.8
schedules.........................................2.6,
2.9, 6.6
Starting the Work .......... ...................
-__.... 2.4
Title, Warranty of ................ .............................
:...:,14.3
Uncovering Work.,...,..
Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions
definition of...................,..........................:,,..:1.41
Not Shown or Indio-ated......................
.......... _ 4:3.2
protection of ............ .................................
4.3. 6,20
Shown or Indicated...,... ........................
.......4.3.1
Unit Price Work:
claims........................................................
11.9.3
definition of .....................................................
L42
generalil.9, 14.1, 14,5
Unit Prices--
general11.3.1
Determination for ............ ......................
__...... .10
Use of Premises ....... ....... .......... _...,.6.16,
6.18, 6 30,2.4
Utility owners ............................. 6.13, 6.20, 7.1-7.3. 13.2
Utilization, Partial ................... 1 28, 5.15, 6,30.2.4. 14.10
Value of the Work...................................................11.3
Values, Schedule of .............................
2.6, 2,8-29, 14.1
EICDC OENFRAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 ED1TIC"
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS M 919%
4
Variations in Work --minor
Authorizc3.. 0.25. 6 27, 9.5
Article or Paragraph
ldumher
Visits to Site --by ENGINEER ....................................
9.<^
Waiver of Claims --on Final payment ..__._..,...___.14,15
Wainer of RighLs by insured parties ..................
11, 6.11
Warranty and Guarantee. General --by
CONTRACI(7R.._._,.,..,.. ..............
. _........_:630
warranty of Title. CONTRACTOR'S_......._..
kk'ork--
.4ccess to ......
...... ...... ..13.2
by others,.............................................
.............. 7
Changes in the.. __ ......... .
...............10
Continuing the..................................................0.29
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
or Terminate.._.........._
)5.5
Coordination of .................................
............. .....7.4
Cost Of the ............................. _...._............11.4.11:5
definition of ...................
_1.43
neglected by CONTRACTOR ...............
............ 13.14
otherWork ......................................
7
OWNER May Stop Work ............ .........
............ 13,10
OWNER May Suspend Work,„................13.10,
15.1
Related, Work at Sitc........ ............................7.1
7:3
Starting the.......
2.4
Stopping by CONTRACTOR ...............
...............15.5
Stopping by OWNER ........ ...................
..... .15.1-15.4
Variation and deviation authorized, minor ...... __._3.6
Work Change Directive —
claims pursuant to.............................................10.2
definition oC.,,,,,.___....-........._...._1.44
principal references to ................... _
3.5.3, 10.1-10.2
Written Amendment --
definition o1.................................. ...................
1:45
principal references to.............1.10,
3.5, 5.10,15.12,
..........................0.6.2, 6.S.2, 6,19, 10.1, 10.4,
_.............11,2, 111,
13,12.2, 14.7.2
Written Clarifications and
Interpretations,,,,,,, .....;3.6.3,
9.4, 9.11
Written Notice Required —
by CONTRACTOR .......... ................
..7.1,'9.10.9.11,
...... I .... ..._............ ............
10.4, 11.2, 12.1
by OWNER....................9.10-9.11, 10.4,
1.1.2, 13,.14
xv EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
xvi
(This page left blank intentionally)
EJMC (MDUUM COMMONS1910-s 0"0 EDMON)
w/CITY OF FORT CO11dNSMODMCAVONS(REV 919% "�?
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1--DEnNaT1Oh5
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in tie other
Contract Documents the following terms have the
meanings indicated which are applimble to both the
singular and plural thereof:
I . Adcknda--Written or graphic instruments issued
prior to the opening of Bids which clarify. correct or
change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract
Documents
1 . Aggreement-Dhewritten contract betweenOWNER
and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement
and made a part thereof as provided therein.
1.3. Applacadion for Payment —The form accepted by
ENG which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in
requesting progress or final payments and which is to be
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents.
1.4. AsbesWs--Any material that contains more than one
percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers
into the air above current action levels established by the
United States Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
1.5, Bid -The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted
on the form setting forth the prices for the Work
to be performed,
1.6. Biddorg Documents --The advertisement or
invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and
the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda
issued prior to receipt of Bids).
1.7. Bidding Requirements —The advertisetnem or
invitation to Bid instructions to bidders, and the Bid form.
I.S. Bonds :Performance and Payment bolds and other
msdrumentsof security.
1.9. Chmge Order —A document recommended by
ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in
the Wak, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Dateof the
Agreement
LM Conimct Doctxwnts—The Agreement, Addenda
(which pertain to the Contract Documents),
CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documettafiot
accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation
submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as
an exhibit to the Agreement the Notice to Proceed, the
Borah these General Conditions, the Supplementary
Conditions, the Specifications and the Dmwm*s as the
EXDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-3 (1990 E&OU)
w! CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (RE/ Al2000)
-same are more specifically identified in t1w Agreement,
together with all N}'ritten Amendments. Charge Orders,
Work Change Directives. Field Orders and FINGINFER's
written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3. 5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or u[ler the Effective
Dote of the Agreement. Shop llmw ins suhrm ills
approved pursuant to pam6rdphs 6.26 and 6 '7 and the
reports and drawings referred to in p arnVaphs 4.11 and
4.2.2 are not Contract Documents.
1.11. Contact Price —The moneys payable by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR fcx completion of the Wank
in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in
the Agreement (subject to the provisions of
paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work).
1.1'. Contract Tines —The numbers of days ur the
dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial
Completion. and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is
ready for final payment as evidenced by FNGIN'14.ER's
written recommendation of final paymerii in accordance
with paragraph 14.13.
I.13. CC ArMCTOR-:The person, Timm or corporation
with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement
1.14. defective —An adjective which when modifying
the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty
or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract
DocunncnL% or does not meet the requirements of any
inspection, reference standard, tut or approval referred to
in the Contract Docwncnts, or has been damaged prior to
ENGINEER'S racontmendation of final payment (unless
responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed
by OWNF,R at Substantial Completion in accordance with
paragraph 14.8 or 14,10).
1.15. Drawings --The drawings which show the scope,
cetent and character of the Work to be furnished and
performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been
prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to
in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not
Drawings as so defined.
1.16. Effective Date of fix Agreement —The date
indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective,
but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which
the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the
two parties to sign and deliver.
1.17. ENGINEER —The person, firm or corporation
named as such in the Agreement.
1.18. ENGINEER'S Consultmrt—A person, firm or
corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish
services as ENGiNEER's independent professional
associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who
is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions.
1.19. Field Order —A written order issued by
ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in
accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve
a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.